Federal Register final rules — 1996-05-09

issue-1996-05-09Federal Register final rules — 1996-05-09Regulation

Published Federal Register documents, not public-inspection drafts. The GPO XML/text rendition is a research aid; the linked complete official PDF retains the printed layout and all graphics. Graphics are retained in that PDF and are not independently reproduced in this text rendition. Publication does not establish that every provision remains legally in force.

FR Doc. 96-11626 Exemption for Certain California Limited Issues
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21356-21359]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11626]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

17 CFR Part 230

[Release No. 33-7285; File No. S7-15-95]
RIN 3235-AG51

Exemption for Certain California Limited Issues

AGENCY: Securities and Exchange Commission.

ACTION: Final rules.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In order to reduce regulatory burdens associated with certain 
offers and sales of securities, the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(``Commission'') today is adopting a new exemption from its 
registration requirements for limited offerings of up to $5 million 
that are exempt from qualification under a 1994 California state 
securities law.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The effective date of Rule 1001 and the amendment to 
Rule 144 will be effective June 10, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Richard K. Wulff, Office of Small 
Business Policy, Division of Corporation Finance, at (202) 942-2950 or 
James R. Budge, Office of Disclosure Policy, Division of Corporation 
Finance, at (202) 942-2910, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 
20549.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Commission today is adopting, as 
proposed, new Rule 1001 1 under Section 3(b) 2 of the 
Securities Act of 1933 (``Securities Act''). 3 The new rule 
exempts from the registration requirements of the Securities Act offers 
and sales up to $5 million that are exempt from state qualification 
under paragraph (n) of Section 25102 of the California Corporations 
Code. 4 Securities Act Rule 144 5 also has been amended to 
include securities issued in reliance upon Rule 1001 in the definition 
of ``restricted securities.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The rule is being added as Regulation CE (for coordinated 
exemptions), 17 CFR 230.1001, rather than as Regulation CA, as 
proposed.
    \2\ 15 U.S.C. 77c(b).
    \3\ 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
    \4\ Cal. Corporations Code Section 25102(n).
    \5\ 17 CFR 230.144.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Introduction

    In June 1995, pursuant to its authority to provide exemptions for 
small offerings under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, the 
Commission proposed a new rule 6 designed to assist small 
businesses' capital raising ability by creating a federal exemption for 
offerings of up to $5 million 7 that meet the qualifications of a 
California exemption. The California law provides an exemption from 
state law registration for offerings made to specified classes of 
qualified purchasers that are similar, but not the same as, accredited 
investors under Regulation D.8 Certain methods of general 
solicitation are permitted under the California law.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ Release No. 33-7185 (June 27, 1995) [60 FR 35638] 
(``proposing release'').
    \7\ This is the maximum dollar amount permitted under the 
Commission's Section 3(b) exemptive authority.
    \8\ 17 CFR 230.501-230.508.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Commission received ten comment letters, which generally were 
supportive of the proposals.9 The Commission believes that the 
California exemption has the potential to facilitate small business 
capital raising. It is anticipated that the new rule will result in 
compliance cost savings for small businesses and others because 
qualifying issuers will be exempt from both state qualification and 
federal registration. At the same time, the exemption assures adequate 
protections to investors. Therefore, the Commission is exercising its 
exemptive authority in Section 3(b) to provide a parallel federal 
exemption for the California exemption by adopting new Rule 1001.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ The letters and comment summary are available for inspection 
and copying in the Commission's public reference room. Refer to File 
No. S7-15-95.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. The California Exemption

    On September 26, 1994, an exemption from the issuer transactions 
qualification provisions of the California Corporations Code became 
effective.10 The provision was specifically designed ``to 
facilitate the ability of small companies to raise capital to finance 
their growth.'' 11
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ Chapter 828, Statutes of 1994 (Senate Bill 1951--Killea), 
adding subdivision (n) to Corporations Code Section 25102.
    \11\ Section 3, Senate Bill 1951.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The exemption generally is limited to issuers that are California 
corporations or any other form of business entity organized in that 
state, including partnerships and trusts. In addition, non-California 
organized businesses may use the exemption if they can attribute more 
than 50 percent of property, payroll and sales to California and if 
more than 50 percent of outstanding voting securities of the issuer are 
held of record by persons having addresses in California. It is not 
available for offerings relating to a rollup transaction, nor may it be 
used by ``blind pool'' issuers or investment companies subject to the 
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the ``Investment Company Act''). 
12
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Sales under the exemption must be effected only to qualified 
purchasers who buy for investment purposes and not for redistribution. 
A qualified purchaser is defined as:
     Designated professional or institutional purchasers or 
persons affiliated with the issuer; 13
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ Officers and directors of corporate issuers (or persons 
performing similar duties); general partners and trustees, where the 
issuer is a partnership or a trust; small business investment 
companies; business development companies subject to the Investment 
Company Act; private venture capital companies exempted from the 
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80b-1 et seq.]; entities 
comprised of accredited investors; banks; savings and loan 
associations; insurance companies; Investment Company Act companies; 
non-issuer pension or profit-sharing trusts; and, organizations 
(corporations, business trusts or partnerships) described in Section 
501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code [26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)] with 
assets of more than $5 million. Individuals with a net worth of $1 
million or annual income of more than $200,000 also are qualified 
purchasers under the California exemption. All these persons would 
qualify as ``accredited investors'' under Rule 501(a) [17 CFR 
230.501(a)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Certain relatives residing with qualified purchasers;
     Promoters;
     Any person purchasing more than $150,000 of securities in 
the offering; 14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ These persons must also satisfy one of the following 
additional suitability standards: (1) They must have, alone or with 
the assistance of a professional advisor, the capacity to protect 
their own interests; (2) they must have the ability to bear the 
economic risk of the investment; or (3) the investment must not 
exceed 10 percent of the person's net worth. These criteria also 
apply to individuals who have a net worth of over $1 million or 
annual income exceeding $200,000.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Entities whose equity owners are limited to officers, 
directors and any affiliate of the issuer;
     Reporting companies under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 (the ``Exchange Act''), 15 if the transaction

[[Page 21357]]

involves the acquisition of all of an issuer's capital stock for 
investment;
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A natural person whose net worth exceeds $500,000, or a 
natural person whose net worth exceeds $250,000 if such purchaser's 
annual income exceeds $100,000--in either case the transaction must 
involve:
    (a) Only a one-class voting stock (or preferred establishing the 
same voting rights),
    (b) An amount limited to no more than 10 percent of the purchaser's 
net worth, and
    (c) A purchaser able to protect his or her own interests (alone or 
with the help of a professional advisor); 16
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ This provision states that each such natural person, by 
reason of his or her business or financial experience, or the 
business or financial experience of his or her professional advisor 
(who is unaffiliated with and who is not compensated, directly or 
indirectly, by the issuer), can be reasonably assumed to have the 
capacity to protect his or her interests in connection with the 
transaction. The California Department of Corporations has indicated 
that qualified investors under this rubric must have business or 
financial experience or rely on a professional advisor. Release No. 
94-C (September 27, 1994).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Pension and profit sharing trusts, as well as 401(k) plans 
17 and Individual Retirement Accounts of individual qualified 
purchasers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ 26 U.S.C 401(k).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Issuers must provide certain purchasers who are natural persons 
18 a disclosure document as specified in Rule 502 of Regulation D 
19 five days prior to any sale or commitment to purchase.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ This delivery requirement is limited to those natural 
persons designated as qualified purchasers because their net worth 
exceeds $500,000, or whose net worth exceeds $250,000 where there is 
an annual income of $100,000.
    \19\ 17 CFR 230.502(b)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Offers, oral or written, are generally limited to qualified 
purchasers. However, the law does permit general announcements of a 
proposed offering to be widely published and circulated, so long as 
they contain only specified information. 20 This general 
announcement process is modeled on the ``test the waters'' concept 
being used by several of the states 21 and by the Commission in 
connection with Regulation A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ The California provision limits the content of the general 
announcement to the following items: the issuer's identity; the full 
title of the securities being offered; the suitability standards of 
prospective investors; a statement that no money is being sought or 
will be accepted, that an indication of interest involves no 
commitment to purchase and that under certain circumstances a 
disclosure document will be provided prior to purchase; and the 
name, address and telephone number of a person who can provide 
further information about the offering. Only the following 
additional information may be included at the issuer's option: a 
brief description of the business, its geographical location and the 
offering price or method of determination.
    \21\ See CCH NASAA Reports Sec. 7036. Arizona, Colorado, Kansas, 
Massachusetts, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Vermont, Virginia and 
Washington currently are participating in a pilot program in this 
regard, and Indiana has proposed entering this pilot program as 
well.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A notice must be filed with the California Corporations 
Commissioner at the initial offer of securities or with the publication 
of a general announcement of proposed offering, whichever comes first, 
accompanied by a $600 filing fee. A second filing is required within 10 
business days after the close or abandonment of the offering, and in no 
case later than 210 days after the filing of the initial notice.

III. Regulation CE and Rule 1001

A. Need for a New Exemption

    The California exemption combines a form of general solicitation 
using a ``test the waters'' concept with a qualified purchaser concept 
derived in part from the Uniform Limited Offering Exemption (``ULOE''), 
22 an official policy guideline of the North American Securities 
Administrators Association, Inc. (``NASAA'') 23 that was adopted 
in coordination with the Commission's adoption of Regulation D. 24 
California's exemption does not fit well within any current federal 
exemption, other than Rule 504, 25 which is limited to $1 million, 
or potentially the intrastate offering exemption. 26 Rules 505 and 
506 of Regulation D prohibit general solicitations; moreover, 
California's definition of qualified purchasers is broader than 
Regulation D's. The intrastate offering exemption is available only for 
those offerings by issuers incorporated and doing business in 
California.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ See CCH NASAA Reports Sec. 6201.
    \23\ NASAA is an association of securities commissioners from 
each of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Mexico 
and several of the Canadian provinces.
    \24\ State statutes and rules based on NASAA's ULOE exempt 
offers or sales of securities made in compliance with Rules 501-503, 
505 and/or 506 of Regulation D [17 CFR 230.501-230.503, 230.505 and 
230.506 respectively], including the prohibition of general 
solicitations found in Rule 502(c).
    \25\ 17 CFR 230.504.
    \26\ Securities Act Section 3(a)(11) [15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(11)] and 
Rule 147 [17 CFR 230.147].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Commission does not believe that these differences need to be 
an impediment to the ability of small businesses to take full advantage 
of the California exemption. While the qualified purchaser definition 
differs somewhat from the accredited investor definition for 
individuals, the California law includes additional suitability 
standards. Moreover, the general announcement of proposed offering is 
subject to significant limitation, thereby protecting against abuse of 
the procedure. The provisions of the California law are consistent with 
investor protection and the public interest, and therefore warrant the 
Commission's full exercise of its exemptive authority under Section 
3(b).

B. The Exemption

    New Rule 1001 provides that offers and sales of securities, in 
amounts of up to $5 million, that are exempt from registration under 
the California securities law pursuant to paragraph (n) of section 
25102 of the California Corporations Code 27 are exempt from the 
registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act, pursuant 
to Section 3(b) of that Act.28 All issuers that qualify for the 
state exemption can rely on the Rule 1001 exemption.29 Issuers 
should look to the state of California for interpretations relating to 
who qualifies for the exemption, since any person who lawfully relies 
on the state exemption also could rely on its federal counterpart. 
Commenters who spoke to the issue supported the Commission's proposal 
not to impose additional qualifying standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ One commenter expressed the view that the Commission should 
key the exemption to section 25102(n) as it existed at the time it 
originally became effective. The Commission has determined to adopt 
Rule 1001 as proposed in order to allow California flexibility to 
address concerns relating to its exemption without fear of losing 
the federal counterpart. Nevertheless, the Commission will monitor 
future changes to the California exemption to assure that the 
investor protections are not diminished in a fashion that would 
warrant modification of the federal exemption.
    \28\ Rule 1001(a). While the transactions would not be subject 
to registration under Section 5, the antifraud provisions of the 
federal securities laws would continue to be applicable to all 
exempt transactions. See preliminary note 1 to Rule 1001. Rule 1001 
would provide an exemption only for the transactions in which the 
securities are offered or sold by the issuer; it is not an exemption 
for the securities themselves.
    \29\ As noted above, California law precludes reliance on the 
exemption in connection with investment company, blind pool or roll-
up offerings; thus, the Rule 1001 exemption also would be 
unavailable in those cases.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As in the proposal, the final rule does not require issuers to 
notify the Commission when they rely on the California exemption in 
view of the notification provisions of the California law.

C. Computation of $5 million amount

    Rule 1001 exempts offerings up to $5 million, the maximum allowed 
under Section 3(b).30 The $5 million limit will apply on an 
offering-by-offering basis.31

[[Page 21358]]

Commenters supported this approach, which differs from that applied in 
other Section 3(b) rules, where an annual dollar limit for the 
aggregate of various Section 3(b) offers has been used.32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \30\ Where a transaction involves non-cash consideration, the 
amount of the offering would be calculated as provided under 
California law.
    \31\ Standard integration analysis concepts would apply. See 
Release No. 33-4552 (November 7, 1962) [27 FR 11316]. These concepts 
are currently under review in connection with the work of the Task 
Force on Disclosure Simplification and the Advisory Committee on the 
Capital Formation and Regulatory Processes. See notes 37 and 37, 
below.
    \32\ See, e.g., Rule 251(b) [17 CFR 230.251(b)], Rule 504(b)(2) 
[17 CFR 230.504(b)(2)] and Rule 505(b)(2)(i) [17 CFR 
230.505(b)(2)(i)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Resale limitations

    The new exemption provides that purchasers in the exempt 
transaction receive ``restricted securities.'' 33 Consequently, 
purchasers must either register subsequent resales of the securities or 
have an exemption for such sales. Categorizing the securities offered 
and sold pursuant to Rule 1001 as ``restricted'' is consistent with the 
California exemption, since the latter requires an investment intent on 
the part of purchasers in the offering, and such shares could not be 
resold under California law without qualification or some other 
exemption under such law. In addition, the treatment is consistent with 
other federal exemptions, the availability of which depends on the 
sophistication, wealth or institutional character of the 
investor.34
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ Rule 1001(c) and amendment to Rule 144.
    \34\ See, e.g., Section 4(6) of the Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. 
78d(6)] and Securities Act Rule 506.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

IV. Other Matters Addressed in the Proposing Release

A. Exemptions for Other States

    The Commission proposed to provide the same exemption for each 
state that enacts a transaction exemption incorporating the same 
standards used by California. To date, the Commission has not received 
any request from a state other than California seeking its own 
exemption. The Commission reiterates its desire to cooperate with the 
states and repeats its position that it will create an exemption for 
any state that adopts an exemption incorporating the same standards 
used by California. Separate consideration for a federal exemption will 
be given to states that adopt other similar exemptions that protect the 
public interest.35
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ Three commenters supported this approach. Two commenters, 
however, believed that the Commission should not proceed on a state-
by-state basis; rather, it should take a broader approach by 
creating a federal exemption that the individual states could then 
use to fashion their own coordinated exemptions. The Commission will 
consider this suggestion, together with others put forward by 
commenters with respect to facilitating small business capital 
formation, in connection with future rulemaking projects.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. General Solicitation under Regulation D and ULOE

    While not included as a rule proposal, the Commission indicated in 
the proposing release that it was considering whether amendments to 
Regulation D should be proposed that would facilitate better use of the 
exemptions by revising or eliminating the prohibition against general 
solicitation for Rule 505 and 506 offerings. This question was prompted 
in part by the approach in the California exemption that allows a form 
of general solicitation followed by sales only to qualified purchasers. 
Comment also was sought as to whether the Commission should consult 
with the states and NASAA about modifying ULOE, which also prohibits 
general solicitations in these offerings.
    A number of commenters supported relaxing the general solicitation 
prohibition, believing that it would enhance the utility of Rule 505 
and 506 offerings. The Commission has determined to proceed with 
adoption of the California exemption at this time while deferring 
action on the general solicitation question with respect to other 
exemptions, since Section 3(b) does not prohibit general solicitation 
for offerings exempt thereunder. However, these comments will be 
considered in connection with future initiatives undertaken by the 
Commission as it evaluates the reports of the Task Force on Disclosure 
Simplification 36 and the Advisory Committee on the Capital 
Formation and Regulatory Processes.37 The work of both of these 
groups has been dedicated to reassessing and reforming the federal 
securities disclosure regime where necessary and appropriate in the 
public interest and consistent with investor protection.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ The Task Force on Disclosure Simplification was organized 
in August 1995 to review forms and rules relating to capital-raising 
transactions, periodic reporting pursuant to the Exchange Act, proxy 
solicitations, and tender offers and beneficial ownership reports 
under the Williams Act. Its goal was to identify where the 
disclosure process could be simplified and, consistent with investor 
protection, to make regulation of capital formation more efficient. 
Following a seven-month review, the Task Force completed its report, 
including a number of recommendations, which the Commission 
authorized for publication on March 5, 1996. This report is 
available for inspection and copying at the Commission's public 
reference room. It also is available through the Commission's 
Internet web site [http://www.sec.gov].
    \37\ The Securities and Exchange Commission Advisory Committee 
on the Capital Formation and Regulatory Processes was established in 
February 1995. See Release No. 33-7135 (February 17, 1995) [60 FR 
9415]. The objective of the Committee is to assist the Commission in 
evaluating the efficiency of the regulatory process relating to 
public offerings of securities, secondary market trading and 
corporate reporting. The Committee's focus has been the development 
of a company registration system for adoption by the Commission, 
which would allow eligible companies to offer and sell securities 
relying on a more company-focused, as opposed to transaction-
focused, system. The Committee plans to issue a report containing 
its recommendations in the near future.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

V. Cost-Benefit Analysis

    The Commission solicited comments to aid in its evaluation of the 
costs and benefits that would result from the proposed exemption. It 
was expected that compliance burdens would decrease with respect to 
issuers who qualify for the proposed exemption, inasmuch as they would 
be able to raise up to $5 million in capital without the burden and 
expense of compliance with the registration and reporting requirements 
of the federal securities laws. Commenters supported that view, 
indicating that the exemption would be beneficial to small business by 
reducing their capital raising expenses without reducing investor 
protection. Consequently, the Commission has determined to adopt the 
rule as proposed.

VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    A final regulatory flexibility analysis has been prepared in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 604 concerning the adoption of Rule 1001 
exemption and the amendment to Rule 144. A copy of the analysis may be 
obtained by contacting James R. Budge, Office of Disclosure Policy, 
Division of Corporation Finance, at (202) 942-2910, U.S. Securities and 
Exchange Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.

VII. Statutory Basis for the Rules

    Regulation CE, Rule 1001 and the amendment to Rule 144 are adopted 
pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 19 of the Securities Act.

List of Subjects in 17 CFR Part 230

    Registration requirements, Securities.

Text of the Amendments

    In accordance with the foregoing, Title 17, Chapter II of the Code 
of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:

PART 230--GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

    1. The authority citation for Part 230 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 77sss, 78c, 
78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78w, 78ll(d), 79t, 80a-8, 89a-29, 80a-30, and 
80a-37, unless otherwise noted.

* * * * *

[[Page 21359]]

    2. By amending Sec. 230.144 by removing the period at the end of 
paragraph (a)(3)(iv) and adding ``; or'' in its place and by adding 
paragraph (a)(3)(v), to read as follows:

Sec. 230.144  Persons deemed not to be engaged in a distribution and 
therefore not underwriters.

* * * * *
    (a) * * *
    (3) * * *
    (v) Securities acquired from the issuer that are subject to the 
resale limitations of Regulation CE (Sec. 230.1001).
* * * * *
    3. By adding a new undesignated center heading and Sec. 230.1001, 
to read as follows:

Regulation CE--Coordinated Exemptions for Certain Issues of Securities 
Exempt Under State Law

Sec. 230.1001  Exemption for transactions exempt from qualification 
under Sec. 25102(n) of the California Corporations Code.

    Preliminary Notes: (1) Nothing in this section is intended to be 
or should be construed as in any way relieving issuers or persons 
acting on behalf of issuers from providing disclosure to prospective 
investors necessary to satisfy the antifraud provisions of the 
federal securities laws. This section only provides an exemption 
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 
(``the Act'') [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.].
    (2) Nothing in this section obviates the need to comply with any 
applicable state law relating to the offer and sales of securities.
    (3) Attempted compliance with this section does not act as an 
exclusive election; the issuer also can claim the availability of 
any other applicable exemption.
    (4) This exemption is not available to any issuer for any 
transaction which, while in technical compliance with the provision 
of this section, is part of a plan or scheme to evade the 
registration provisions of the Act. In such cases, registration 
under the Act is required.

    (a) Exemption. Offers and sales of securities that satisfy the 
conditions of paragraph (n) of Sec. 25102 of the California 
Corporations Code, and paragraph (b) of this section, shall be exempt 
from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 by 
virtue of Section 3(b) of that Act.
    (b) Limitation on and computation of offering price. The sum of all 
cash and other consideration to be received for the securities shall 
not exceed $5,000,000, less the aggregate offering price for all other 
securities sold in the same offering of securities, whether pursuant to 
this or another exemption.
    (c) Resale limitations. Securities issued pursuant to this 
Sec. 230.1001 are deemed to be ``restricted securities'' as defined in 
Securities Act Rule 144 [Sec. 230.144]. Resales of such securities must 
be made in compliance with the registration requirements of the Act or 
an exemption therefrom.

    Dated: May 1, 1996.

    By the Commission.
Jonathan G. Katz,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 96-11626 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8010-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11625 Relief From Reporting by Small Issuers
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21354-21356]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11625]

[[Page 21353]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part VI

Securities and Exchange Commission

_______________________________________________________________________

17 CFR Parts 230, 240 and 249

Relief From Reporting by Small Issuers; Exemption for Certain 
California Limited Issues; Final Rules

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 91 / Thursday, May 9, 1996 / Rules 
Regulations

[[Page 21354]]

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

17 CFR Parts 240 and 249

[Release No. 34-37157; File No. S7-16-95]
RIN 3235-AG48

Relief From Reporting by Small Issuers

AGENCY: Securities and Exchange Commission.

ACTION: Final rules.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Commission is announcing the adoption of revisions to 
Rules 12g-1, 12g-4 and 12h-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
which will increase the number of issuers not subject to the 
registration and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, by 
increasing the total assets threshold from $5 million to $10 million.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The rule amendments will be effective on May 9, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Richard K. Wulff, Office of Small 
Business Policy, Division of Corporation Finance at (202) 942-2950 or 
James R. Budge, Office of Disclosure Policy, Division of Corporation 
Finance, at (202) 942-2910.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On June 27, 1995,1 the Commission 
published for comment proposed amendments to Rules 12g-1, 12g-4 and 
12h-3 2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.3 These 
proposals were designed to increase the number of issuers classified as 
exempt from the registration and reporting provisions of the Exchange 
Act by changing the total asset threshold from $5 million to $10 
million. Conforming changes also were proposed to be made to Form 
15.4 Having considered the comments received, the Commission is 
adopting the revisions as proposed.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Release No. 33-7186 (June 27, 1995) [60 FR 35642] 
(``Proposing Release''). The comment letters received are available 
for inspection and copying at the Commission's public reference 
room, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please refer 
to File Number S7-16-95.
    \2\ 17 CFR 240.12g-1, 240.12g-4 and 240.12h-3.
    \3\ 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
    \4\ 17 CFR 249.323. Form 15 is filed by an issuer to notify the 
Commission that it is terminating its registration under Section 
12(g) of the Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. 78l(g)] or suspending its 
reporting under Section 15(d) [15 U.S.C. 78o(d)].
    \5\ As explained more fully below, the proposed changes to 
certain of the Commission's definitions of a ``small entity'' for 
purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act [5 U.S.C. 601-612] have 
not been adopted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Discussion

    Under the current rules, an issuer that has 500 or more record 
holders of a class of equity securities and total assets of $5 million 
or more must register its securities under the Exchange Act.6 
Issuers that must register are required to comply with the periodic 
reporting and other provisions applicable to public companies contained 
in the Exchange Act.7 The asset threshold was originally set at $1 
million in Section 12(g). Pursuant to its authority under Section 12(h) 
of the Exchange Act,8 the Commission has increased the amount on 
two occasions: from $1 million to $3 million in 1982,9 and from $3 
million to the current $5 million in 1986.10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ See Exchange Act Section 12(g) and Rule 12g-1.
    \7\ E.g., the proxy requirements of Section 14 [15 U.S.C. 78n] 
and the short-swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange 
Act [15 U.S.C. 78p].
    In addition, any entity, including an issuer, must register 
under the Exchange Act as a transfer agent if it performs the 
function of a transfer agent with respect to any security which is 
registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or which would be 
required to be registered except for the exemptions provided by 
subsection 12(g)(2)(B) or (g)(2)(G). 15 U.S.C. 78q-1(c)(1). As a 
result of the revisions adopted in this release, the number of 
entities, including issuers, that can perform transfer agent 
functions without registration with the Commission may increase.
    \8\ 15 U.S.C. 78l(h).
    \9\ Release No. 34-18647 (April 15, 1982) [47 FR 17046].
    \10\ Release No. 34-23406 (July 8, 1986) [51 FR 25360].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal to increase the asset threshold to $10 million was 
designed, in part, to increase the utility of the Commission's small 
offering exemptions, such as Regulation A, a principal benefit of which 
is that companies conducting such offerings do not automatically become 
subject to Exchange Act reporting. The Commission has long recognized 
that the cost of compliance with Exchange Act reporting requirements is 
relatively greater for smaller companies than for larger ones.11 
The amendments adopted today are designed to strike the appropriate 
balance between such costs and investors' needs for the information 
required in Exchange Act reports. Commenters generally agreed that this 
change would be beneficial for smaller companies and would be 
consistent with investor protection. In light of the foregoing, the 
Commission finds that the increase in the asset threshold is not 
inconsistent with the public interest or the protection of investors 
and is adopting the rule changes as proposed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ See Release No. 33-6605 (September 30, 1985) [50 FR 41162].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under today's revision to Rule 12g-1, an issuer now will not be 
required to register under Section 12(g) until it has 500 or more 
record holders of a class of equity securities and total assets of $10 
million or more.12 This revision does not change existing 
requirements that securities traded on national exchanges 13 or 
the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation 
System (``Nasdaq'')14 be registered pursuant to Section 12 of the 
Exchange Act. In addition, a company that conducts a public offering 
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (``Securities Act'')15 
will continue to be subject to reporting pursuant to Section 15(d) of 
the Exchange Act unless the company becomes eligible to suspend such 
reporting. The revisions also raise the asset threshold for termination 
of Section 12(g) registration and suspension of Section 15(d) reporting 
from $5 million to $10 million, but do not change the other tests for 
such termination and suspension.16 Finally, the description of 
Form 15 is being amended to indicate that the total assets criterion is 
$10 million. These new thresholds should make the exemptive, 
termination and suspension provisions more useful to small businesses 
and lower their costs of compliance with the federal securities laws.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ This modification to Rule 12g-1 retains the standard with 
respect to foreign private issuers, which provides that if a foreign 
private issuer has securities quoted in an automated interdealer 
quotation system it remains subject to registration under Section 
12(g).
    \13\ Securities traded on a national securities exchange must be 
registered under the Exchange Act pursuant to Section 12(b) [15 
U.S.C. 78l(b)] of that Act.
    \14\ Pursuant to Schedule D to the NASD's By-Laws, securities 
traded on the Nasdaq system must be registered pursuant to Section 
12 of the Exchange Act, CCH NASD Manual para. 1803.
    \15\ 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
    \16\ Rules 12g-4 and 12h-3 currently allow for termination of 
registration of a class of securities under Section 12(g) and 
suspension of the duty to file reports under Section 15(d) when the 
class of securities is held of record by less than 300 persons, or 
by less than 500 persons where the total assets of the issuer have 
not exceeded $5 million on the last day of each of the issuer's 
three most recent fiscal years. Also, the Section 15(d) reporting 
obligation cannot be suspended under Rule 12h-3 for a fiscal year in 
which a Securities Act registration statement relating to the class 
of securities becomes effective. The revisions amend Rules 12g-4 and 
12h-3 to change the asset test from $5 million to $10 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There are approximately 650 issuers with between $5 million and $10 
million in total assets that report with the Commission. Had the new 
asset threshold previously been in effect, these companies would not 
have been required to register and report with the Commission, unless 
they had voluntarily decided to do so, either because their securities 
are traded on a national securities exchange or Nasdaq, or because they 
chose to conduct a Securities Act registered offering. Of

[[Page 21355]]

these 650, approximately 540 are traded on an exchange or Nasdaq, and 
approximately 110 are not.
    Today's rule changes affect the asset threshold for entering and 
exiting reporting, but do not affect the other criteria under the rules 
for determining when a company may cease reporting. Consequently, the 
effect on currently reporting companies is modest, with approximately 
10 companies becoming eligible to cease reporting at this time; 17 
about another 20 companies could terminate their reporting obligations 
if they decided to delist their securities from an exchange or Nasdaq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ These issuers would be able to terminate their registration 
because they have:
    --Assets between $5 and $10 million;
    --No securities traded on an exchange or Nasdaq;
    --No current 15(d) reporting obligation arising from registering 
a securities offering in the last year;
    --In each of the last three fiscal years, assets not exceeding 
$10 million; and
    --Between 300 and 500 shareholders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    While the number of companies that would be able to stop reporting 
is relatively small, the rule should provide significant benefits for 
small, growing companies. These companies will have more flexibility to 
raise equity capital and grow before becoming subject to the 
Commission's reporting requirements.

II. Regulatory Flexibility Act Definitions

    The Commission proposed to modify the definitions of ``small 
entity'' for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act by raising the 
total assets level to $10 million.18 In the intervening period 
since the proposals were published, Congress has enacted amendments to 
the Regulatory Flexibility Act.19 The Commission has determined 
not to adopt these proposed rule revisions at this time, but will give 
them further consideration once it has had an opportunity to evaluate 
fully these recent statutory changes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ The definitions are found at 17 CFR 230.157, 17 CFR 240.0-
10, and 17 CFR 260.0-7.
    \19\ See the Small Business Regulatory Fairness Act of 1996, 
Pub. L. 104-121, 110 Stat. 847 (1996), signed by the President on 
March 29, 1996.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. Effective Date

    The Commission has determined to make the rule changes effective on 
May 9, 1996, the date of publication in the Federal Register. Early 
effectiveness is appropriate under the Administrative Procedure Act 
inasmuch as the raising of these thresholds ``grants or recognizes an 
exemption'' 20 from registration and reporting requirements to a 
larger class of companies than existed under previous requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

IV. Future Initiatives

    Some commenters recommended further revision of the reporting 
thresholds. For example, one commenter suggested the adoption of an 
exemption for small business issuers whose public float or trading 
activity is so low as to show insufficient market interest. Another 
recommended eliminating the shareholder numerical test from the various 
rules. The Commission has considered these suggestions and has 
determined to evaluate them further in connection with future 
initiatives undertaken by the Commission as it implements 
recommendations of the reports of the Task Force on Disclosure 
Simplification,21 and the Advisory Committee on the Capital 
Formation and Regulatory Processes.22 The work of both of these 
groups has been dedicated to reassessing and reforming the federal 
securities disclosure regime where necessary and appropriate in the 
public interest and consistent with investor protection.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ The Task Force on Disclosure Simplification was organized 
in August 1995 to review forms and rules relating to capital-raising 
transactions, periodic reporting pursuant to the Exchange Act, proxy 
solicitations, and tender offers and beneficial ownership reports 
under the Williams Act. Its goal was to identify where the 
disclosure process could be simplified and, consistent with investor 
protection, to make regulation of capital formation more efficient. 
Following a seven-month review, the Task Force completed its report, 
including a number of recommendations, which the Commission 
authorized for publication on March 5, 1996. This report is 
available for inspection and copying at the Commission's public 
reference room. It also is available through the Commission's 
Internet web site [http://www.sec.gov].
    \22\ The Securities and Exchange Commission Advisory Committee 
on the Capital Formation and Regulatory Processes was established in 
February 1995. See Release No. 33-7135 (February 17, 1995) [60 FR 
9415]. The objective of the Committee is to assist the Commission in 
evaluating the efficiency of the regulatory process relating to 
public offerings of securities, secondary market trading and 
corporate reporting. The Committee's focus has been the development 
of a company registration system for adoption by the Commission, 
which would allow eligible companies to offer and sell securities 
relying on a more company-focused, as opposed to transaction-
focused, system. The Committee plans to issue a report containing 
its recommendations in the near future.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

V. Cost-Benefit Analysis

    The Commission solicited comment to assist in its evaluation of the 
costs and benefits that might result from the possible increase in the 
assets threshold. Several commenters, while not addressing the 
solicitation of comment specifically, supported the proposal as part of 
the Commission's efforts to reduce both the regulatory burden and the 
costs of raising capital and compliance for small issuers. The 
Commission continues to believe that as a result of this action, 
compliance burdens will be decreased without significant impact upon 
the needs of investors, as it stated in the proposing release. As 
required by Section 23(a) of the Exchange Act, the Commission has 
specifically considered the impact these rulemaking actions would have 
on competition and has concluded that they would not impose a 
significant burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in 
furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.

VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    The Commission has prepared a final regulatory flexibility analysis 
in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 603 regarding the changes to Exchange Act 
Rules 12g-1, 12g-4, and 12h-3 and the description of Form 15. A summary 
of the corresponding Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis was 
included in the Proposing Release. A copy of the final regulatory 
flexibility analysis may be obtained by contacting James R. Budge, 
Division of Corporation Finance, U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission, 450 Fifth Street NW., Washington, DC 20549 at (202) 942-
2910.

VII. Statutory Basis

    The amendments to the Commission's rules and form are being adopted 
by the Commission pursuant to Sections 12, 13, 15 and 23(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act.

List of Subjects in 17 CFR Parts 240 and 249

    Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.

Text of the Amendments

    Accordingly, Title 17, Chapter II of the Code of Federal 
Regulations is amended as follows:

PART 240--GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934

PART 249--FORMS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    1. The authority citation for Part 240 continues to read, in part, 
as follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j, 77s, 77eee, 77ggg, 
77nnn, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78d, 78i, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78p, 
78q, 78s, 78w, 78x, 78ll(d), 79q, 79t, 80a-20, 80a-23, 80a-29, 80a-
37, 80b-3, 80b-4 and 80b-11, unless otherwise noted.

* * * * *
    2. The authority citation for Part 249 continues to read, in part, 
as follows:

[[Page 21356]]

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 78a, et seq., unless otherwise noted;
* * * * *
    3. 17 CFR Parts 240 and 249 are amended by removing the reference 
to ``$5 million'' and adding in its place ``$10 million'' in the 
following sections:

(a) 17 CFR 240.12g-1
(b) 17 CFR 240.12g-4(a)(1)(ii)
(c) 17 CFR 240.12g-4(a)(2)(ii)
(d) 17 CFR 240.12h-3(b)(1)(ii)
(e) 17 CFR 240.12h-3(b)(2)(ii)
(f) 17 CFR 249.323(a)

    Dated: May 1, 1996.

    By the Commission.
Jonathan G. Katz,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 96-11625 Filed 5-9-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8010-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11614 Executive Office for Immigration Review; Motions and Appeals in Immigration Proceedings; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 21065]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11614]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

8 CFR Parts 3 and 242

[EOIR 102F]
RIN 1125-AA01

Executive Office for Immigration Review; Motions and Appeals in 
Immigration Proceedings; Correction

AGENCY: Department of Justice.

ACTION: Correction to final regulation.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document contains corrections to the final regulation, 
published Monday, April 29, 1996 (61 FR 18900), relating to new motions 
and appeals procedures in immigration proceedings.

EFFECTIVE DATE: July 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Margaret M. Philbin, General Counsel, Executive Office for Immigration 
Review, Suite 2400, 5107 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, Virginia 22041, 
(703) 305-0470 (not a toll free call).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    The final regulation that is the subject of these corrections 
streamlines the motions and appeals practice before the Board of 
Immigration Appeals and establishes a centralized procedure for filing 
notices of appeal, fees, fee waiver requests, and briefs directly with 
the Board. The new regulation also establishes time and number 
limitations on motions to reconsider and on motions to reopen and makes 
certain changes to appellate procedures to reflect the statutory 
directives of section 545 of the Immigration Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-
649, 104 Stat. at 4978).

Need for Correction

    As published, the final regulation contains errors which may prove 
to be misleading and are in need of clarification.

Correction of Publication

    Editorial Note: An additional correction to this document 
appears elsewhere in the Corrections Section of this issue.

    Accordingly, the publication on April 29, 1996, of the final 
regulation (EOIR 102F), which was the subject of FR Doc. 96-10157 is 
corrected as follows:

Sec. 3.6(b)  [Corrected]

    1. On page 18907, in the second column, in Sec. 3.6 paragraph (b), 
line 9, the reference to ``Sec. 3.23(b)(4)(ii)'' is corrected to read 
``Sec. 3.23(b)(4)(iii).''

Sec. 242.22  [Corrected]

    2. On page 18909, in the third column, in Sec. 242.22, line 6, the 
reference to ``Sec. 3.23(b)(4)(ii)'' is corrected to read 
``Sec. 3.23(b)(4)(iii).''

    Dated: May 6, 1996.
Rosemary Hart,
Federal Register Liaison Officer.
[FR Doc. 96-11614 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4410-01-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11611 Materials and Processes Authorized for the Production of Wine and for the Treatment of Juice, Wine and Distilling Material (93F-059P)
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21076-21080]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11611]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms

27 CFR Part 24

[T.D. ATF-371; RE: Notice Nos. 800 and 805]
RIN: 1512-AB26

Materials and Processes Authorized for the Production of Wine and 
for the Treatment of Juice, Wine and Distilling Material (93F-059P)

AGENCY: Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF), Department of 
the Treasury.

ACTION: Final rule (Treasury decision).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule amends the wine regulations in 27 CFR Part 24 
to add or modify the use of 3 wine treating processes and to add the 
use of 1 new wine treating material. The use of these new or modified 
wine treating processes and materials has been found to be acceptable 
in ``good commercial practice'' in the production, cellar treatment, 
and finishing of wine, pursuant to the provisions of Section 5382 of 
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, since their use will not alter 
vinous character or pose any health, safety, or consumer deception 
problems.

EFFECTIVE DATE: July 8, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert White, Coordinator, Wine, Beer 
and Spirits Regulations Branch, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and 
Firearms, 650 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20226 (202-927-
8230).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Several members of the wine industry petitioned ATF for approval of 
the use of 3 wine treating processes and 1 wine treating material in 
the production, cellar treatment, and/or finishing of wine. Only one of 
the processes, the spinning cone column, is new and would be used to 
reduce the ethyl alcohol content of wine or to remove off flavors in 
wine. The other two processes are not new but either would be used in 
combination or would be used for a different purpose or at a different 
limitation than previously authorized. The processes to be used in 
combination are reverse osmosis and ion exchange

[[Page 21077]]

and would be used to remove excess volatile acidity from wine. The 
process which would be used at a different limitation is 
ultrafiltration. And finally, the new wine treating material, urease 
enzyme, would be used to reduce urea in wine, thereby reducing the 
possibility of ethyl carbamate formation during wine storage.

Notice No. 800

    On September 30, 1994, ATF published a notice of proposed 
rulemaking (Notice No. 800) in the Federal Register requesting that all 
interested parties submit written comments by November 29, 1994. Nine 
comments were received including 2 comments which requested an 
extension of the comment deadline. Due to the requests for an extension 
of the comment period, ATF published a reopening notice (Notice No. 
805) in the Federal Register on January 18, 1995, which reopened the 
comment period for 60 days ending on March 20, 1995. Three comments 
were received in response to the reopening notice making a total of 12 
comments received in response to the 2 wine treating notices.

Summary of Comments

    Six of the commenters stated that they fully support the use of the 
spinning cone column to reduce the ethyl alcohol content of wine or to 
remove off flavors from wine. One of the six commenters, Mr. Vincent 
Indelicato of Delicato Vineyards, also asked that the spirits derived 
from the spinning cone column process, if at a minimum proof of 100 or 
above, be approved for wine spirits additions without any restrictions. 
Mr. Indelicato also asked that spinning cone column de-essenced juice 
be allowed in all standard winemaking including the fermenting of this 
de-essenced juice into standard wine. Five of the six commenters who 
addressed the use of the spinning cone column also stated that they 
support the additional requests made by Mr. Indelicato.
    One of the six commenters mentioned above, Mr. Robert G. Kalik of 
the American Vintners Association (AVA), also stated that the AVA fully 
supports the 3 new or modified wine treating processes and the 1 new 
wine treating material proposed in Notice No. 800.
    Another commenter, Mr. Clark Smith and Mr. Rick Jones of 
Vinovation, Inc., submitted a joint comment stating that Vinovation 
fully supports the use of reverse osmosis and ion exchange in 
combination in a closed system to remove excess volatile acidity from 
wine. They also state in a separate comment that it is their 
understanding that use of the spinning cone column to remove volatile 
acidity from wine is not very practical since such removal of volatile 
acidity would result in an equal proportion of ethanol being removed 
from the wine.
    Two additional commenters in the wine industry state that they 
fully support the use of reverse osmosis along with ion exchange to 
remove excess volatile acidity in wine. Both state that wine which has 
undergone this treatment to remove excess volatile acidity has been 
greatly improved in quality. Both commenters believe that adoption of 
this wine treating process will represent a real benefit to the wine 
industry as well as to the consumer.
    Two commenters to Notice No. 800 asked for an extension of the 
comment period to give them more time to analyze the wine treating 
proposals and to prepare a response. One of these commenters represents 
the Delegation of the European Commission (EC) and the other represents 
the French government.
    The final comment was from the Delegation of the European 
Commission in response to Notice No. 805 which reopened the comment 
period for 60 days. This commenter states that the comment represents 
the views of the European Community. The commenter states that the 
European Community is concerned at the possibility of introduction into 
regular winemaking of the wine treating processes and materials 
mentioned in the notice of proposed rulemaking and considers that their 
utilization could be problematic for such wines imported into the 
European Union. The commenter also states that approval of such 
processes and materials could complicate the ongoing negotiations for 
an EC/US wine agreement.
    The commenter states that the European Community would like to draw 
attention to the fact that the processes and materials described in the 
notice are not currently authorized by Council Regulation (EEC) No. 
822/87, particularly Title II, which lays down European Community rules 
governing oenological practices and processes, and Annex VI, which 
lists the practices and processes authorized for wines marketed in the 
European Union; nor are these processes and materials included in the 
Annex to Council Regulation (EEC) No. 1873/84, which details the 
oenological practices authorized for wine imported into the European 
Union from the United States.
    Moreover, the commenter states that the new materials and processes 
described in the notice are not included in the International Code of 
Oenological Practices of the International Vine and Wine Office (OIV) 
which is approved by the governments of the member countries of the 
OIV. The commenter states that except for the use of urease, these 
practices have not yet even been the subject of preliminary discussions 
nor have they been communicated to this international forum.
    In conclusion, this commenter states that the European Community 
would suggest that utilization of the materials and processes proposed 
in Notice No. 800 would best be considered within the bilateral 
framework of the ongoing negotiations for an EC/US wine agreement and 
within the multilateral framework of the OIV. Consequently, this 
commenter states that the European Commission urges that the U.S. 
authorities take no action on approving these materials and processes 
until such consultations with the EC and OIV have taken place.

ATF Decision

    After careful consideration of the comments, ATF has decided to 
approve the 3 wine treating processes and 1 wine treating material 
proposed in Notice No. 800. These 3 wine treating processes and 1 wine 
treating material have the support of the U.S. wine industry and have 
been determined to be in accordance with good commercial practice. Use 
of these 3 processes and 1 material will be a significant benefit to 
consumers and to the wine industry by enabling industry members to 
exercise additional quality control in the production of their wines.
    ATF acknowledges that the European Community has not currently 
approved the use of these 3 wine treating processes and 1 wine treating 
material in their wines. However, we have decided to go ahead and 
approve these processes and materials for use by U.S. wine producers 
because, after careful review, we have concluded that their use 
complies with the statutory standard of good commercial practice.
    ATF does not believe that it should prevent the use of new wine 
treating processes and materials that have been found to be beneficial 
to industry members and consumers alike, since it has determined that 
the wine treatments do not alter vinous character or pose any health, 
safety, or consumer deception problems. In addition, we feel that the 
ongoing wine negotiations with the European Community do not foreclose 
or restrict our domestic rulemaking decisions implementing statutory 
standards under U.S. laws.
    In regard to the requests to use spirits derived from the spinning 
cone column process for wine spirits additions and the use of de-
essenced juice derived from the spinning cone column process

[[Page 21078]]

in all standard winemaking, we have determined that we need more time 
to thoroughly analyze these requests and will address these issues at a 
later time.

Wine Treating Processes

Spinning Cone Column

    The spinning cone column (SCC) is a gas-liquid contacting device 
which can process a wide range of products including slurries with very 
high solids contents. It is a multi-stage mass transfer device 
consisting of a series of alternating stationary and rotary truncated 
cones. During its operation the product is fed at the top of the column 
and then flows down the upper surface of the stationary cones under the 
influence of gravity and moves across the upper surface of the rotating 
cones in a thin film due to the applied centrifugal force. The 
stripping gas enters the bottom of the column and flows counter current 
to the liquid phase in the spaces between the fixed and rotating cones.
    The SCC is used in the production of low alcohol wine, as well as 
to remove off flavors in wine (e.g. volatile acidity, ethyl acetate, 
hydrogen sulfide, etc.). In the production of low alcohol wine, the 
feed wine is initially run through the SCC to recover the volatile wine 
flavor essence. In the second stage of processing, the flavor essence 
reduced wine is run through the SCC to reduce the alcohol in the wine 
to the desired level. The essence, which has previously been removed, 
is then added back to the alcohol reduced wine to produce a low alcohol 
wine which retains its original flavor. The alcohol which has been 
removed from the wine can then either be used in accordance with law 
and regulations or be destroyed.
    Treatment of wine utilizing the SCC to remove off flavors, or to 
reduce the alcohol content of the wine, may not alter the vinous 
character of the wine. Otherwise, the wine will no longer be considered 
standard wine.
    Since the separation of alcohol from a fermented substance is 
considered to be a distilling process, the SCC operations cannot be 
conducted at winery premises but must instead take place at distilled 
spirits plant premises.
    The SCC operations must be conducted in accordance with the 
following conditions:
    1. The SCC removal of any alcohol from the wine will be done on DSP 
premises.
    2. Records will be maintained for each lot of wine put through the 
SCC and the fractions derived from such wine showing the date, 
quantity, and disposition of each fraction.
    3. In the production of reduced alcohol standard wines using the 
SCC, the same amount of essence will be added back to any lot of wine 
as was originally removed.
    4. The destruction of any alcohol or other fractions derived from 
the SCC process must be in accordance with the provisions of 27 CFR 
19.691.

Reverse Osmosis and Ion Exchange

    In this process, reverse osmosis and ion exchange are used in 
combination to remove volatile acidity (VA) from bulk wine. The process 
combines two technologies already widely in use in the wine industry.
    The process involves utilizing reverse osmosis to separate wine 
into various components and then using ion exchange to remove VA. The 
wine components, minus the VA, are then recombined in-line to form the 
original wine minus the VA. The whole process takes place in a closed 
system.
    Regulations at 27 CFR 24.248 were previously broad enough to allow 
ion exchange to be used to remove volatile acidity from wine or from 
various components of wine. However, those regulations did not 
authorize reverse osmosis to be used for anything other than to reduce 
the ethyl alcohol content of wine. This regulation change will allow 
reverse osmosis to also be used to remove off flavors in wine which 
will enable it to be used as part of an overall process in a closed 
system to remove VA from wine.
    Normally, reverse osmosis must be done on distilled spirits plant 
premises because it is considered a distilling process resulting in a 
distilled spirits by-product. However, in this case, the various 
components of wine will only be created temporarily in a closed system 
and will be immediately recombined in-line to reconstitute the original 
wine minus VA. Consequently, ATF has concluded that this type of 
reverse osmosis may be conducted on bonded winery premises since no 
separate distilled spirits product is created as a final product or by-
product.
    Accumulation of ethyl alcohol outside the closed system is not 
allowed. Any accumulation of an ethanol solution on winery premises may 
subject the proprietor to the distilled spirits tax of $13.50 per proof 
gallon imposed by Section 5001 of the Internal Revenue Code.
    The footnote concerning processes which must be done on distilled 
spirits plant premises, located at the end of 27 CFR 24.248, has been 
revised to state that under certain limited conditions, reverse osmosis 
may be used on bonded winery premises if ethyl alcohol is only 
temporarily created within a closed system.

Ultrafiltration

    Previous regulations at 27 CFR 24.248 allowed ultrafiltration to be 
used for various filtration purposes as long as the following 
conditions were met:
    (a) Permeable membranes are used which are selective for molecules 
greater than 500 and less than 25,000 molecular weight with 
transmembrane pressures which do not exceed 100 pounds per square inch 
(psi).
    (b) Use shall not alter vinous character.
    This final rule amends the regulations to allow greater 
transmembrane pressures to be used and still be considered 
ultrafiltration. The revised regulations allow less than 200 psi in 
lieu of the current 100 psi. This more liberal pressure limitation will 
provide for greater throughput with no change in the vinous character 
of the finished wine. Without this increase in throughput, the process 
is not economically viable for many industry members since they can 
achieve the same result with other methods at a much lower cost.
    The less than 200 psi pressure limitation was chosen as the upper 
limit in order to maintain a clear distinction between ultrafiltration 
and reverse osmosis in terms of pressure. The two processes are also 
differentiated by the fact that the membranes specified for reverse 
osmosis have a much smaller pore size than those used in 
ultrafiltration.

New Wine Treating Material

Urease Enzyme

    The use of urease enzyme derived from Lactobacillus fermentum has 
been found to reduce levels of naturally occurring urea in wine thereby 
helping to prevent the formation of ethyl carbamate during storage.
    The enzyme is derived from the nonpathogenic, nontoxicogenic 
bacterium Lactobacillus fermentum. It contains the enzyme urease (CAS 
Reg. No. 9002-13-5) which facilitates the hydrolysis of urea to ammonia 
and carbon dioxide. It is produced by a pure culture fermentation 
process and by using materials that are generally recognized as safe 
(GRAS) or are food additives that have been approved for this use by 
the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
    Urease enzyme from Lactobacillus fermentum was approved for use in 
wine by FDA on December 21, 1992,

[[Page 21079]]

effective January 21, 1993. The FDA regulation cite is 21 CFR 184.1924, 
Urease Enzyme Derived From Lactobacillus Fermentum.
    The enzyme is standardized with glucose syrup solids and the urease 
activity is adjusted to 3.5 units/mg. Urease enzyme meets the general 
and additional requirements for enzyme preparations in the ``Food 
Chemicals Codex,'' 3rd edition (1981). In addition, the urease enzyme 
is used in food at levels not to exceed current good manufacturing 
practice as defined in 21 CFR 184.1924.
    The composition of the urease enzyme preparation is as follows:

Killed whole cells of Lactobacillus fermentum....................20-35%
Glucose Syrup Solids.............................................65-80%

    Due to the low usage level (10-200 ppm) and objective of usage, 
addition of glucose syrup solids in this case is not considered 
``sweetening'' of the beverage, which is prohibited in the State of 
California for table wine.
    The use of urease enzyme derived from Lactobacillus fermentum is 
economically self-limiting due to the high cost of the material. FDA, 
in their approval, did not set a specific numerical limit but rather 
limited its use to ``good commercial practice.''
    Due to the recommendations from industry and from the ATF 
laboratory, we have established an upper limit for the use of urease 
enzyme in wine of 200 mg/L, provided that the enzyme is filtered prior 
to final packaging of the wine, as a ``good commercial practice.''

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    It is hereby certified that this regulation will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
This regulation is liberalizing in nature and will allow winemakers 
more flexibility when producing their wines with no negative impact on 
small entities. Accordingly, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not 
required because this final rule is not expected: (1) To have 
secondary, or incidental effects on a substantial number of small 
entities; or (2) to impose, or otherwise cause a significant increase 
in the reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance burdens on a 
substantial number of small entities.

Executive Order 12866

    It has been determined that this regulation is not a significant 
regulatory action as defined by Executive Order 12866. Accordingly this 
final rule is not subject to the analysis required by this Executive 
Order.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    The provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, Public Law 
96-511, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, and its implementing regulations, 5 CFR 
Part 1320, do not apply to this final rule because no requirement to 
collect information is imposed.

    Drafting Information: The principal author of this document is 
Robert L. White, Wine, Beer and Spirits Regulations Branch, Bureau 
of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms. ATF Wine Technical Advisor Richard 
M. Gahagan has provided significant technical assistance in the 
evaluation and review of data pertinent to the preparation of this 
document.

List of Subjects in 27 CFR Part 24

    Administrative practice and procedure, Authority delegations, 
Claims, Electronic funds transfers, Excise taxes, Exports, Food 
additives, Fruit juices, Labeling, Liquors, Packaging and containers, 
Reporting requirements, Research, Scientific equipment, Spices and 
flavorings, Surety bonds, Transportation, Warehouses, Wine and vinegar.

Authority and Issuance

    27 CFR Part 24--Wine is amended as follows:

PART 24--WINE

    Par. 1. The authority citation for Part 24 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 26 U.S.C. 5001, 5008, 5041, 5042, 5044, 5061, 5062, 
5081, 5111-5113, 5121, 5122, 5142, 5143, 5173, 5206, 5214, 5215, 
5351, 5353, 5354, 5356-5357, 5361, 5362, 5364-5373, 5381-5388, 5391, 
5392, 5551, 5552, 5661, 5662, 5684, 6065, 6091, 6109, 6301, 6302, 
6311, 6651, 6676, 7011, 7302, 7342, 7502, 7503, 7606, 7805, 7851; 31 
U.S.C. 9301, 9303, 9304, 9306.

    Par. 2. Section 24.246 is amended in the table in Paragraph (b) 
revising the entry for enzymatic activity, and by adding the new entry, 
``Urease'', immediately after and directly under Protease (Trypsin), to 
read as follows:

Sec. 24.246  Materials authorized for treatment of wine and juice.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *

------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Materials and use                 Reference or limitation    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
                                                                        
*                  *                  *                  *              
                  *                  *                  *               
Enzymatic activity: Various uses as      The enzyme preparation used    
 shown below.                             shall be prepared from        
                                          nontoxic and nonpathogenic    
                                          microorganisms in accordance  
                                          with good manufacturing       
                                          practice and be approved for  
                                          use in food by either FDA     
                                          regulation or by FDA advisory 
                                          opinion.                      
                                                                        
*                  *                  *                  *              
                  *                  *                  *               
Urease: To reduce levels of naturally    The urease enzyme activity     
 occurring urea in wine to help prevent   shall be derived from         
 the formation of ethyl carbamate.        Lactobacillus fermentum per 21
                                          CFR 184.1924. Use is limited  
                                          to not more than 200 mg/L and 
                                          must be filtered prior to     
                                          final packaging of the wine.  
                                                                        
*                  *                  *                  *              
                  *                  *                  *               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Par. 3. Section 24.248 is amended in the table by revising the 
entries for ``Reverse osmosis'' and ``Ultrafiltration'', by adding the 
entry for ``Spinning cone column'', and by revising the footnote at the 
end of the section to read as follows:

Sec. 24.248  Processes authorized for the treatment of wine, juice, and 
distilling material.

* * * * *

[[Page 21080]]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Processes                             Use                       Reference or limitation         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
*                  *                  *                  *                  *                  *                
Reverse osmosis \1\.....................  To reduce the ethyl alcohol  Permeable membranes which are selective  
                                           content of wine and to       for molecules not greater than 500      
                                           remove off flavors in        molecular weight with transmembrane     
                                           wine,.                       pressures of 200 psi and greater. The   
                                                                        addition of water other than that       
                                                                        originally present prior to processing  
                                                                        will render standard wine ``other than  
                                                                        standard.'' Use shall not alter vinous  
                                                                        character.                              
Spinning cone column \1\................  To reduce the ethyl alcohol  Use shall not alter vinous character. For
                                           content of wine and to       standard wine, the same amount of       
                                           remove off flavors in        essense must be added back to any lot of
                                           wine,.                       wine as was originally removed.         
                                                                                                                
*                  *                  *                  *                  *                  *                
                                                        *                                                       
Ultrafiltration.........................  To remove proteinaceous      Permeable membranes which are selective  
                                           material from wine; to       for molecules greater than 500 and less 
                                           reduce harsh tannic          than 25,000 molecular weight with       
                                           material from white wine     transmembrane pressures less than 200   
                                           produced from white          psi. Use shall not alter vinous         
                                           skinned grapes; to remove    character. 21 CFR 175.300, 177.1520,    
                                           pink color from blanc de     177.1550, 177.1630, 177.2440, 177.2600, 
                                           noir wine; to separate red   and 177.2910.                           
                                           wine into low color and                                              
                                           high color wine fractions                                            
                                           for blending purposes.                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This process must be done on distilled spirits plant premises. However, reverse osmosis, under certain      
  limited conditions, may be used on bonded winery premises if ethyl alcohol is only temporarily created within 
  a closed system.                                                                                              

(Sec. 201, Pub. L. 85-859, 72 Stat. 1383, as amended (26 U.S.C. 
5381, 5382, 5385, 5386, and 5387)).

    Signed: March 11, 1996.
Bradley A. Buckles,
Acting Director.

    Approved: April 1, 1996.
John P. Simpson,
Deputy Assistant Secretary (Regulatory, Tariff and Trade Enforcement).
[FR Doc. 96-11611 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4810-31-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11602 Sheep Promotion Research, and Information Program: Rules and Regulations
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21053-21065]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11602]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
7 CFR Part 1280

[No. LS-95-010]

Sheep Promotion Research, and Information Program: Rules and 
Regulations

AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule implements provisions of a Sheep and Wool 
Promotion, Research, Education, and Information Order (Order), which 
will establish a national, industry-funded sheep and wool promotion, 
research, and information program. This final rule establishes the 
collection and remittance process, puts into effect the reporting 
requirements, identifies and establishes the Harmonized Tariff Schedule 
(HTS) classification numbers, conversion factors, and assessment rates 
for imported sheep, sheep meat, wool, and wool products subject to 
assessment, establishes procedures for calculating, collecting, and 
remitting assessments on imported sheep, sheep meat, wool, and wool 
products and establishes the basis for excluding certain imported sheep 
and sheep products from assessment. Because the

[[Page 21054]]

Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1994 (Act) provides 
that imported raw wool will be exempted from the collecting provisions, 
imported raw wool is not subject to assessment.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This final rule will become effective July 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Ralph L. Tapp, Chief; Marketing Programs Branch; Livestock and Seed 
Division; Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS), USDA, Room 2606-S; P.O. 
Box 96456; Washington, DC 20090-6456, telephone number 202/720-1115.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Prior document in this proceeding: Proposed 
Rule--Sheep Promotion and Research Program: Rules and Regulations--60 
Federal Register (FR) 51737 (October 3, 1995).

Regulatory Impact Analysis

Executive Orders 12866 and 12778 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    This final rule has been determined to be not significant for 
purposes of Executive Order 12866 and therefore has not been reviewed 
by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
    This final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12778, 
Civil Justice Reform. It is not intended to have a retroactive effect. 
This rule will not preempt any State or local laws, regulations, or 
policies unless they present an irreconcilable conflict with this rule.
    The Act provides that any person subject to the Order may file with 
the Secretary a petition stating that the Order, any provision of the 
Order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the Order is not in 
accordance with the law, and requesting a modification of the Order or 
an exemption from certain provisions or obligations of the Order. The 
petitioner will have the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. 
Thereafter, the Secretary will issue a decision on the petition. The 
Act provides that the district court of the United States in any 
district in which the petitioner resides or carries on business has 
jurisdiction to review the Secretary's decision, if the petitioner 
files a complaint for that purpose not later than 20 days after the 
date of the entry of the Secretary's decision. The petitioner must 
exhaust his or her administrative remedies before he or she can 
initiate any such proceeding in the district court.
    Pursuant to requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility 
Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), AMS has considered the economic 
impact of this final action on small entities. The purpose of RFA is to 
fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to such 
actions in order that small businesses will not be unduly burdened.
    There are an estimated 87,350 domestic sheep producers and feeders 
and an estimated 700 remittance persons who will be subject to the 
rules and regulations issued pursuant to the Order. There are also an 
estimated 9,000 importers who will become subject to these rules and 
regulations. Nearly every sheep producer, feeder, and importer will be 
classified as a small business under the criteria established by the 
Small Business Administration (13 CFR Sec. 121.601).
    The Act provides for the establishment of a coordinated program of 
promotion and research designed to strengthen the sheep industry's 
position in the marketplace and to maintain and expand foreign and 
domestic markets and uses for sheep and sheep products. This program 
will be financed by assessments on domestic and imported sheep and 
sheep products which includes wool and wool products. Pursuant to the 
Act, an Order approved in referendum was published on May 2, 1996, in 
the Federal Register (XX FR XXXXX). The final Order became effective on 
May 3, 1996, except for provisions concerning assessments. Those Order 
provisions become effective July 1, 1996.
    This final rule establishes the collection and remittance process, 
puts into effect the reporting requirements of an Order, identifies and 
establishes HTS classification numbers, conversion factors, and 
assessment rates for imported sheep and sheep products (sheep meat, 
wool, and wood products) subject to the assessment, establishes 
procedures for calculating, collecting, and remitting assessments on 
imported sheep, sheep meat, wool, and wool products and establishes the 
basis for excluding certain imported sheep and sheep products from 
assessment. Because the Act exempts imported raw wool from the 
collecting provisions, imported raw wool is not a subject to 
assessment.
    This final rule will implement applicable Order provisions in the 
manner provided therein. Accordingly, the Administrator of AMS has 
determined that this rule will not have a significant economic impact 
on a substantial number of small entities.

Paperwork Reduction

    In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 
Chapter 35), OMB has approved the information collection and 
recordkeeping requirements contained in Part 1280 for domestic 
producers, feeders, handlers, and processors of sheep and wool, and 
assigned control number 0581-0093.
    Based on comparable research and promotion programs, it should 
require approximately 0.5 hours per response for producers, feeders, 
handlers, and persons other than the person making payment to the 
producer, feeder, or handler, to complete a reporting form on a monthly 
basis.
    For importers, the Department of Agriculture (Department) intends 
to rely to a great extent on records maintained by the U.S. Customs 
Service (Customs) and by importers under Customs's requirements for its 
administration and enforcement of the provisions of the final 
regulations.
    Any person subject to the assessment, collection, and remittance 
provisions of the Act and the Order would be expected to maintain and 
make available to the Secretary such books and records as necessary to 
carry out the provisions of the Order and these regulations. Such books 
and records must be maintained for at least 2 years beyond the fiscal 
period of their applicability.

Background

    The Act (7 U.S.C. 7101-7111) enacted on October 22, 1994, 
authorizes the Secretary to establish a national sheep and wool 
promotion, research, education, and information program designed to 
strengthen the sheep industry's position in the marketplace, to 
maintain and expand existing domestic and foreign markets and uses for 
sheep and sheep products and to develop new markets and uses for sheep 
and sheep products. The program will be funded by assessments on 
domestic sheep producers, sheep feeders, and exporters of live sheep 
and greasy wool of 1 cent per pound on live sheep sold and 2 cents per 
pound on greasy wool sold. Importers will be assessed 1 cent per pound 
on live sheep imported and the equivalent of 1 cent per pound of live 
sheep for sheep products imported as well as 2 cents per pound of 
degreased wool or the equivalent of degreased wool for wool and wool 
products imported. Imported raw wool will be exempt from assessments. 
Each person who processes or causes to be processed sheep or sheep 
products of that person's own production and markets the processed 
products will be assessed the equivalent of 1 cent per pound of live 
sheep sold or 2 cents per pound of greasy wool sold. All assessment 
rates may be adjusted in accordance with applicable provisions of the 
Act.

[[Page 21055]]

    The Order requires that each person who makes payment to a sheep 
producer, feeder, or handler of sheep or sheep products be a collecting 
person who collects the assessment from the producer, feeder, or 
handler of sheep or sheep products and passes the collected assessment 
on to the subsequent purchaser pursuant to the Act. Any person who buys 
domestic live sheep or greasy wool for processing must collect the 
assessment from the producer, feeder, or handler and remit it to the 
National Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Board (Board). Any 
person who processes or causes to be processed sheep or sheep products 
of the person's own production and markets the processed products is 
required to pay an assessment and to remit that assessment to the 
Board. Any person who exports live sheep or greasy wool is required to 
pay an assessment and to remit it to the Board at the time of export. 
Finally, each person who imports sheep and sheep products, other than 
imported raw wool, is required to pay an assessment. Customs will 
collect the assessments on imported sheep and sheep products upon 
importation and forward them to AMS for disbursement to the Board.
    The Order further defines a collecting person as any person who is 
responsible for collecting an assessment pursuant to the Act, the 
Order, and these regulations, including processors and any other 
persons who are required to remit assessments to the Board, except that 
a collecting person who is a market agency, i.e., commission merchant, 
auction market, or livestock market in the business of receiving such 
sheep or sheep products for sale on commission for or on behalf of a 
producer or feeder, shall pass the collected assessment on to the 
subsequent purchaser pursuant to the Act, the Order and these 
regulations.
    For the purposes of the collection of assessments on imported sheep 
and sheep products by Customs, the Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS) 
classification numbers published by the United States International 
Trade Commission (USITC) will be used to identify imported sheep and 
sheep products that are subject to the assessment. The HTS 
classification system identifies each category of imported sheep, sheep 
meat, wool, and products that contain wool fiber by a 10-digit 
classification number and provides a brief description of the imported 
product that corresponds to the various classification numbers. 
Additionally, the HTS classification number may be further divided into 
multiple fiber categories for products that contain a blend of fibers.
    In determining which HTS classification numbers are assessed under 
this final rule, the Department's primary objectives were to meet the 
intent of the Act by maximizing participation of imported sheep, sheep 
meat, wool, and wool products in the assessment collection provisions 
of the Act and to minimize the burden of administering those 
provisions. To make certain these objectives would be met, the 
Department reviewed 5 years, 1989-1993, of historical import data for 
sheep, sheep meat, wool and products containing wool fibers from the 
Bureau of Census of the U.S. Department of Commerce. These data are 
available on CD-ROM, entitled ``International Harmonized System 
Commodity Classification by Country by Customs District.'' The 
Department analyzed the total volume of imported sheep, sheep meat, 
wool, and wool products subject to the assessment by identifying the 
HTS classification numbers and corresponding conversion factors.
    The Department identified over 700 HTS classification numbers 
during a review of the import library published by the Department's 
Economic Research Service (ERS). The Department has determined that of 
the approximately 700 HTS classification numbers, slightly more than 
600 are considered active or potentially subject to assessment. These 
numbers are continually updated, deleted, or expanded, thereby 
eliminating existing HTS categories or creating new ones. Based on the 
projected revenue for imported sheep and sheep products, from the 
slightly more than 600 active HTS classification numbers for sheep and 
sheep products, the Department identified in the October 3, 1995, 
Federal Register (60 FR 51737) 340 HTS classification numbers that 
account for over 99 percent of the total projected import revenues. 
Accordingly, the Department has limited the collection of assessments 
to this lower level, thereby not including a significant number of low-
volume HTS categories.
    Limiting the number of imported sheep and sheep products that would 
be subject to assessments would reduce the administrative cost and 
burden on Customs and importers, and would reduce administrative costs 
to the Board, while allowing the Board to collect the vast majority of 
potential import assessments consistent with the Act.
    The USITC recently published an updated list of all of the HTS 
classification numbers. Some HTS classification numbers published in 
the October 3, 1995, proposed rule have been changed and one has been 
divided into two numbers. In light of the recent update, the Department 
has expanded the HTS classification numbers that will be subject to the 
assessment from 340, as initially proposed, to 341. Therefore, the 
following revisions to Table I, Imported Sheep and Sheep Products 
Assessment Table, used in the sheep and wool promotion, research and 
information program were necessary:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Old number                    New number                            Comment                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5703100000..............................        5703100020  Use same conversion factor.                         
                                                5703100080      Do.                                             
5705002010..............................        5705002005      Do.                                             
6104591000..............................        6104591005      Do.                                             
6115199020..............................        6115198020      Do.                                             
6115932910..............................        6115939010      Do.                                             
6204693020..............................        6204696020      Do.                                             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Because import assessments are based on a live-weight equivalent 
for imported sheep meat and degreased wool, or its equivalent for wool 
and wool products, the Department has decided to use conversion factors 
developed and published by ERS to convert imported sheep products to 
the required live-weight equivalents, degreased wool, or degreased wool 
equivalents, to determine the amount of assessment due on each HTS 
category upon importation. These conversion factors are available for 
the over 700 HTS classification numbers and are updated and maintained 
as an import library. For sheep meat, these conversion factors take 
into account removal of bone, weight lost in processing or cooking, and 
the nonsheep components of the sheep products. For wool and products

[[Page 21056]]

containing wool fibers, these conversion factors take into account 
fiber loss during processing, fabric trim loss, and cutting loss for 
wool, and other non-sheep components of wool and wool products. The 
Department has decided to use these conversion factors for calculating 
the assessment because calculating carcass equivalents and wool content 
for each individual product before entry would be both costly and 
impractical.
    The factors for calculating the assessment on imported sheep, sheep 
meat, wool, and products containing wool fiber include the (1) HTS 
classification number, (2) conversion factor, (3) assessment rate as 
established under the Act, and (4) dressing percentage. Based on a 9-
year average, 1980-1989, the average dressing percentage for sheep in 
the United States is 50.2 percent, as published by ERS in the 1992 
edition of Conversion Factors, Weights and Measures of Agricultural 
Commodities and Their Products.
    Imported live sheep require no conversion because each animal will 
be assessed based on its live weight.
    Examples of calculating the assessment on sheep, sheep meat, wool, 
and products containing wool fibers are as follows:

Example I

Live Sheep
    To calculate the assessment for live sheep, an importer would 
multiply the total weight of imported live sheep by 1 cent per pound. 
The following example illustrates a typical calculation for imported 
live sheep:

HTS 0104100000, Live sheep:                                             
  Live Weight...........................       125 lbs                  
  Assessment rate.......................   x   $0.01/lb                 
                                              --------------------------
      Assessment........................       $1.25                    
                                                                        

Examples II and III

Sheep Meat
    To calculate the assessment for imported sheep meat, an importer 
would (1) multiply the total weight of imported sheep meat by the 
conversion to determine the total carcass weight equivalent, then (2) 
divide the total carcass weight equivalent by 50.2 percent to calculate 
the live animal equivalent, and (3) multiply the live animal equivalent 
by 1 cent per pound. The following examples illustrate two typical 
sheep meat calculations:
1. Sheep Meat (Bone-in)

HTS 0204100000, Carcasses and half                                      
 carcasses of lamb, fresh or chilled:                                   
  Net Weight...........................       1,000 lbs                 
  Conversion factor....................   x   1.00                      
                                             ---------------------------
  Carcass weight equivalent............   =   1,000 lbs                 
  Average dressing percent.............  

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11548 Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pacific cod in the Central Regulatory Area
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 21104]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11548]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
50 CFR Part 672

[Docket No. 960129018-6018-01; I.D. 050396B]

Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pacific cod in the Central 
Regulatory Area

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Closure.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS is prohibiting retention of Pacific cod in the Central 
Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). NMFS is requiring that 
catches of Pacific cod in the Central Regulatory Area be treated in the 
same manner as prohibited species and discarded at sea with a minimum 
of injury. This action is necessary because the total allowable catch 
(TAC) of Pacific cod in this area has been reached.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12 noon, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), May 5, 1996, until 
12 midnight A.l.t., December 31, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mary Furuness, 907-586-7228.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive 
economic zone is managed by NMFS according to the Fishery Management 
Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North 
Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson 
Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Fishing by U.S. vessels is 
governed by regulations implementing the FMP at 50 CFR parts 620 and 
672.
    In accordance with Sec. 672.20(c)(1)(ii)(B), the TAC for Pacific 
cod in the Central Regulatory Area was established by the Final 1996 
Harvest Specifications of Groundfish (61 FR 4304, February 5, 1996) as 
42,900 metric tons (mt).
    The Director, Alaska Region, NMFS, has determined, in accordance 
with Sec. 672.20(c)(3), that the TAC for Pacific cod in the Central 
Regulatory Area of the GOA has been reached. Therefore, NMFS is 
requiring that further catches of Pacific cod in the Central Regulatory 
Area of the GOA be treated as prohibited species in accordance with 
Sec. 672.20(e).

Classification

    This action is taken under 50 CFR 672.20 and is exempt from review 
under E.O. 12866.

    Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: May 3, 1996.
Richard W. Surdi,
Acting Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, 
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11548 Filed 5-3-96; 4:47 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11547 Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pacific cod in the Western Regulatory Area
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 21104]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11547]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
50 CFR Part 672

[Docket No. 960129018-6018-01; I.D. 050396C]

Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska; Pacific cod in the Western 
Regulatory Area

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Closure.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS is prohibiting retention of Pacific cod in the Western 
Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). NMFS is requiring that 
catches of Pacific cod in the Western Regulatory Area be treated in the 
same manner as prohibited species and discarded at sea with a minimum 
of injury. This action is necessary because the total allowable catch 
(TAC) of Pacific cod in this area has been reached.

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12 noon, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), May 5, 1996, until 
12 midnight A.l.t., December 31, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mary Furuness, 907-586-7228.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive 
economic zone is managed by NMFS according to the Fishery Management 
Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North 
Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson 
Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Fishing by U.S. vessels is 
governed by regulations implementing the FMP at 50 CFR parts 620 and 
672.
    In accordance with Sec. 672.20(c)(1)(ii)(B), the TAC for Pacific 
cod in the Western Regulatory Area was established by the Final 1996 
Harvest Specifications of Groundfish (61 FR 4304, February 5, 1996) as 
18,850 metric tons (mt).
    The Director, Alaska Region, NMFS, has determined, in accordance 
with Sec. 672.20(c)(3), that the TAC for Pacific cod in the Western 
Regulatory Area of the GOA has been reached. Therefore, NMFS is 
requiring that further catches of Pacific cod in the Western Regulatory 
Area of the GOA be treated as prohibited species in accordance with 
Sec. 672.20(e).

Classification

    This action is taken under 50 CFR 672.20 and is exempt from review 
under E.O. 12866.

    Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: May 3, 1996.
Richard W. Surdi,
Acting Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, 
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11547 Filed 5-3-96; 4:47 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11546 Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; Closure and Trip Limit Reduction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21102-21104]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11546]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

50 CFR Part 663

[Docket No. 951227306-5306-01; I.D. 043096A]

Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; Closure and Trip Limit 
Reduction

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Closure; fishing restrictions; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS announces the closure of the open access fishery for 
thornyheads taken and retained north of Point Conception, CA 
(34 deg.27' N. lat.), and a further restriction to the open access 
fishery for sablefish taken with nontrawl gear north of the Conception 
subarea (36 deg.00' N. lat.). This action is authorized by the Pacific 
Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan

[[Page 21103]]

(FMP), which governs the groundfish fishery off Washington, Oregon, and 
California. The closure and trip limit are designed to keep landings as 
close as possible to the 1996 open access allocations for these 
species.

DATES: Effective from 0001 hours (local time) May 3, 1996, until the 
effective date of the 1997 annual specifications and management 
measures for the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery, which will be 
published in the Federal Register. Comments will be accepted through 
May 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments to William Stelle, Jr., Director, Northwest 
Region (Regional Director), National Marine Fisheries Service, 7600 
Sand Point Way NE., BIN-C15700, Seattle, WA 98115-0070; or Hilda Diaz-
Soltero, Regional Director, Southwest Region, National Marine Fisheries 
Service, 501 West Ocean Blvd., Suite 4200, Long Beach, CA 90802-4213.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: William L. Robinson at 206-526-6140; 
or Rodney McInnis at 310-980-4040.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Management measures for the open access 
fishery apply to any vessel that takes and retains groundfish and that 
does not have a valid limited entry permit for the Pacific coast 
groundfish fishery with an endorsement for the gear used to harvest the 
groundfish. Open access gear includes longline, trap, pot, hook and 
line (fixed or mobile), set net (south of 38 deg. N. lat. only), and 
trawls used to target non-groundfish species (pink shrimp or prawns 
and, south of Pt. Arena, CA (38 deg.57'30'' N. lat.), California 
halibut or sea cucumbers). The following changes to routine management 
measures in the open access fisheries for thornyheads and sablefish 
were recommended by the Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) at 
its April 8-12, 1996, meeting in San Francisco, CA.
    Open Access Thornyhead Fishery. Thornyheads consist of two species 
(shortspine and longspine thornyheads) that often are caught together. 
Because of difficulties in identifying and monitoring the two species 
separately in the open access fishery, this fishery has been managed 
for both species combined. Through 1995, separate open access and 
limited entry allocations had not been implemented for shortspine 
thornyheads because landings were thought to be negligible in the open 
access fishery. However, at its October 1995 meeting, the Council 
concluded that the best available information indicated that about 24 
metric tons (mt) had been taken north of Pt. Conception in 1995, 
indicating expansion in the fishery since the 1984-88 window period 
used to determine open access and limited entry allocations. The 
Council responded by recommending that limited entry and open access 
allocations be implemented for shortspine thornyheads for 1996. The 
1996 open access allocation for shortspine thornyheads is only 4 mt, 
and applies north of Pt. Conception (34 deg.27' N. lat.). To keep 
landings close to the open access allocation, a coastwide daily trip 
limit of 50 lb (23 kg) (round weight) was applied for both species of 
thornyheads combined on January 1, 1996 (61 FR 279, January 4, 1996). A 
daily trip limit is the maximum amount that may be taken and retained, 
possessed, or landed per vessel in 24 consecutive hours, starting at 
0001 hours local time, and only one landing of the trip-limit species 
may be made in that 24-hour period. Daily trip limits may not be 
accumulated.
    The best available information at the April 1996 Council meeting 
indicated that landings of thornyheads in the open access fishery had 
reached 18.7 mt north of Pt. Conception by the end of March 1996. Of 
this, about 11 mt was shortspine thornyheads taken in California, 
exceeding the 1996 open access allocation for shortspine thornyheads 
north of Pt. Conception. The Council recommended that the open access 
fishery for thornyheads be closed north of Pt. Conception as soon as 
practicable for the rest of the year. Closure means taking and 
retaining, possessing, or landing thornyheads caught north of Pt. 
Conception with any open access gear (including open access trawl gear) 
is prohibited, and offloading must begin before the time the fishery 
closes. The 50-lb (23-kg) daily trip limit on thornyheads remains in 
effect south of Pt. Conception because the harvest guideline does not 
apply in that area. This daily trip limit is believed to be too small 
to encourage effort shifts into the area.
    Open Access Sablefish Fishery. In 1995, the daily trip limits for 
sablefish in the open access nontrawl fishery were 300 lb (136 kg) per 
day north of the Conception subarea (36 deg.00' N. lat.) and 350 lb 
(159 kg) per day in the Conception subarea (36 deg.00' N. lat. to the 
U.S.-Mexican border). The best available information at the April 1996 
Council meeting indicated that 119 mt of sablefish had been taken in 
the open access fishery in California by the end of March and that the 
rate of landings would need to be reduced by 40 percent to avoid 
reaching the 463-mt open access allocation before the end of the year. 
After hearing considerable testimony that a target fishery for less 
than 300 lb (136 kg) of sablefish per day would result in substantial 
discards, or would be too low to sustain a viable fishery, the Council 
agreed to maintain the current daily trip limit. However, it 
recommended further constraining landings by adding a cumulative trip 
limit of 2,100 lb (952 kg) north of 36 deg. N. lat. per vessel per 
month. A cumulative trip limit is the maximum amount that may be taken 
and retained, possessed, or landed per vessel in a specified period of 
time (in this case, 1 month). Landings made under the daily trip limits 
count toward the cumulative limit. This cumulative monthly limit would 
accommodate seven daily landings at 300 lb (136 kg). Any open access 
landings of sablefish made in May 1996 (even if made before this 
closure is filed with the Office of the Federal Register) will be 
counted toward the 2,100-lb (952-kg) cumulative limit for the month. 
This cumulative monthly limit does not apply to open access trawl 
fisheries because they target on non-groundfish species (pink shrimp, 
prawns, California halibut, and sea cucumbers) and are constrained by 
other limits.
    For the above reasons, NMFS concurs with the Council's 
recommendations and modifies the annual management measures announced 
at 61 FR 279 (January 4, 1996), as amended, as follows:
    1. Paragraph IV.I(1)(c)(ii) is revised to read as follows:
    ``(ii) A daily trip limit of 50 lb (23 kg) of thornyheads taken and 
retained south of Pt. Conception, CA.''
    2. A new paragraph IV.I(1)(e) is added to read as follows:
    ``(e) Closure - thornyheads north of Pt. Conception. The open 
access fishery for thornyheads (shortspine or longspine) north of Pt. 
Conception, CA is closed. This closure applies to thornyheads taken and 
retained with all open access gear. Open access gear is gear used to 
take and retain groundfish that does not have a valid limited entry 
permit for the Pacific coast groundfish fishery with an endorsement for 
the gear used to harvest the groundfish, including longline, trap, pot, 
hook-and-line (fixed or mobile), set net (south of 38 deg. N. lat. 
only), and trawls used to target non-groundfish species (pink shrimp or 
prawns, and, south of Pt. Arena, CA (38 deg.57'30'' N. lat.), 
California halibut or sea cucumbers).''
    3. Paragraph IV.I.(2)(a) is revised to read as follows:
    ``(a) North of 36 deg.00' N. lat. The cumulative trip limit for 
sablefish taken and retained north of 36 deg.00' N. lat. is 2,100 lb 
(952 kg) per month. The daily trip limit for sablefish taken and 
retained north of 36 deg.00' N. lat., which

[[Page 21104]]

counts toward the cumulative limit, remains at 300 lb (136 kg).''

Classification

    These actions are authorized by the FMP, which governs the harvest 
of groundfish in the U.S. exclusive economic zone off the coasts of 
Washington, Oregon, and California. The determination to take these 
actions is based on the most recent data available. The aggregate data 
upon which the determinations are based are available for public 
inspection at the office of the Regional Director (see ADDRESSES) 
during business hours. Because of the need for immediate action to 
reduce the harvest of shortspine thornyheads, and because the public 
had an opportunity to comment on the action at the April 1996 Council 
meeting, NMFS has determined that good cause exists for this document 
to be published without affording a prior opportunity for public 
comment or a 30-day delayed effectiveness period. These actions are 
taken under the authority of 50 CFR 663.23(c)(1)(i)(E), (G), and (L), 
and are exempt from review under E.O. 12866.

    Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: May 2, 1996.
Richard W. Surdi,
Acting Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, 
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11546 Filed 5-3-96; 4:47 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11532 Sheep and Wool Promotion, Research, Education, and Information: Certification and Nomination Procedures for the National Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Board
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21049-21053]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11532]

========================================================================
Rules and Regulations
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains regulatory documents 
having general applicability and legal effect, most of which are keyed 
to and codified in the Code of Federal Regulations, which is published 
under 50 titles pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 1510.

The Code of Federal Regulations is sold by the Superintendent of Documents. 
Prices of new books are listed in the first FEDERAL REGISTER issue of each 
week.

========================================================================

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 91 / Thursday, May 9, 1996 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 21049]]

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

Agricultural Marketing Service

7 CFR Part 1280

[No. LS-94-015A]

Sheep and Wool Promotion, Research, Education, and Information: 
Certification and Nomination Procedures for the National Sheep 
Promotion, Research, and Information Board

AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule outlines the procedures for determining the 
eligibility of sheep producer organizations, sheep feeder 
organizations, and organizations of importers of sheep and sheep 
products to make nominations for appointment to the National Sheep 
Promotion, Research, and Information Board (Board), and also outlines 
the procedures for making such nominations to the Board as provided for 
in the Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1994. The 
Board would administer an industry-funded promotion, research and 
information order authorized by the Act.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 10, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ralph L. Tapp, Chief, Marketing 
Programs Branch; Livestock and Seed Division; Agricultural Marketing 
Service (AMS), USDA, Room 2606-S; P.O. Box 96456; Washington, D.C. 
20090-6456, telephone number 202/720-1115.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Prior document: Proposed Rule--Sheep and 
Wool Promotion, Research, Education, and Information Order (Order) 
published June 2, 1995, (60 FR 28747).

Regulatory Impact Analysis

Executive Orders 12866 and 12778 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    This final rule has been determined to be not significant for 
purposes of Executive Order 12866 and therefore has not been reviewed 
by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
    This final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12778, 
Civil Justice Reform. It is not intended to have a retroactive effect. 
This rule would not preempt any State or local laws, regulations, or 
policies unless they present an irreconcilable conflict with this rule.
    The Act provides that any person subject to the Order may file with 
the Secretary a petition stating that the Order, any provision of the 
Order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the Order is not in 
accordance with the law, and request a modification of the Order or an 
exemption from certain provisions or obligations of the Order. The 
petitioner will have the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. 
Thereafter the Secretary will issue a decision on the petition. The Act 
provides that the district court of the United States in any district 
in which the petitioner resides or carries on business has jurisdiction 
to review a ruling on the petition, if the petitioner files a complaint 
for that purpose not later than 20 days after the date of the entry of 
the Secretary's decision. The petitioner must exhaust his or her 
administrative remedies before he or she can initiate any such 
proceedings in the district court.
    Pursuant to requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility 
Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), AMS has considered the economic 
impact of this final action on small entities. This rule pertains only 
to (1) the procedures for establishing the eligibility of organizations 
to nominate sheep producers, sheep feeders and importers of sheep and 
sheep products for appointment to the Board; and (2) the procedures for 
submitting such nominations. AMS has determined that this action will 
not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 
Chapter 35), the information collection requirements contained herein 
were submitted to OMB for approval, and were assigned OMB Number 0581-
0093. This action sets forth the procedures for establishing the 
eligibility of organizations to nominate sheep producers, sheep 
feeders, and importers of sheep and sheep products to the initial 
Board, and the procedures for submitting such nominations. The 
information collection required by this action and necessary for 
implementation of these procedures includes the following:
    (1) An application for certification of organization, to be 
completed by eligible organizations that request certification in order 
to be eligible to nominate producers, feeders, or importers to the 
Board. The estimated number of respondents is 70 (with each 
organization submitting one response), and the estimated average 
reporting burden is 0.5 hour per response;
    (2) A nomination form by which certified organizations will 
nominate producers, feeders, or importers for membership on the Board. 
The estimated number of respondents is 60 for the first year of the 
Order and 20 each year thereafter. Each respondent would submit one 
response per year, and the estimated average reporting burden is 0.5 
hour per response; and
    (3) An advisory committee membership background information form, 
to be completed by candidates nominated by certified organizations for 
appointment to the Board. The estimated number of respondents is 240 
during the first year of the Order and 80 each year thereafter. Each 
respondent would submit one response per year, and the estimated 
average reporting burden is 0.5 hour per response.

Background

    The Act (7 U.S.C. 7101-7111) provides for the establishment of a 
coordinated program of promotion, research, education, consumer 
information, industry information, and producer information designed to 
strengthen the sheep industry's position in the marketplace, maintain 
and expand existing markets and develop new markets and uses for sheep 
and sheep products.
    The program would be funded by a mandatory assessment on domestic 
producers, feeders, and exporters of live sheep and greasy wool of 1 
cent per pound on live sheep sold and 2 cents per pound on greasy wool 
sold. Importers would be assessed 1 cent per

[[Page 21050]]

pound on live sheep, the equivalent of 1 cent per pound of live sheep 
for sheep products as well as 2 cents per pound of degreased wool or 
the equivalent of degreased wool for wool and wool products. Imported 
raw wool would be exempt from assessments. Each person who processes or 
causes to be processed sheep and sheep products of his or her own 
production, and who markets the processed products, would be assessed 
the equivalent of 1 cent per pound of live sheep sold or 2 cents per 
pound of greasy wool sold. All assessments may be adjusted in 
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act.
    The Board would be comprised of 85 sheep producers, 10 feeders and 
25 importers. The duties and responsibilities of the Board would be 
specified in the Order.
    The Act provides that the Secretary shall certify or otherwise 
determine the eligibility of producer, feeder and importer 
organizations to nominate members to the Board to ensure that nominees 
represent the interests of sheep producers, sheep feeders and importers 
of sheep and sheep products. The Act also provides that States that are 
represented by only 1 producer member may have an alternate producer 
member appointed to the Board to ensure representation at Board 
meetings. Certification procedures are set forth in this final rule. 
The certification of sheep producer organizations will be based on a 
factual report containing information required by the Act, including 
but not limited to (1) the geographic territory covered by the active 
membership of the organization; (2) the nature and size of the active 
membership of the organization, including the proportion of the total 
number of active producers represented by the organization; (3) 
evidence of stability and permanency of the organization; (4) sources 
from which the operating funds of the organization are derived; (5) the 
functions of the organization; and (6) the ability and willingness of 
the organization to further the aims and objectives of the Act. A 
primary consideration in determining eligibility shall be whether the 
membership of the organization consists primarily of producers who own 
a substantial quantity of sheep and an interest of the organization is 
in the production of sheep.
    The certification of feeder and importer organizations will also be 
based on a factual report containing information required by the Act. 
The criteria for determining eligibility for certification are (1) that 
the organization's active membership includes a significant number of 
feeders or importers in relation to the total membership of the 
organization; (2) that there is evidence of stability and permanency of 
the organization; and (3) that the organization has a primary and 
overriding interest in representing the feeder or importer segment of 
the sheep industry.
    The Secretary will have the authority to require verification of 
any information submitted to determine the eligibility to nominate 
persons for membership on the Board.
    Information obtained by the Secretary will be kept confidential, 
except that the Secretary can release general statements based upon 
data obtained from a number of organizations.
    The proposed certification and nomination rule was published on 
June 2, 1995, in the Federal Register (60 FR 28747) as part of the 
proposed Sheep and Wool Promotion, Research, Education Information 
Order with a request for public comments to be submitted by July 17, 
1995. The Department received four written comments concerning the 
proposed certification and nomination procedures from individual sheep 
producers and sheep feeders and an importer organization. The 
commenters generally supported the proposed rule with certain 
qualifications. One commenter specifically supported the certification 
and nomination process as published on June 2, 1995.
    The substantive changes suggested by commenters are discussed 
below. Also, the Department has made other minor changes of a 
nonsubstantive nature for purposes of clarity and accuracy including 
clarification of Sec. 1280.403 (a) and (b) by changing references to 
``State producer organizations'' to read ``sheep producer 
organizations.'' For the reader's convenience, the discussion is 
organized by topic heading of the final rule.

Section 1280.403  Certification of Eligibility

    One commenter stated that the requirements for importer 
certification described in section 1280.403(c) in the proposed rule 
would not permit importer organizations to be certified, because most 
importer organizations do not include (1) * * *a significant number of 
importers in relation to the total membership of the organization * * * 
and (2) most organizations or associations, would not meet the 
requirement to have * * * a primary and overriding interest in 
representing the importer segment of the sheep industry because of the 
diverse nature of their membership. The commenter suggests that the 
requirements be clarified to permit any organization to be certified as 
eligible to nominate importers to the Board if it shows that its 
membership includes importers of sheep or sheep products who have an 
interest in representing the importer segment of the sheep industry. 
The Act establishes the criteria for certifying organizations as 
eligible to nominate importers to the Board. The Department will follow 
that criteria in certifying organizations. If the Secretary does not 
certify any importer organization, this final rule permits the 
Secretary to use alternative means to obtain importer nominations for 
Board appointment. Accordingly, we have not adopted this suggestion.
    One commenter suggested that section 1280.403(c)(1) in the proposed 
Order should be clarified to ensure that only sheep industry 
organizations that are made up predominantly of feeders can make feeder 
nominations. The Act provides the criteria for the Secretary to use in 
determining whether sheep feeder organizations are eligible to submit 
nominations for appointment to the Board. The Act requires that (1) the 
organization's active membership include a significant number of 
feeders in relation to the total membership of the organization; (2) 
there be evidence of stability and permanency of the organization; and 
(3) the organization have a primary and overriding interest in 
representing the feeder segment of the sheep industry. The Department 
believes that the commenter's suggestion would require an organization 
to have a higher concentration of feeders than the Act requires in 
order to qualify for certification and that this could reduce the 
opportunity for some feeder organizations to be certified. Accordingly, 
we have not adopted this suggestion.

Section 1280.409  Initial Board Membership.

    One commenter suggested that the industry representatives on the 
Board be elected by the members of each industry segment rather than be 
appointed by the Secretary, because the Secretary is unfamiliar with 
the abilities of individuals in the various industries. The Act 
requires the Secretary to appoint the Board. Furthermore, the 
Department believes that the certification and nomination process would 
give the Secretary the opportunity to appoint members who best 
represent each industry segment because certified organizations 
comprised of members of those segments will submit nominations for 
appointment. The commenter also

[[Page 21051]]

suggested that the Board should be realigned based on the sheep numbers 
in and contributions made by each industry segment. The Act establishes 
the membership of the Board, which consists of 85 producers, 10 feeders 
and 25 importers. The Act does not authorize realignment of the Board 
to be based on sheep numbers or contributions made by each industry 
segment. Accordingly, we have not adopted these suggestions.
    In summary, this final rule adopts provisions of the proposed rule 
with only minor changes made for purposes of clarity and accuracy.
    Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553, it is also found and determined that good 
cause exists for not postponing the effective date of this action until 
30 days after publication in the Federal Register because (1) the Act 
requires implementation of the Order if the Order is approved by sheep 
and wool industry; (2) the sheep and wool industry approved the Order 
in the February 6, 1996, referendum; (3) the Secretary must appoint the 
initial Board to administer the program. Because these rules implement 
the certification and nomination procedures for Board appointments, 
this final rule should become effective on the day following the date 
of publication to permit the Board to be appointed as quickly as 
possible. Accordingly, no useful purpose would be served in delaying 
the effective date. Additionally, these rules were published as part of 
a proposed rule in the June 2, 1995, Federal Register (60 FR 28747) and 
interested persons were afforded a 30 day comment period on the 
proposed certification and nomination procedures. This final rule is 
effective on the day following the date of publication in the Federal 
Register.

List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 1280

    Administrative practice and procedure, Advertising, Agricultural 
research, Marketing agreements, Sheep and sheep products, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 7 CFR Part 1280 is 
amended as follows:

PART 1280--SHEEP PROMOTION, RESEARCH, AND INFORMATION

    1. The authority citation for Part 1280 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 7101-7111.

    2. In Part 1280, Subpart C is added to read as follows:
Subpart C--Procedures for Certification of Organizations and 
Nominations of Sheep Producers, Sheep Feeders and Importers of Sheep 
and Sheep Products for Appointment to the National Sheep Promotion, 
Research, and Information Board
Sec.
1280.400  General.
1280.401  Definitions.
1280.402  Administration.
1280.403  Certification of eligibility.
1280.404  Application for certification.
1280.405  Review of certification.
1280.406  Notification of certification and the listing of certified 
organizations.
1280.407  Solicitation of nominations for appointment to the Board.
1280.408  Nominations of members for appointment to the Board.
1280.409  Initial Board membership.
1280.410  Length of appointment to the initial Board.
1280.411  Acceptance of appointment.
1280.412  Verification.
1280.413  Confidential treatment of information.
1280.414  Paperwork Reduction Act assigned number.

Subpart C--Procedures for Certification of Organizations and 
Nominations of Sheep Producers, Sheep Feeders, and Importers of 
Sheep and Sheep Products for Appointment to the National Sheep 
Promotion, Research, and Information Board

Sec. 1280.400  General.

    The Secretary shall determine which organizations are certified as 
eligible to nominate sheep producers and producer alternates, sheep 
feeders, and importers of sheep and sheep products (excluding importers 
that import only raw wool), for appointment to the Board. The making 
and receiving of the nominations shall be conducted in accordance with 
this subpart and the Order.

Sec. 1280.401  Definitions.

    As used in this subpart:
    (a) The term Act means the Sheep Promotion, Research, and 
Information Act of 1994, 7 U.S.C. 7101-7111, Public Law 103-407, 108 
Statute 4210, enacted October 22, 1994, and any amendments thereto.
    (b) The term Board means the National Sheep Promotion, Research, 
and Information Board.
    (c) The term carbonized wool means wool that has been immersed in a 
bath, usually of mineral acids or acid salts, that destroys vegetable 
matter in the wool, but does not affect the wool fibers.
    (d) The term Department means the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
    (e) The term feeder means any person who feeds lambs until the 
lambs reach slaughter weight.
    (f) The term importer means any person who imports sheep or sheep 
products into the United States.
    (g) The term Livestock and Seed Division means the Livestock and 
Seed Division of the Department's Agricultural Marketing Service.
    (h) The term National feeder organization means any organization of 
feeders that has been certified by the Secretary pursuant to the Act 
and this part as being eligible to submit nominations for membership on 
the Board.
    (i) The term person means any individual, group of individuals, 
partnership, corporation, association, cooperative, or any other legal 
entity.
    (j) The term producer means any person, other than a feeder, who 
owns or acquires ownership of sheep.
    (k) The term raw wool means greasy wool, pulled wool, degreased 
wool, or carbonized wool.
    (l) The term Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the 
United States or any officer or employee of the Department to whom 
authority has been delegated, or to whom authority may be delegated to 
act in the Secretary's stead.
    (m) The term sheep means ovine animals of any age, including lambs.
    (n) The term sheep products means products produced in whole or in 
part from sheep, including wool and products containing wool fiber.
    (o) The term State means each of the 50 States.
    (p) The term unit means each State, group of States or class 
designation that is represented on the Board.
    (q) The term United States means the 50 States and the District of 
Columbia.
    (r) The term wool means the fiber from the fleece of a sheep.
    (s) The term wool products means products produced, in whole or in 
part, from wool and products containing wool fiber.

Sec. 1280.402  Administration.

    The Livestock and Seed Division shall have the responsibility of 
administering the provisions of this subpart.

Sec. 1280.403  Certification of eligibility.

    (a) Sheep producer organizations. Requirements for certification. 
The Secretary shall certify any sheep producer organization that the 
Secretary determines meets the criteria established under paragraphs 
(a) and (b) of this section to be eligible for certification to 
nominate producer members and alternate producer members to the Board. 
Certification for sheep producer organizations shall be based upon:

[[Page 21052]]

    (1) The geographic territory covered by the active membership of 
the organization;
    (2) The nature and size of the active membership of the 
organization, including the proportion of the total number of active 
producers represented by the organization;
    (3) Evidence of stability and permanency of the organization;
    (4) Sources from which the operating funds of the organization are 
derived;
    (5) The functions of the organization; and
    (6) The ability and willingness of the organization to further the 
aims and objectives of the Act.
    (b) Primary considerations. A primary consideration in determining 
the eligibility of a producer organization under this paragraph shall 
be whether:
    (1) The membership of the organization consists primarily of 
producers who own a substantial quantity of sheep; and
    (2) An interest of the organization is in the production of sheep.
    (c) Feeder and importer organizations. Requirements for 
certification. The Secretary shall certify any national feeder 
organization and qualified importer organization that the Secretary 
determines meets the following criteria as eligible to nominate feeders 
or importers to the Board:
    (1) The organization's active membership includes a significant 
number of feeders or importers in relation to the total membership of 
the organization;
    (2) There is evidence of stability and permanency of the 
organization; and
    (3) The organization has a primary and overriding interest in 
representing the feeder or importer segment of the sheep industry.
    (d) The Secretary may also consider additional information that the 
Secretary deems relevant and appropriate. The Secretary's determination 
as to eligibility shall be final.

Sec. 1280.404  Application for certification.

    Any organization that meets the eligibility criteria for 
certification specified in Sec. 1280.403 is entitled to apply to the 
Secretary for certification of eligibility to nominate sheep producers, 
sheep feeders, or importers of sheep and sheep products for appointment 
to the Board. The Secretary may require third-party verification of 
information submitted by organizations, in determining their 
eligibility. To apply, an organization must submit a completed 
``Application for Certification of Organization'' form. Copies may be 
obtained from the Livestock and Seed Division; AMS-USDA, Room 2606-S; 
P.O. Box 96456; Washington, D.C. 20090-6456. (Telephone: 202/720-1115)

Sec. 1280.405  Review of certification.

    The Secretary may terminate or suspend certification or eligibility 
of any organization or association if it ceases to comply with the 
certification or eligibility criteria set forth in this subpart. The 
Secretary may require additional information in order to ascertain 
whether the organization may remain certified or eligible to make 
nominations, and may require third-party verification of information 
submitted by organizations in determining their eligibility to continue 
making nominations.

Sec. 1280.406  Notification of certification and the listing of 
certified organizations.

    Organizations shall be notified in writing whether they are 
eligible to nominate sheep producers, feeders, or importers as members 
to the Board or not. A copy of the certification or eligibility 
determination shall be furnished to certified organizations. Copies 
shall also be available for inspection in the Livestock and Seed 
Division.

Sec. 1280.407  Solicitation of nominations for appointment to the 
Board.

    In general, as soon as practicable after this subpart becomes 
operational, the Secretary shall solicit and obtain nominations for 
appointment to the initial Board from certified producer, feeder, and 
importer organizations.
    (a) Initially established board. (1) Producer and alternate 
nominations. The Secretary shall solicit from organizations certified 
under Sec. 1280.403 (a) and (b) nominations for each producer or 
alternate member seat on the initially established Board to which a 
unit is entitled. If no such organization exists, the Secretary shall 
solicit nominations for appointments in such manner as the Secretary 
determines appropriate.
    (2) Feeder and importer nominations. The Secretary shall solicit, 
from organizations certified under Sec. 1280.403(c), nominations for 
each feeder or importer member on the initially established Board to 
which a unit is entitled. If no such organization exists, the Secretary 
shall solicit nominations for appointment in such manner as the 
Secretary determines is appropriate.
    (b) [Reserved]

Sec. 1280.408  Nomination of members for appointment to the Board.

    (a) In general. All nominations to the Board shall be made in the 
following manner:
    (1) Producers. The Secretary shall appoint sheep producer and 
alternate members to represent units as specified under Sec. 1280.409 
(a) and (b) of this subpart, from nominations submitted by 
organizations certified under Sec. 1280.403. A certified organization 
may only submit nominations for producer representatives and 
alternates, if appropriate, from the membership of the organization for 
the unit in which the organization operates. To be represented on the 
Board, each certified organization must submit to the Secretary at 
least 1.5 nominations for each seat on the Board for which the unit is 
entitled to representation. If a unit is entitled to only one seat on 
the Board, the unit shall submit at least two nominations for the 
appointment. If a producer member and a producer alternate member are 
to be appointed to represent the unit, at least three nominations must 
be submitted for the two positions.
    (2) Feeders. The Secretary shall appoint representatives of the 
feeder sheep industry to seats established under Sec. 1280.409(c), from 
nominations submitted by qualified national organizations certified 
under Sec. 1280.403 that represent the feeder sheep industry. To be 
represented on the Board, the industry shall provide at least 1.5 
nominations for each appointment to the Board for which the feeder 
sheep industry is entitled to representation.
    (3) Importers. The Secretary shall appoint importers to seats 
established under Sec. 1280.409(d) from nominations submitted by 
qualified organizations certified under Sec. 1280.403 that represent 
importers of sheep and sheep products. To be represented on the Board, 
the industry shall provide at least 1.5 nominations for each 
appointment to the Board for which importers are entitled to 
representation.
    (4) After the establishment of the initial Board, the Department 
shall announce when a vacancy does or will exist. The Secretary will 
solicit nominations for subsequent appointments, and the Board will 
secure the nominations from certified producer organizations. Certified 
feeder and importer organizations shall submit the names of feeder and 
importer nominees directly to the Secretary. Nominations should be 
initiated not less than 6 months before the expiration of the terms of 
the members whose terms are expiring, in the manner described in this 
section. In the case of vacancies caused by the death, removal,

[[Page 21053]]

resignation, or disqualification of any member of the Board, the 
Secretary will appoint a successor from the most recent list of 
nominations for the position, from nominations submitted by the Board 
for producers or from certified feeder or importer organizations, for 
feeders and importers.
    (5) Where there is more than one eligible organization that 
represents producers in a State or unit, or represents feeders, or 
importers, they may caucus and jointly nominate qualified persons for 
each position representing that State or unit on the Board for which a 
producer, feeder or importer member is to be appointed. If they cannot 
agree on any such nominations, or if no caucus is held, each eligible 
producer, feeder or importer organization may submit to the Secretary 
nominations for each seat on the Board for which the unit is entitled 
to representation. If a unit is entitled to only one seat on the Board, 
the unit shall submit at least two nominations for the appointment to 
represent that unit.
    (6) Nominations should be submitted in order of preference and, for 
the initial Board, in order of preference for staggered terms. If the 
Secretary rejects any nominations submitted and there are insufficient 
nominations submitted from which appointments can be made, the 
Secretary may request additional nominations under paragraphs (a), (b), 
or (c) of this section.
    (b) Official nomination forms. A ``Nomination for Appointment to 
the National Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Board'' must be 
used to nominate producers, feeders, or importers for appointment to 
the Board. An ``Advisory Committee Membership Background Information'' 
form must be completed by each nominee listed on the ``Nomination for 
Appointment to the National Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information 
Board'' form and must be attached to that form. Official nomination 
forms and additional information on nominations are available from the 
Marketing Programs Branch; Livestock and Seed Division; AMS-USDA, Room 
2606-S; P.O. Box 96456; Washington, D.C. 20090-6456 (Telephone: 202/
720-1115).
    (c) The Secretary may reject any nomination submitted under 
paragraph (a) of this section. If there are insufficient nominations 
from which to appoint members to the Board because the Secretary 
rejected the nominations submitted by a State or unit, the State or 
unit shall submit additional nominations, as provided in paragraph (a) 
of this section.

Sec. 1280.409  Initial Board membership.

    (a) Base membership. The number of producer members appointed to 
the Board from each State or unit shall be allocated.
    Alabama 1; Alaska 1; Arizona 1; Arkansas 1; California 5; Colorado 
4; Connecticut 1; Delaware 1; Florida 1; Georgia 1; Hawaii 1; Idaho 2; 
Illinois 1; Indiana 1; Iowa 2; Kansas 1; Kentucky 1; Louisiana 1; Maine 
1; Maryland 1; Massachusetts 1; Michigan 1; Minnesota 2; Mississippi 1; 
Missouri 1; Montana 5; Nebraska 1; Nevada 1; New Hampshire 1; New 
Jersey 1; New Mexico 2; New York 1; North Carolina 1; North Dakota 2; 
Ohio 1; Oklahoma 1; Oregon 2; Pennsylvania 1; Rhode Island 1; South 
Carolina 1; South Dakota 4; Tennessee 1; Texas 10; Utah 3; Vermont 1; 
Virginia 1; Washington 1; West Virginia 1; Wisconsin 1; and Wyoming 5.
    (b) Alternate members. A unit represented by only one producer 
member may have an alternate producer member appointed to ensure 
representation at meetings of the Board.
    (c) Feeders. The feeder sheep industry shall be represented by ten 
members.
    (d) Importers. Importers shall be represented by 25 members.

Sec. 1280.410  Length of appointment to the initial Board.

    When the Secretary appoints the members to the initial Board, the 
Secretary shall also specify the term of office for each member. To the 
extent practicable, one-third of the members shall serve for one year, 
one-third shall serve for two years, and one-third shall serve for 
three years. No person may serve more than two consecutive three year 
terms, except that elected officers shall not be subject to the term 
limitation while they hold office.

Sec. 1280.411  Acceptance of appointment.

    Producers, feeders and importers nominated to the Board must 
confirm in writing their intention to serve if appointed, to disclose 
any relationship with any organization that operates a qualified State 
or regional program or has a contractual relationship with the Board 
and to withdraw from participation in deliberations, decision-making, 
or voting on matters that concern such disclosed relationships.

Sec. 1280.412  Verification.

    The Secretary shall have the right to examine at any time the 
books, documents, papers, records, files, and facilities of nominating 
units as the Secretary deems necessary to verify the information 
submitted and to procure such other information as may be required to 
determine whether the unit is eligible to nominate sheep producers, 
feeders, or importers for appointment to the Board.

Sec. 1280.413  Confidential treatment of information.

    All documents submitted in accordance with this subpart shall be 
kept confidential by all employees of the Department. Nothing in this 
section shall be deemed to prohibit the disclosure of such information 
so furnished or acquired as the Secretary deems relevant and then only 
in the issuance of general statements based upon the reports of a 
number of persons subject to the Order or statistical data collected 
therefrom, when such a statement or data does not identify the 
information furnished by any one person.

Sec. 1280.414  Paperwork Reduction Act assigned number.

    The control number assigned to the information collection 
requirements in part 1280 by OMB pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction 
Act of 1980 is OMB 0581-0093.

    Dated: May 2, 1996.
Lon Hatamiya,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-11532 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3410-02-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11516 Food Labeling: Nutrient Content Claim for ``Extra''; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21074-21075]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11516]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Food and Drug Administration

21 CFR Part 101
[Docket No. 94P-0216]

Food Labeling: Nutrient Content Claim for ``Extra''; Correction
AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

ACTION: Final rule; correction.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is correcting a final 
rule that appeared in the Federal Register of March 22, 1996 (61 FR 
11730). The document authorizes the use, on food labels and in food 
labeling, of the term ``extra'' as a synonym for the term ``added.'' 
The document was published with some errors. This document corrects 
those errors.

EFFECTIVE DATE: March 22, 1996.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joyce J. Saltsman, Center for Food 
Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-165), Food and Drug Administration, 
200 C St. SW., Washington, DC 20204, 202-205-5916.
    In FR Doc. 96-6942, appearing on page 11730 in the Federal Register 
of Friday, March 22, 1996, the following corrections are made:
    1. On page 11730, in the third column, in the first full paragraph, 
in the first line, the date ``March 21, 1995'' is corrected to read 
``March 21, 1994''.
    2. On page 11731, in the first column, under section ``V. Public 
Comment'', in the second paragraph, the fifth line, the first word, 
``proposal'', is corrected to read ``final rule.''

[[Page 21075]]

    Dated: May 1, 1996.
William K. Hubbard,
Associate Commissioner for Policy Coordination.
[FR Doc. 96-11516 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4160-01-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11514 New Animal Drugs For Use In Animal Feeds; Halofuginone Hydrobromide, Bacitracin Methylene Disalicylate
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21075-21076]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11514]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
21 CFR Part 558

New Animal Drugs For Use In Animal Feeds; Halofuginone 
Hydrobromide, Bacitracin Methylene Disalicylate

AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

[[Page 21076]]

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the animal 
drug regulations to reflect approval of a new animal drug application 
(NADA) filed by Hoechst-Roussel Agri-Vet Co. The NADA provides for 
using approved single ingredient Type A medicated articles to make Type 
C medicated turkey feeds containing halofuginone hydrobromide and 
bacitracin methylene disalicylate.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 9, 1996
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: James F. McCormack, Center for 
Veterinary Medicine (HFV-128), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 
Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 301-594-1607.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Hoechst-Roussel Agri-Vet Co., Route 202-206, 
P.O. Box 2500, Somerville, NJ 08876-1258, has filed NADA 140-919, which 
provides for use of approved Stenorol (2.72 grams of 
halofuginone hydrobromide per pound of Type A article) and approved 
BMD (30, 50, or 60 grams of bacitracin methylene disalicylate 
per pound) to make Type C medicated turkey feeds containing 1.36 to 
2.72 grams per ton (g/t) halofuginone hydrobromide and 10 to 50 g/t 
bacitracin methylene disalicylate, for prevention of coccidiosis in 
growing turkeys caused by Eimeria adenoeides, E. meleagrimitis, and E. 
gallopavonis, and for increased rate of weight gain.

    The NADA 140-919 is approved as of May 9, 1996, and the regulations 
are amended in Sec. 558.265(c)(2)(ii) (21 CFR 558.265(c)(2)(ii)) to 
reflect the approval. The basis of approval is discussed in the freedom 
of information summary.

    In accordance with the freedom of information provisions of part 20 
(21 CFR part 20) and Sec. 514.11(e)(2)(ii) (21 CFR 514.11(e)(2)(ii)), a 
summary of safety and effectiveness data and information submitted to 
support approval of this application may be seen in the Dockets 
Management Branch (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 12420 
Parklawn Dr., rm. 1-23, Rockville, MD 20857, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., 
Monday through Friday.

    This approval is for use of single ingredient Type A medicated 
articles to make Type C medicated feeds. Halofuginone hydrobromide is a 
Category II drug which, as provided in Sec. 558.4, requires an approved 
form FDA 1900 for making a Type C medicated feed. Therefore, use of 
halofuginone hydrobromide and bacitracin methylene disalicylate Type A 
medicated articles to make a combination drug Type C medicated feed as 
provided in NADA 140-919 requires an approved form FDA 1900.
    The agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.24(d)(1)(ii) that this 
action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a 
significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an 
environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is 
required.
    Under section 512(c)(2)(F)(ii) of the Federal Food, Drug, and 
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360b(c)(2)(F)(ii)), this approval for use in 
food-producing animals qualifies for 3 years of marketing exclusivity 
beginning May 9, 1996, because the application contains reports of new 
clinical or field investigations (other than bioequivalence or residue 
studies) essential to the approval and conducted or sponsored by the 
applicant.

List of Subjects in 21 CFR Part 558

    Animal drugs, Animal feeds.
    Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under 
authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and 
redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR part 558 is 
amended as follows:

PART 558--NEW ANIMAL DRUGS FOR USE IN ANIMAL FEEDS

    1. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 558 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: Secs. 512, 701 of the Federal Food, Drug, and 
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360b, 371).

    2. Section 558.265 is amended by adding new paragraph (c)(2)(ii) to 
read as follows:

Sec. 558.265  Halofuginone hydrobromide.

* * * * *
    (c) *  *  *
    (2) *  *  *
    (ii) Amount per ton. Halofuginone hydrobromide 1.36 to 2.72 grams 
plus bacitracin methylene disalicylate 10 to 50 grams.
    (A) Indications for use. For prevention of coccidiosis caused by 
Eimeria adenoeides, E. meleagrimitis, and E. gallopavonis, and for 
increased rate of weight gain in growing turkeys.
    (B) Limitations. Feed continuously as sole ration. Withdraw 7 days 
before slaughter. Do not feed to laying chickens or water fowl. Keep 
out of lakes, ponds, and streams. Halofuginone is toxic to fish and 
aquatic life. Halofuginone is an irritant to eyes and skin. Avoid 
contact with skin, eyes, or clothing.

    Dated: April 26, 1996.
Stephen F. Sundlof,
Director, Center for Veterinary Medicine.
[FR Doc. 96-11514 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4160-01-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11511 Animal Drugs, Feeds, and Related Products; Medetomidine Hydrochloride Injection; Change of Sponsor Name
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 21075]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11511]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
21 CFR Parts 510 and 522

Animal Drugs, Feeds, and Related Products; Medetomidine 
Hydrochloride Injection; Change of Sponsor Name

AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the animal 
drug regulations to reflect approval of a new animal drug application 
(NADA) filed by Orion Corp. ORION-FARMOS. The NADA provides for the use 
of medetomidine hydrochloride injection in dogs for its sedative and 
analgesic properties. The regulations are also amended to reflect a 
change of sponsor name.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 9, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sandra K. Woods, Center for Veterinary 
Medicine (HFV-114), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., 
Rockville, MD 20855, 301-594-1616.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Orion Corp. ORION-FARMOS, (formerly Orion 
Corp. FARMOS), P.O. Box 425, SF-20101 Turku, Finland, filed NADA 140-
999, which provides for intravenous or intramuscular use of 
Domitor (medetomidine hydrochloride) injection as a sedative 
and analgesic in dogs over 12 weeks of age to facilitate clinical 
examinations, clinical procedures, minor surgical procedures not 
requiring muscle relaxation, and minor dental procedures not requiring 
intubation. The drug product is available by prescription. The 
application is approved as of March 19, 1996, and the regulations are 
amended in part 522 (21 CFR part 522) by adding new Sec. 522.1335 to 
reflect the approval. The basis of approval is discussed in the freedom 
of information summary.
    Additionally, the firm has informed FDA that it has changed its 
corporate name from Orion Corp. FARMOS to Orion Corp. ORION-FARMOS. 
Accordingly, the agency is also amending 21 CFR 510.600(c)(1) and 
(c)(2) to reflect the change of sponsor name.
    In accordance with the freedom of information provisions of part 20 
(21 CFR part 20) and Sec. 514.11(e)(2)(ii) (21 CFR 514.11(e)(2)(ii)), a 
summary of safety and effectiveness data and information submitted to 
support approval of this application may be seen in the Dockets 
Management Branch (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 12420 
Parklawn Dr., rm. 1-23, Rockville, MD 20857, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., 
Monday through Friday.
    Under section 512(c)(2)(F)(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and 
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360b(c)(2)(F)(i)), this approval qualifies for 
5 years of marketing exclusivity beginning March 19, 1996, because no 
active ingredient (including any ester or salt of the active 
ingredient) of the drug has been approved in any other application 
under section 512(b)(1) of the act.
    The agency has carefully considered the potential environmental 
effects of this action. FDA has concluded that the action will not have 
a significant impact on the human environment, and that an 
environmental impact statement is not required. The agency's finding of 
no significant impact and the evidence supporting that finding, 
contained in an environmental assessment, may be seen in the Dockets 
Management Branch (address above) between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday 
through Friday.

List of Subjects

21 CFR Part 510-

    Administrative practice and procedure, Animal drugs, Labeling, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

21 CFR Part 522-

    Animal drugs.
    Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under 
authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and 
redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR parts 510 and 
522 are amended as follows:

PART 510--NEW ANIMAL DRUGS

    1. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 510 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: Secs. 201, 301, 501, 502, 503, 512, 701, 721 of the 
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 351, 352, 
353, 360b, 371, 379e).

Sec. 510.600  [Amended]

    2. Section 510.600 Names, addresses, and drug labeler codes of 
sponsors of approved applications is amended in the table in paragraph 
(c)(1) by removing the sponsor name ``Orion Corp. FARMOS, Research and 
Development, Pharmaceuticals,'' and by adding in its place ``Orion 
Corp. ORION-FARMOS'', and in the table in paragraph (c)(2) in the entry 
for ``052483'' by removing the sponsor name ``Orion Corp. FARMOS, 
Research and Development, Pharmaceuticals,'' and adding in its place 
``Orion Corp. ORION-FARMOS''.

PART 522--IMPLANTATION OR INJECTABLE DOSAGE FORM NEW ANIMAL DRUGS

    3. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 522 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: Sec. 512 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act 
(21 U.S.C. 360b).

    4. New Sec. 522.1335 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 522.1335  Medetomidine hydrochloride injection.

    (a) Specifications. Each milliliter of sterile aqueous solution 
contains 1.0 milligram of medetomidine hydrochloride.
    (b) Sponsor. See 052483 in Sec. 510.600(c) of this chapter.
    (c) Conditions of use--(1) Amount. 750 micrograms intravenously 
(IV) or 1,000 micrograms intramuscularly per square meter of body 
surface. The IV route is more efficacious for dental care.
    (2) Indications for use. As a sedative and analgesic in dogs over 
12 weeks of age to facilitate clinical examinations, clinical 
procedures, minor surgical procedures not requiring muscle relaxation, 
and minor dental procedures not requiring intubation. The intravenous 
route of administration is more efficacious for dental care.
    (3) Limitations. Do not use in dogs with cardiac disease, 
respiratory disorders, liver or kidney diseases, dogs in shock, dogs 
which are severly debilitated, or dogs which are stressed due to 
extreme heat, cold, or fatigue. Allow agitated dogs to rest quietly 
before administration. Do not repeat dosing in dogs not responding 
satisfactorily to treatment. Do not use in breeding or pregnant 
animals. Federal law restricts this drug to use by or on the order of a 
licensed veterinarian.

    Dated: April 15, 1996.
Stephen F. Sundlof,
Director, Center for Veterinary Medicine.
[FR Doc. 96-11511 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4160-01-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11499 Great Lakes Pilotage Rate Methodology
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21081-21084]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11499]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Office of the Secretary

46 CFR Parts 403 and 404

[OST Docket No. 50248]
RIN 2105-AC21

Great Lakes Pilotage Rate Methodology

AGENCY: Office of the Secretary, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Department of Transportation (the Department) is 
responding to comments to a final rule published April 11, 1995, 
establishing new procedures and methodology for determining Great Lakes 
pilotage rates and making corresponding changes to the financial 
reporting requirements required of Great Lakes pilot associations. 
Based on these comments, the Department has made minor changes to the 
rule. This final rule does not change the existing Great Lakes pilotage 
rates and charges.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This rule is effective on June 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Unless otherwise indicated, documents referred to in this 
preamble are available for inspection or copying at the office of the 
Docket Clerk, OST Docket No. 50248, U.S. Department of Transportation, 
400 7th St. SW., room PL-401, Washington, DC 20590 from 9 a.m. to 5:30 
p.m., Monday through Friday.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Scott A. Poyer, Project Manager, St. 
Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 400 Seventh St. SW, Room 5421, 
Washington, DC 20590, 1-800-785-2779, or Steven B. Farbman, Office of 
the Assistant General Counsel for Regulation and Enforcement, 400 7th 
St. SW., room 10424, Washington, DC 20590, (202) 366-9306.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Regulatory History

    On December 7, 1988, the Department of Transportation published the 
Great Lakes Pilotage Study Final Report (1988 DOT Pilotage Study). The 
study revealed weaknesses in accounting for the expenses incurred by 
the pilot associations and the need to formally establish the factors 
used in establishing pilotage rates. On April 25, 1990, the Coast Guard 
published a final rule (55 FR 17580) establishing improved audit 
requirements and general guidelines and procedures to be followed in 
ratemaking (CGD 92-072).
    In May 1990, the Inspector General (IG) for the Department of 
Transportation initiated an audit of Coast Guard oversight of Great 
Lakes pilotage. The final report of the audit (Audit of the U.S. Coast 
Guard's Oversight and Management of the Great Lakes Pilotage Program), 
detailing further issues affecting the basis for Great Lakes pilotage 
rates, was issued on December 14, 1990.
    On August 2, 1991, a DOT Task Force was formed to: (1) Develop an 
interim rate adjustment; and (2) establish a new pilotage ratemaking 
methodology. On June 5, 1992, an interim rate increase was published 
(CGD 89-104). The DOT Task Force then developed a new pilotage 
ratemaking methodology, which the Coast Guard published in a notice of 
proposed rulemaking (NPRM) (59 FR 17303) dated April 12, 1994.
    THE NPRM proposed to amend the Great Lakes pilotage regulations by 
establishing new procedures for determining Great Lakes pilotage rates 
and revising the financial reporting requirements mandated for Great 
Lakes pilot associations (CGD 92-072). The NPRM also announced a public 
hearing which was held in Cleveland, OH on May 20, 1994. The comment 
period for the NPRM ended on July 11, 1994.
    In response to the NPRM and the public hearing, the Coast Guard 
received 31 comments and two requests for additional public meetings to 
explain the proposals contained in the NPRM. In the Federal Register 
(59 FR 18774) on April 20, 1994, the Coast Guard announced that it 
would conduct two public meetings. The first public meeting was held in 
Chicago, IL on May 3, 1994. The second public meeting was held in 
Massena, NY on May 5, 1994.
    The Coast Guard also received one request to extend the comment 
period for the NPRM. Because the comment period for the NPRM was 90 
days, the Coast Guard and the Department determined that there was 
sufficient time to submit comments. Therefore, the comment period was 
not extended.
    On April 11, 1995, the Department published a final rule with 
request for comments (60 FR 18366) (1995 final rule) establishing 
improved procedures for determining Great Lakes pilotage rates, and 
revised financial reporting requirements mandated for Great Lakes pilot 
associations. The comment period ended on May 11, 1995. Although the 
Coast Guard issued the NPRM under authority delegated to the Commandant 
by the Secretary, the Secretary issued the 1995 final rule. On December 
11, 1995, the Secretary transferred authority to administer the Great 
Lakes Pilotage Act of 1960 (Public Law 86-555, 46 U.S.C. 9301 et seq.) 
(the Act) to the Administrator of the SLSDC. Nevertheless, the 
Secretary is issuing this final rule. Under 49 CFR 1.43(a), the 
Secretary may exercise powers and duties delegated or assigned to 
officials other than the Secretary.
    Several commenters requested that the comment period for the 
rulemaking be extended. Because all late-filed comments were 
considered, and because this rulemaking has already been the subject of 
extensive public comment, the Department determined that there was 
sufficient time to submit comments regarding this 1995 final rule. 
Therefore, the comment period was not extended.

Background and Purpose

    Under the Act, vessels of the United States operating on register 
and foreign vessels must engage a U.S. or Canadian registered pilot 
when traversing the waters of the Great Lakes. The Act vests the 
Secretary of Transportation with responsibility for setting pilotage 
rates. Section 9303(f) of the Act provides that the Secretary shall 
prescribe by regulation rates and charges for pilotage services, giving 
consideration to the public interest and the costs of providing the 
services.
    Currently, the navigable waters of the great Lakes are divided into 
eight pilotage areas. United States registered pilots, along with their 
Canadian counterparts, provide pilotage services in areas 1, 2, 4, 5, 
6, 7, and 8. Pilotage area 3 (the Welland Canal) is currently a wholly-
Canadian area where only Canadian pilots provide services. Pilotage 
areas 2, 4, 6, and 8 are

[[Page 21082]]

``undesignated waters.'' Pilotage areas 1, 5, and 7 are ``designated 
waters.'' Pilots are required to direct the navigation of vessels in 
designated waters. Pilots are required to be on board and available to 
direct the navigation of vessels in undesignated waters. The seven U.S. 
pilotage areas are grouped together into three pilotage districts. 
District 1 consists of areas 1 and 2. District 2 consists of areas 4 
and 5. District 3 consists of areas 6, 7, and 8. Each district has its 
own pilot association.
    Section 9305 of the Act provides that the Secretary of 
Transportation, subject to the concurrence of the Secretary of State, 
may make arrangements with the appropriate agency of Canada to 
prescribe joint or identical rates and charges. The latest Memorandum 
of Arrangements between the United States and Canada, dated January 18, 
1977, specifies that the Secretary of Transportation of the United 
States of America and the Minister of Transport of Canada will 
establish regulations imposing identical rates. A copy of this 
Memorandum of Arrangements is available in the docket and may also be 
obtained by writing to Scott A. Poyer, at the address listed under FOR 
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT, above. In the past, consultations between 
the United States and Canada resulted in nominally identical U.S. and 
Canadian rates.
    However, there are differences in the cost bases and in the 
operating organizations of the U.S. and Canadian pilots, particularly 
with regard to pilot compensation. These differences need to be takes 
into account in reaching identical U.S. and Canadian rates. As a 
result, the ratemaking methodology contained in this final rule would 
not translate directly into new rates, but rather would form the basis 
for proposals to be negotiated with Canada.

Discussion of Comments and Changes

    The Department received nine comments and thirteen endorsements of 
one of the nine comments. Comments came from one Great Lakes pilot 
association, three Great Lakes Registered Pilots, one professional 
association representing pilots, one professional association 
representing vessel operators and steamship agents on the Great Lakes, 
one labor organization, one professional auditor, and the comptroller 
of one Great Lakes pilot association with thirteen endorsements by 
individual members of that association. Some of the comments addressed 
issues that were not the subject of the 1995 final rule. The Department 
is responding only to those comments relating to this rulemaking.
    Three comments were generally supportive of the 1995 final rule and 
characterized it as an improvement over the NPRM, but with some areas 
that still need improvement. These comments were made by one pilot 
group, one professional organization representing pilots, and one labor 
organization. Six comments objected to the 1995 final rule because it 
was considered to be confusing, not viable, or not in concurrence with 
the DOT IG's intentions. These comments were made by one professional 
organization representing vessel agents, one professional auditor, 
three Great Lakes Registered pilots, and one comptroller of a Great 
Lakes pilot association with thirteen endorsements. The Department 
believes most of the methodology presented in the 1995 final rule 
represents a workable compromise between the disparate interests 
involved. Therefore, the ratemaking methodology presented in the 1995 
final rule is substantially retained in this final rule.
    Four commenters objected to what they perceived as the 1995 final 
rule's ``elimination of annual audits.'' The two types of audits 
discussed in the Great Lakes pilotage regulations (i.e., audits by 
pilot associations, and audits by the Director) are discussed in 46 CFR 
Secs. 403.300(b) and 404.1(b). Commenters believed that the amended 
wording of these sections eliminated a requirement that pilot 
associations and/or the Director conduct annual audits of the pilot 
associations. Commenters believed the elimination of these annual audit 
requirements would weaken financial oversight of pilot associations and 
encourage spending abuse.
    In fact, the 1995 final rule did not eliminate annual audits. Pilot 
associations were still required to obtain an annual audit by an 
independent certified public accountant.
    However, the Department agrees that the wording of the audit 
requirements was not as clear as it could have been. To make this 
requirement more clear, the language of section 403.300(b) has been 
amended to reinforce the requirement that pilot associations be audited 
by an independent CPA every year, and to require that the audit results 
be forwarded to the Director every year. Section 404.1(b) has been 
amended to reinforce the requirement that the Director review the 
annual association audits every year, and conduct a thorough audit of 
pilot association expenses at a minimum of once every five years.
    One commenter stated that certification of financial reports by an 
association officer, as required by 46 CFR Sec. 403.300(a)(3), is 
redundant and ``prejudicial'' to the association's regular financial 
reporting. The Department does not understand how certification of 
financial documents could in any way be ``prejudicial,'' and the 
commenter did not elaborate on this point. The Department agrees that 
there is a certain amount of redundancy in requiring an association 
officer such as a Treasurer, to review the work of a bookkeeper or 
accountant who prepares the financial reports. However, this redundancy 
is standard procedure in most well-managed businesses, and is an 
important safeguard against waste, fraud, and abuse. For these reasons, 
section 403.300(a)(3) is retained.
    One commenter objected to section 404.5(a)(2) which requires the 
Director to determine the reasonableness of pilot association expenses 
by comparing them to comparable expenses paid by others in the maritime 
industry. The commenter believes that there are no industries on the 
Great Lakes comparable to Great Lakes pilotage, as pilotage is ``vastly 
different'' from other industries. The department disagrees. The 
commenter did not elaborate on how pilotage was different from all 
other industries. Pilots operate in the same marketplace as other 
maritime industries on the Great Lakes, and incur many of the same 
types of expenses. The Department does not believe there is any basis 
for the claim that pilotage expenses cannot be compared with anything 
else; therefore section 404.5(a)(2) is retained.
    One commenter stated that the provisions of 46 CFR Sec. 404.5(a)(5) 
are unclear, inappropriate, and unfair. This section requires that 
profits, but not losses, from non-pilotage transactions be included in 
ratemaking calculations. The Department designed this section as a 
disincentive to pilot association speculation in non-pilotage related 
businesses, since the Department does not consider these types of 
transactions to be in the public interest. As such, section 404.5(a)(5) 
accomplishes its intended objective, and is therefore retained.
    One commenter objected to 46 CFR Sec. 404.5(a)(8)(ii), which 
provides that lobbying expenses will not be allowed for ratemaking 
purposes. The Department has no objection to pilot associations who 
wish to expend money for lobbying purposes. However, it does not seem 
reasonable to make others, i.e., those members of the public who pay 
pilotage rates, pay for these expenses. Therefore, section 
404.5(a)(8)(ii) is retained.
    Four sets of comments from pilots and their representatives 
questioned the

[[Page 21083]]

methods used to compute pilot compensation targets and pilot work hour 
targets, which are used to set the number of pilots for ratemaking 
purposes. These methods are contained in Step 2 of Appendix A to Part 
404, and section 404.5(a). This section continues the Department policy 
of maintaining income comparability between Great Lakes Registered 
Pilots, and masters/chief mates on Great Lakes vessels, and the 
Department's pilot work hour targets of 1000 hours in designated waters 
and 1800 hours in undesignated waters. These policies were established 
as a result of the 1988 DOT Pilotage Study, which examined many 
alternatives and selected the master/chief mate targets and the work 
hour targets. Commenters believed pilots should earn more than masters/
chief mates, and/or pilots should work fewer hours. Commenters proposed 
several alternatives including income comparability with State pilots, 
and inclusion of travel time in the calculation of pilot work hours. 
After considering all the alternatives, the Department is keeping this 
section of the final rule unchanged. This is fully consistent with the 
recommendation in the 1988 DOT Pilotage Study, which states, ``The 
study team believes that pilot compensation should be tied to the local 
economy. The use of local masters and mates pay scales has the 
important impact of tying pilot compensation to the regional industry 
pay levels. Salaries of pilots, like those of teachers, physicians, 
lawyers, and other professionals, are tied to the fluctuations of 
supply and demand for their services in their particular locality. In 
this fashion, Great Lakes pilots share in the fortunes of the Great 
Lakes.'' Commenters offered no new information that alters this 
assessment. Therefore Step 2 of Appendix A to Part 404, and section 
404.5(a) are retained.
    One commenter objected to the Return on Investment (ROI) provisions 
detailed in Step 5 of Appendix A to Part 404. The commenter believed a 
ROI is not applicable or feasible for Great Lakes pilot associations 
because: (a) Pilot associations have no inventory, or investment in 
inventory, and accounts receivable are systematically collected within 
a 12 month period; (b) the value of fixed assets on the organizations' 
balance sheets is immaterial and all equipment is leased from related 
parties; (c) there is no stockholder's equity in two associations and 
in the third association it is not owned by all the pilots; and (d) the 
ROI would not have a significant impact on pilotage rates. As stated by 
the Department in the 1995 final rule, a return element is an important 
component of cost-based rate methodologies. Rates that have been set 
without a return element have been vulnerable to legal challenge and do 
not meet the goals of the investigations and audits that underlie this 
rulemaking. Also, in order to negotiate with the Canadians we must have 
rates that can withstand scrutiny as to their conformity to sound 
ratemaking principles. The Department believes it is only fair to allow 
pilots a return on the capital they invest. If, as the commenter 
asserts, it is true that pilot associations have little or no capital 
investments, then it is true that the return on these investments will 
be small. However, this does not invalidate the principle that pilots 
should receive a return on the capital they invest. Whether their 
capital be small or large, individuals who invest in a business have a 
right to expect a return on that capital. Therefore the ROI provisions 
of section 404.5(a)(4), step 5 of appendix A, and the formulas 
contained in appendix B are retained.
    Two commenters believe the 1995 final rule should address the 
business structure of pilot associations. Currently two pilot 
associations are structured as partnerships and one pilot association 
is structured as a corporation. One commenter believes that the rule 
should better equalize for the differences in association structure. 
The other commenter recommends that the 1995 final rule require all 
associations to adopt the same business structure. At the present time, 
it is Department policy that each pilot association should be permitted 
to adopt the business structure that best suits its needs, and it is 
incumbent on each association to live with the costs and benefits 
inherent in its choice. This policy allows pilots the freedom to run 
their own businesses to the maximum extent practicable, with no 
discernably negative consequences for the public. The Department is not 
aware of any abuses of this policy at the present time. However, if it 
becomes necessary to reverse this policy, this matter would be the 
subject of a future rulemaking, subject to public input and comment.
    One commenter recommends that the Great Lakes pilotage ratemaking 
methodology should be clear and easy to implement, and any future 
changes to the methodology should be made with the participation of the 
pilot associations and a committee of independent and professional 
individuals. The Department agrees. The Department has endeavored to 
make the ratemaking methodology contained in this rule as clear and 
easy as practical. In that regard, three commenters agree that the 
methodology contained in the 1995 final rule is an improvement over the 
methodology proposed in the NPRM. Any changes to the Great Lakes 
pilotage ratemaking methodology that may be the subject of future 
rulemakings will involve input and comments from the pilot associations 
and other members of the public.
    Four commenters believe the 1995 final rule granted the Director of 
Great Lakes Pilotage too much authority and would allow the Director to 
micro-manage activities of the pilot associations of which the Director 
is not sufficiently knowledgeable. The Department disagrees. The 
incumbent Director of Great Lakes Pilotage is extremely knowledgeable 
of pilotage and other maritime activities. He has been involved in the 
performance of Great Lakes Pilotage Act functions for approximately 11 
years. He is a licensed merchant mariner, and the former Head of the 
Navigation Department at the Maritime Institute of Technology and 
Graduate Studies, the advanced training facility of the International 
Organization of Masters, Mates and Pilots. Moreover, every previous 
Director of Great Lakes Pilotage has had an extensive maritime 
background, as well as experience in dealing with merchant mariners and 
pilots. The position description for the Director of Great Lakes 
Pilotage position requires a substantial maritime background. In 
addition, the remaining pilotage staff have extensive maritime 
backgrounds and their positions require maritime, economic, and 
ratesetting knowledge and experience. Therefore, the sections of the 
1995 final rule related to the Director's authority and discretion are 
retained.
    Two commenters believe the U.S. Government should cease oversight 
of Great Lakes Pilotage, including the ratemaking and financial 
oversight regulations contained in this rulemaking. The Department is 
making no changes pursuant to this comment. As stated earlier, the Act 
requires the Secretary to prescribe by regulation rates and charges for 
pilotage services.

Executive Order 12866

    This rule is a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of 
Executive Order 12866 and has been reviewed by the Office of Management 
and Budget under that order. It is significant under the regulatory 
policies and procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 
11040; February 26, 1979) because rulemaking affecting the setting of 
pilotage rates has been controversial and of significant interest to 
the public.

[[Page 21084]]

    The Department expects the economic impact of this rule to be 
minimal. This rule does not represent a significant departure from the 
current ratemaking process, and there are no expected increases in 
costs. Therefore, a full regulatory evaluation is not necessary.

Small Entities

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the 
Department must consider whether this final rule will have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
``Small entities'' include independently owned and operated small 
businesses that are not dominant in their field and that otherwise 
qualify as ``small business concerns'' under section 3 of the Small 
Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632). One commenter believes that this rule 
will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of 
small entities. However, the commenter did not elaborate on why this 
impact would occur. Since this rule is not a major change from past 
rulemaking practices, and only three pilot associations with a total of 
approximately 40 members will be directly affected by this rule, this 
final rule should have little or no impact on small entities that pay 
pilotage rates or that receive income from pilotage rates. Because it 
expects the impact of this proposal to be minimal, the Department 
certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) that this final rule will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.

Collection of Information

    This rule contains collection-of-information requirements. The 
Department has submitted the requirements to the Office of Management 
and Budget (OMB) for review under section 3504(h) of the paperwork 
Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), and OMB has approved them. The 
part numbers are parts 401 and 403 and the corresponding OMB approval 
number is OMB Control Number 2115-0616.

Federalism

    The Department has analyzed this final rule under the principles 
and criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and has determined 
that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to 
warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment. State action 
addressing pilotage regulation is preempted by 46 U.S.C. 9306, which 
provides that a State or political subdivision of a State may not 
regulate or impose any requirement on pilotage on the Great Lakes.

Environment

    The Department considered the environmental impact of this final 
rule and concluded that this rule is categorically excluded from 
further environmental documentation under section 2.B.2 of Commandant 
Instruction M16475.1B. The rule is procedural in nature because it 
deals exclusively with ratemaking and accounting procedures. Therefore, 
this is included in the categorical exclusion in subsection 2.B.2.1,--
Administrative actions or procedural regulations and policies which 
clearly do not have any environmental impact. A Categorical Exclusion 
Determination has been placed in the docket.

List of Subjects in 46 CFR Parts 403 and 404

    Administrative practice and procedure, Great Lakes, Navigation 
(water), Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seamen.

    For reasons set out in the preamble, the Department proposes to 
amend Parts 403 and 404 of Title 46 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
as follows:

PART 403--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 403 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 8105, 9303, 9304; 49 CFR 1.46.

    2. Section 403.300(b) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 403.300  Financial reporting requirements.

 * * * * *
    (b) Required Reports:
    (1) By April 1 of each year, each Association shall obtain an 
annual unqualified long form audit report for the preceding year, 
audited and prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards by an independent certified public accountant.
    (2) Each Association shall forward their annual unqualified long 
form audit report, and any associated settlement statements, to the 
Director no later than April 7 of each year.

PART 404--[AMENDED]

    3. Section 404.1(b) is revised to read as follows:

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 8105, 9303, 9304, 49 CFR 1.46.

Sec. 404.1  General ratemaking provisions.

 * * * * *
    (b) Great Lakes pilotage rates shall be reviewed annually in 
accordance with the procedures detailed in Appendix C to this part. The 
Director shall review Association audit reports annually and, at a 
minimum, the Director shall complete a thorough audit of pilot 
association expenses and establish pilotage rates in accordance with 
the procedures detailed in Sec. 404.10 of this part at least once every 
five years. An interested party or parties may also petition the 
Director for a review at any time. The petition must present a 
reasonable basis for concluding that a review may be warranted. If the 
Director determines, from the information contained in the petition, 
that the existing rates may no longer be reasonable, a full review of 
the pilotage rates will be conducted. If the full review shows that 
pilotage rates are within a reasonable range of their target, no 
adjustment to the rates will be initiated.

    Issued at Washington, DC this 2nd day of May, 1996.
Federico Pena,
Secretary of Transportation.
[FR Doc. 96-11499 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-62-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11478 Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources; Supplemental Delegation of Authority to Mississippi
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21080-21081]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11478]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 60

[FRL-5502-4]

Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources; Supplemental 
Delegation of Authority to Mississippi

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Delegation of authority.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: On March 7, 1996, the state of Mississippi, through the 
Department of Environmental Quality, requested that EPA delegate 
authority for implementation and enforcement of eight (8) ammended 
categories of the New Source Performance Standards (NSPS). Since EPA's 
review of Mississippi's pertinent laws, rules, and regulations showed 
them to be adequate and effective procedures for the implementation and 
enforcement of these Federal standards, EPA has made the delegation as 
requested.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The effective date of the delegation of authority is 
April 15, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Copies of the request for delegation of authority and EPA's 
letter of delegation are available for public inspection during normal 
business hours at the following locations:

Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, Air Programs Branch, 345 
Courtland Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30365
Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality, Bureau of Pollution 
Control, Air Quality Division, P.O. Box 10385, Jackson, Mississippi 
39289-0385.

    Effective immediately, all requests, applications, reports and 
other correspondence required pursuant to the newly delegated standards 
should not be submitted to the Region 4 office, but should instead be 
submitted to the following address: Office of Pollution Control, 
Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 10385, 
Jackson, Mississippi 39289-0385.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Scott M. Martin, Regulatory Planning 
and Development Section, Air Programs Branch, United States 
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 345 Courtland Street N.E., 
Atlanta, Georgia 30365, (404) 347-3555, x4216.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section 301, in conjunction with Sections 
110 and 111(c)(1) of the Clean Air Act as amended November 15, 1990, 
authorizes EPA to delegate authority to implement and enforce the 
standards set out in 40 CFR Part 60, (NSPS).
    On November 10, 1981, EPA initially delegated the authority for 
implementation and enforcement of the NSPS programs to the state of 
Mississippi. On March 7, 1996, Mississippi requested a delegation of 
authority for implementation and enforcement of the following NSPS 
categories found in 40 CFR Part 60.

1. Subpart A--General Provisions Except Sec. 60.8(b) (1) Thru (5); 
Sec. 60.11(e) (7) and (8); Sec. 60.13(g) (i) and (j)(2)

2. Subpart Cb--Municipal Waste Combustors Constructed On or before 
December 19, 1995

3. Subpart Cd--Sulfuric Acid Production Units

4. Subpart Ea--Municipal Waste Combustors Constructed After 
December 20, 1989 and On or Before September 20, 1994

5. Subpart Eb--Municipal Waste Combustors For Which Construction is 
Commenced After September 20, 1994

6. Subpart NNN--Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions From 
Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI) 
Distillation Operations

7. Subpart RRR--Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions From 
Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI) Reactor 
Process

8. Appendix A--Test Methods

    After a thorough review of the request, the Regional Administrator 
determined that such a delegation was appropriate for this source 
category with the conditions set forth in the original delegation 
letter of November 30, 1981. Mississippi sources subject to the

[[Page 21081]]

requirements of this subpart will now be under the jurisdiction of 
Mississippi.
    Since review of the pertinent Mississippi laws, rules, and 
regulations showed them to be adequate for the implementation and 
enforcement of the aforementioned category of NSPS, the EPA hereby 
notifies the public that it has delegated the authority for the source 
category listed above on October 30, 1995. The Office of Management and 
Budget has exempted this rule from the requirements of section 6 of 
Executive Order 12866.

    Authority: This notice is issued under the authority of sections 
101, 111, and 301 of the Clean Air Act, as Amended (42 U.S.C. 7401, 
7411, and 7601).

    Dated: April 24, 1996.
A. Stanley Meiburg,
Acting Regional Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-11478 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11464 Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Licensing Program
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21073-21074]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11464]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

15 CFR Part 981

[Docket No. 951213299-6096-02]
RIN: 0648-AI42

Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Licensing Program

AGENCY: Office of Ocean and Coastal Resource Management (OCRM), 
National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric 
Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).

ACTION: Final rule; removal.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is 
removing Part 981 from Title 15 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
(Part 981). Part 981 implements the Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion 
(OTEC) Licensing Program, which was established under the Ocean Thermal 
Energy Conversion Act of 1980, as amended, (OTEC Act), 42 U.S.C. 9101 
et seq. No applications under Part 981 for licenses of commercial OTEC 
facilities or plantships have yet been received by NOAA, and there has 
been a low level of NOAA activity under the OTEC Act. During this 15 
year period of time, the availability and relatively low price of 
fossil fuels, coupled with the risks to potential investors, has 
limited the interest in the commercial development of OTEC projects. 
Removal of Part 981 at this time will allow NOAA to evaluate the 
appropriateness of these, or any other, regulations at such time as 
interest in the commercial development of OTEC projects occurs.

EFFECTIVE DATE: June 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Karl Jugel, Chief, Ocean Minerals and Energy Division, 
Office of Ocean and Coastal Resource Management, National Ocean 
Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 1305 East-
West Highway, 11th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20910.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
James Lawless, Deputy Director, Office of Ocean and Coastal Resource 
Management, at (301) 713-3155.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

I. Regulatory Review

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is 
removing Part 981 of 15 CFR, pursuant to the Regulatory Reform 
Initiative of President Clinton and the Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion 
Act of 1980, as amended.
    In March 1995, President Clinton issued a directive to federal 
agencies regarding their responsibilities under his Regulatory Reform 
Initiative. This initiative is part of the National Performance Review 
and calls for immediate, comprehensive regulatory reform. The President 
directed all agencies to undertake, as part of this initiative, an 
exhaustive review of all their regulations--with an emphasis on 
eliminating or modifying those that are obsolete or otherwise in need 
of reform.
    The Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Act of 1980, as amended, (OTEC 
Act), 42 U.S.C. 9101 et seq., also requires that NOAA periodically 
review the regulations that apply to the licensing of OTEC facilities 
and plantships. The fundamental purpose of the review is to determine 
if the regulations themselves impose an adverse impact on the 
development and commercialization of OTEC technology.
    On January 30, 1996, NOAA published a notice in the Federal 
Register in which it proposed removing Part 981 and requested all 
interested persons to comment on the proposal (61 FR 2969-2971). 
Comments were in particular invited on whether the OTEC regulations, or 
their removal at this time, impose an adverse impact on the development 
and commercialization of OTEC technology. NOAA received no comments on 
its proposed removal of Part 981.

II. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Licensing Program

    The OTEC Act established a licensing and permitting system for the 
development of OTEC as a commercial energy technology. Part 981 
implements the OTEC Licensing Program. The proposed rule preceding this 
rulemaking summarizes the development of Part 981 (61 FR 2969-2971). No 
applications under Part 981 for licenses of commercial OTEC facilities 
or plantships have yet been

[[Page 21074]]

received by NOAA, and there has been a low level of NOAA activity under 
the OTEC Act. During this 15 year period of time, the availability and 
relatively low price of fossil fuels, coupled with the risks to 
potential investors, has limited the interest in the commercial 
development of OTEC projects.
    NOAA is authorized, consistent with the purposes and provisions of 
the OTEC Act, to amend or rescind the OTEC regulations. In particular, 
section 117 of the OTEC Act requires NOAA to review the regulations on 
a periodic basis. NOAA is authorized and directed to revise the 
regulation as necessary and appropriate to ensure that the regulations 
do not impede the development, evolution, and commercialization of OTEC 
technology.
    Given that a commercial OTEC industry has yet to develop, Part 981 
remains unused for the most part. Removal of Part 981 at this time is 
consistent with the purposes and provisions of the OTEC Act in that it 
will allow NOAA to evaluate the suitability of these regulations at 
such time as interest in the commercial development of OTEC projects 
occurs. At such time, NOAA will issue a proposed rule appropriate to 
the then current regulatory needs. Potential Licensees will therefore 
be assured that any future OTEC regulations will be up to date, and 
will continue to provide innovation and flexibility necessary for an 
emerging OTEC industry.
    NOAA is mindful of its responsibility for licensing of commercial 
OTEC facilities and plantships under the OTEC Act, however, and will 
take appropriate steps to review and process an application should one 
be made. For particular inquiries into the licensing of OTEC projects 
in the interim period, NOAA will provide copies of the provisions of 
these OTEC regulations in response to such inquiries. Thus, NOAA will 
provide actual and timely notice of applicable procedures and 
requirements to particular individuals. See 5 U.S.C. 552(a). 
Accordingly, NOAA is removing Part 981, the OTEC regulations, from 
Title 15 of the CFR.

III. Miscellaneous Rulemaking Requirements

Executive Order 12612: Federalism Assessment

    NOAA has concluded that this regulatory action does not have 
federalism implications sufficient to warrant the preparation of a 
Federalism Assessment under Executive Order 12612.

Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review

    This regulatory action is not significant for purposes of Executive 
Order 12866.

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    No licenses have been issued for OTEC projects under 15 CFR Part 
981. When commercial interest in OTEC projects occurs, NOAA will issue 
a proposed rule appropriate to the regulatory needs at that time. For 
particular inquiries into the licensing of OTEC projects in the interim 
period, NOAA will provide actual and timely notice of applicable 
procedures and requirements to particular individuals. See 5 U.S.C. 
552(a). For these reasons, the removal of Part 981 is not expected to 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities, and the Assistant General Counsel for Legislation and 
Regulation of the Department of Commerce has so certified to the Chief 
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. As such, a 
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis was not prepared.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    This regulatory action does not contain an information collection 
requirement subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork 
Reduction Act of 1980, 44 U.S.C. 3500 et seq.

National Environmental Policy Act

    NOAA has concluded that this regulatory action does not constitute 
a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human 
environment. No applications for licenses of commercial OTEC facilities 
or plantships have yet been received by NOAA, and Part 981 remains 
unused for the most part. When commercial interest in OTEC projects 
occurs, NOAA will issue a proposed rule appropriate to the regulatory 
needs at that time. For particular inquiries into the licensing of OTEC 
projects in the interim period, NOAA will provide actual and timely 
notice of applicable procedures to particular individuals. See 5 U.S.C. 
552(a). Therefore, and environmental impact statement is not required.

    Authority: Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Act of 1980, as 
amended, 42 U.S.C. 9101 et seq.

List of Subjects in 15 CFR Part 981

    Administrative practice and procedures, Energy, Environmental 
protection, Intergovernmental relations, Marine resources, Penalties, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: May 2, 1996.
David Evans,
Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for Ocean Services and Coastal 
Zone Management.

    Accordingly, for the reasons set forth above, Chapter IX of Title 
15 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:

PART 981--OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY CONVERSION LICENSING PROGRAM--
[REMOVED]

    1. Under the authority of the Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Act 
of 1980, Part 981 is removed.

[FR Doc. 96-11464 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-08-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11408 Airworthiness Directives; McDonnell Douglas Model MD-11 Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21065-21068]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11408]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 21066]]

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Federal Aviation Administration

14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 96-NM-77-AD; Amendment 39-9612; AD 96-10-07]
RIN 2120-AA64

Airworthiness Directives; McDonnell Douglas Model MD-11 Series 
Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment adopts a new airworthiness directive (AD) that 
is applicable to certain McDonnell Douglas Model MD-11 series 
airplanes. This action requires inspections to detect damage of the 
support brackets and clamps of the transfer pipe of the tail tank, and 
of the transfer pipe assembly; and replacement of damaged parts, or 
installation of a doubler, if necessary. This amendment is prompted by 
reports of cracking of the support brackets in the refuel and fuel 
transfer lines of the tail fuel tank and damage to the nylon clamps and 
transfer pipe assembly; such damage is due to flexing of the brackets 
and subsequent contact of the transfer pipe assembly with adjacent 
structure. The actions specified in this AD are intended to prevent 
such cracking and damage, which could result in further damage to the 
transfer pipe assembly and possible fuel leakage.

DATES: Effective May 24, 1996.
    The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in 
the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as 
of May 24, 1996.
    Comments for inclusion in the Rules Docket must be received on or 
before July 8, 1996.
ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 96-NM-77-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington 98055-4056.
    The service information referenced in this AD may be obtained from 
McDonnell Douglas Corporation, 3855 Lakewood Boulevard, Long Beach, 
California 90846, Attention: Technical Publications Business 
Administration, Department C1-L51 (2-60). This information may be 
examined at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, 
SW., Renton, Washington; or at the FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft 
Certification Office, Transport Airplane Directorate, 3960 Paramount 
Boulevard, Lakewood, California; or at the Office of the Federal 
Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Raymond Vakili, Aerospace Engineer, 
Airframe Branch, ANM-140L, FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office, 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, California 90712; telephone 
(310) 627-5262; fax (310) 627-5210.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The FAA has received reports of cracking of 
the support brackets in the refuel and fuel transfer lines of the tail 
fuel tank on McDonnell Douglas Model MD-11 series airplanes. In 
addition, the nylon clamps and transfer pipe assembly have been found 
to be damaged. Investigation revealed that this cracking and damage was 
caused by flexing of the brackets during refueling and transfer 
operations of the tail fuel tank. When this flexing occurs, the 
transfer pipe assembly can sustain damage due to contact with adjacent 
structure. Such cracking and damage, if not corrected, would result in 
further damage to the fuel transfer pipe assembly and possible fuel 
leakage.

Explanation of Relevant Service Information

    The FAA has reviewed and approved McDonnell Douglas Alert Service 
Bulletin MD11-28A083, dated March 13, 1996, which describes procedures 
for repetitive visual inspections to detect cracking, bending, or 
stress of the support brackets, and any damage to the clamps of the 
transfer pipe of the tail tank; and replacement of any damaged bracket 
or clamp with a serviceable part. The alert service bulletin also 
describes procedures for repetitive visual inspections to detect damage 
of the transfer pipe assembly of the tail tank; and procedures for 
installation of a doubler on the pipe assembly, or replacement of the 
pipe assembly with a serviceable assembly, if necessary.

Explanation of the Requirements of the Rule

    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other McDonnell Douglas Model MD-11 series 
airplanes of the same type design, this AD is being issued to prevent 
cracking of the support brackets in the refuel and fuel transfer lines 
of the tail fuel tank and damage to the nylon clamps and transfer pipe 
assembly, which if not corrected, could result in further damage to the 
transfer pipe assembly and possible fuel leakage. This AD requires 
repetitive visual inspections for cracking, bending, or stress of the 
support brackets, and any damage to the clamps of the transfer pipe of 
the tail tank; and replacement of any damaged bracket or clamp with a 
serviceable part. This AD also requires repetitive visual inspections 
for damage of the transfer pipe assembly of the tail tank; and 
installation of a doubler on the pipe assembly, or replacement of the 
pipe assembly with a serviceable assembly, if necessary. The actions 
are required to be accomplished in accordance with the service bulletin 
described previously.

Interim Action

    This AD is considered to be interim action. The manufacturer has 
advised that it currently is developing a modification that will 
positively address the unsafe condition addressed by this AD. Once this 
modification is developed, approved, and available, the FAA may 
consider additional rulemaking.

Difference Between this Rule and the Relevant Service Information

    Operators should note that the McDonnell Douglas alert service 
bulletin recommends accomplishment of the initial inspection at ``the 
earliest practical maintenance period, but not to exceed 600 flight 
hours from the date of issuance of the alert service bulletin.'' 
However, the FAA has determined that, since maintenance intervals vary 
from operator to operator, and since the time of receipt of the alert 
service bulletin also may vary from operator to operator, the 
compliance time for this AD must be less subjective in order to ensure 
that the actions are accomplished by all affected operators in a timely 
manner. This AD requires compliance within 90 days after the effective 
date of the rule. In developing an appropriate compliance time for this 
AD, the FAA considered not only the manufacturer's recommendation, but 
the degree of urgency associated with addressing the subject unsafe 
condition, the average utilization of the affected fleet, and regularly 
scheduled maintenance intervals for the affected airplanes. In light of 
all of these factors, the FAA finds that a 90-day compliance time for 
accomplishment of the initial inspection is appropriate in that it 
represents the maximum interval of time allowable for affected 
airplanes to continue to operate without compromising safety.
    Operators also should note that the effectivity listing in the 
McDonnell Douglas alert service bulletin includes certain airplanes 
designated as ``Group 2 airplanes.'' The initial visual inspection 
(required by this AD) was

[[Page 21067]]

accomplished and a temporary doubler was installed on these airplanes 
during production. For these airplanes, the alert service bulletin 
suggests an inspection interval of 15 months for accomplishment of the 
visual inspection. The FAA has determined that this inspection interval 
for Group 2 airplanes is appropriate, and is considering additional 
rulemaking action to address the requirements for Group 2 airplanes. 
However, a 15-month compliance time for the planned requirements is 
sufficiently long so that notice and time for prior public comment will 
be practicable.

Determination of Rule's Effective Date

    Since a situation exists that requires the immediate adoption of 
this regulation, it is found that notice and opportunity for prior 
public comment hereon are impracticable, and that good cause exists for 
making this amendment effective in less than 30 days.

Comments Invited

    Although this action is in the form of a final rule that involves 
requirements affecting flight safety and, thus, was not preceded by 
notice and an opportunity for public comment, comments are invited on 
this rule. Interested persons are invited to comment on this rule by 
submitting such written data, views, or arguments as they may desire. 
Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number and be submitted 
in triplicate to the address specified under the caption ADDRESSES. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments will 
be considered, and this rule may be amended in light of the comments 
received. Factual information that supports the commenter's ideas and 
suggestions is extremely helpful in evaluating the effectiveness of the 
AD action and determining whether additional rulemaking action would be 
needed.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the rule that might 
suggest a need to modify the rule. All comments submitted will be 
available, both before and after the closing date for comments, in the 
Rules Docket for examination by interested persons. A report that 
summarizes each FAA-public contact concerned with the substance of this 
AD will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this rule must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 96-NM-77-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Regulatory Impact

    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    The FAA has determined that this regulation is an emergency 
regulation that must be issued immediately to correct an unsafe 
condition in aircraft, and that it is not a ``significant regulatory 
action'' under Executive Order 12866. It has been determined further 
that this action involves an emergency regulation under DOT Regulatory 
Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). If it is 
determined that this emergency regulation otherwise would be 
significant under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures, a final 
regulatory evaluation will be prepared and placed in the Rules Docket. 
A copy of it, if filed, may be obtained from the Rules Docket at the 
location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by 
reference, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

96-10-07  McDonnell Douglas: Amendment 39-9612. Docket 96-NM-77-AD.

    Applicability: Model MD-11 series airplanes; specified as Group 
1 airplanes and listed in McDonnell Douglas Alert Service Bulletin 
MD-11-28A083, dated March 13, 1996; certificated in any category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
otherwise modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (b) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.
    Note 2: Airplanes specified as Group 2 airplanes and listed in 
McDonnell Douglas Alert Service Bulletin MD-11-28A083, dated March 
13, 1996, are not subject to this AD.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent cracking of the support brackets in the refuel and 
fuel transfer lines of the tail fuel tank and damage to the nylon 
clamps and transfer pipe assembly, which, if not corrected, could 
result in further damage to the transfer pipe assembly and possible 
fuel leakage, accomplish the following:
    (a) Within 90 days after the effective date of this AD, 
accomplish the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
AD in accordance with Paragraph 3. of the Accomplishment 
Instructions of McDonnell Douglas Alert Service Bulletin MD-11-
28A083, dated March 13, 1996.
    (1) Perform a visual inspection for cracking, bending, or stress 
of the support brackets and damage to the nylon clamps of the 
transfer pipe of the tail tank, in accordance with the alert service 
bulletin. If any damaged bracket or clamp is detected, prior to 
further flight, replace it with a serviceable part in accordance 
with the alert service bulletin.
    (2) Perform a visual inspection for chafing and/or denting of 
the transfer pipe assembly of the tail tank, in accordance with the 
alert service bulletin.
    (i) Condition 1. If no damage to the fuel pipe assembly is 
detected, accomplish the requirements of either paragraph 
(a)(2)(i)(A) or (a)(2)(i)(B) of this AD at the times specified in 
that paragraph.
    (A) Option 1. Thereafter, repeat the visual inspections required 
by paragraph (a) of this AD at intervals not to exceed 600 flight 
hours; or
    (B) Option 2. Install a temporary doubler on the fuel pipe 
assembly in accordance with the alert service bulletin and, 
thereafter, repeat the visual inspections required by paragraph (a) 
of this AD at intervals not to exceed 15 months.
    (ii) Condition 2. If damage is found that is within the limits 
specified by the alert service bulletin, prior to further flight, 
install a temporary doubler on the fuel pipe assembly. Thereafter, 
repeat the visual inspections required by paragraph (a) of this AD 
at intervals not to exceed 15 months.
    (iii) Condition 3. If damage is found that is outside the limits 
specified by the alert service bulletin, prior to further flight, 
replace the fuel pipe assembly with a new or

[[Page 21068]]

serviceable assembly; and accomplish the requirements of either 
paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A) or (a)(2)(iii)(C) of this AD at the time 
specified in that paragraph.
    (A) Option 1. Thereafter, repeat the visual inspections required 
by paragraph (a) of this AD at intervals not to exceed 600 flight 
hours; or
    (B) Option 2. Install a temporary doubler on the fuel pipe 
assembly; and repeat the visual inspections required by paragraph 
(a) of this AD, thereafter, at intervals not to exceed 15 months. 
(Replacement of the fuel pipe assembly with a serviceable pipe 
assembly that has been repaired by welding a doubler in the area of 
potential damage, does not require the installation of a temporary 
doubler.)
    (b) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office (ACO), FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall 
submit their requests through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Los Angeles ACO.

    Note 3: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Los Angeles ACO.

    (c) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (d) The actions shall be done in accordance with McDonnell 
Douglas Alert Service Bulletin MD-11-28A083, dated March 13, 1996. 
This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the 
Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 
51. Copies may be obtained from McDonnell Douglas Corporation, 3855 
Lakewood Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90846, Attention: 
Technical Publications Business Administration, Department C1-L51 
(2-60). Copies may be inspected at the FAA, Transport Airplane 
Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington; or at the 
FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, Transport Airplane 
Directorate, 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, California; or at 
the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street NW., 
suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (e) This amendment becomes effective on May 24, 1996.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on May 1, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11408 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11407 Airworthiness Directives; Boeing Model 737 Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21068-21070]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11407]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 96-NM-84-AD; Amendment 39-9611; AD 96-10-06]
RIN: 2120-AA64

Airworthiness Directives; Boeing Model 737 Series Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment adopts a new airworthiness directive (AD) that 
is applicable to certain Boeing Model 737 series airplanes. This action 
requires repetitive inspections to detect cracks of the lower gate 
hinge of the forward galley service door, and replacement of any 
cracked hinge. This action also provides an optional terminating 
replacement for the repetitive inspections. This amendment is prompted 
by reports of fatigue cracks found in the lower gate hinge on the 
forward galley service door. The actions specified in this AD are 
intended to prevent such fatigue cracking, which could lead to the 
failure of the lower gate hinge on the forward galley service door and 
subsequent loss of cabin pressure. If the hinge fails, the hinge and 
its associated mechanisms and the emergency escape slide could separate 
from the airplane and be ingested into the engine, or could strike and 
damage the flight control surfaces.

DATES: Effective May 24, 1996.
    The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in 
the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as 
of May 24, 1996.
    Comments for inclusion in the Rules Docket must be received on or 
before July 8, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 96-NM-84-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington 98055-4056.
    The service information referenced in this AD may be obtained from 
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group, P.O. Box 3707, Seattle, Washington 
98124-2207. This information may be examined at the FAA, Transport 
Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; or at 
the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., 
suite 700, Washington, DC.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Roy Boffo, Aerospace Engineer, 
Airframe Branch, ANM-120S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, 
1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; telephone (206) 227-2780; 
fax (206) 227-1181.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The FAA has received several reports of 
cracks found in the lower gate hinge on the forward galley service door 
on Boeing Model 737 series airplanes. In two of these cases, the hinge 
was severed completely and the lower gate separated from the airplane 
while in flight, which resulted in loss of cabin pressure. In one of 
these cases, the emergency escape slide was slowly pulled through the 
gate opening, and, subsequently, it separated from the airplane. These 
airplanes had accumulated between 13,700 and 66,000 total flight 
cycles. Investigation revealed that the cause of such cracking was due 
to fatigue. The effects of such fatigue cracking could lead to the 
failure of the lower gate hinge on the forward galley service door and 
subsequent loss of cabin pressure. If the hinge fails, the hinge and 
its associated mechanisms and the emergency escape slide could separate 
from the airplane and be ingested into the engine, or could strike and 
damage the flight control surfaces.

Explanation of Relevant Service Information

    The FAA has reviewed and approved Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 
737-52A1124, dated January 11, 1996, which describes procedures for 
repetitive detailed visual inspections to detect cracks of the lower 
gate hinge of the forward galley service door, and replacement of any 
cracked hinge found. The service bulletin also describes procedures for 
replacement of the lower gate hinge of the forward galley service door 
with an improved hinge, which will eliminate the need for the 
repetitive inspections.

Explanation of the Requirements of the AD

    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other Boeing Model 737 series airplanes of the same 
type design, this AD is being issued to prevent fatigue cracking and 
subsequent failure of the lower gate hinge on the forward galley 
service door. This AD requires repetitive detailed visual inspections 
to detect cracks of the lower gate hinge of the forward galley service 
door, and replacement of any cracked hinge found. This AD also provides 
for an optional replacement of the lower gate hinge of the forward 
galley service door with an improved hinge, which constitutes 
terminating action for the repetitive inspection requirements. The 
actions are required to be accomplished

[[Page 21069]]

in accordance with the alert service bulletin described previously.

Differences Between the AD and the Relevant Service Information

    Operators should note that, unlike the various recommended 
compliance times specified in the alert service bulletin for 
accomplishing the initial inspection of airplanes (specified as 1,200 
flight cycles after receipt of the service bulletin for airplanes with 
10,000 to 12,000 total flight cycles; 800 flight cycles after receipt 
for airplanes with 12,000 to 13,000 total flight cycles; and 400 flight 
cycles after receipt for airplanes with 13,000 or more total flight 
cycles), this AD requires that all airplanes be inspected within 400 
flight cycles after the effective date of the AD. In consideration of 
not only the manufacturer's recommendation, but the degree of urgency 
associated with addressing the subject unsafe condition, the average 
utilization of the affected fleet, and the time necessary to perform 
the inspection (3 hours), the FAA has determined that the various 
intervals specified in that alert service bulletin would not address 
the identified unsafe condition in a timely manner. In addition, the 
FAA has reviewed the available data and determined that the length of 
cracking is not necessarily related to the airplane's flight cycles, 
but instead is related to the number of door cycles. In light of all of 
these factors, the FAA finds that a 400-flight cycle compliance time 
for initiating the required actions is warranted, in that it represents 
an appropriate interval of time allowable for affected airplanes to 
continue to operate without compromising safety.

Determination of Rule's Effective Date

    Since a situation exists that requires the immediate adoption of 
this regulation, it is found that notice and opportunity for prior 
public comment hereon are impracticable, and that good cause exists for 
making this amendment effective in less than 30 days.

Comments Invited

    Although this action is in the form of a final rule that involves 
requirements affecting flight safety and, thus, was not preceded by 
notice and an opportunity for public comment, comments are invited on 
this rule. Interested persons are invited to comment on this rule by 
submitting such written data, views, or arguments as they may desire. 
Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number and be submitted 
in triplicate to the address specified under the caption ADDRESSES. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments will 
be considered, and this rule may be amended in light of the comments 
received. Factual information that supports the commenter's ideas and 
suggestions is extremely helpful in evaluating the effectiveness of the 
AD action and determining whether additional rulemaking action would be 
needed.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the rule that might 
suggest a need to modify the rule. All comments submitted will be 
available, both before and after the closing date for comments, in the 
Rules Docket for examination by interested persons. A report that 
summarizes each FAA-public contact concerned with the substance of this 
AD will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this rule must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 96-NM-84-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Regulatory Impact

    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    The FAA has determined that this regulation is an emergency 
regulation that must be issued immediately to correct an unsafe 
condition in aircraft, and that it is not a ``significant regulatory 
action'' under Executive Order 12866. It has been determined further 
that this action involves an emergency regulation under DOT Regulatory 
Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). If it is 
determined that this emergency regulation otherwise would be 
significant under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures, a final 
regulatory evaluation will be prepared and placed in the Rules Docket. 
A copy of it, if filed, may be obtained from the Rules Docket at the 
location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by 
reference, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 USC 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

96-10-06  Boeing: Amendment 39-9611. Docket 96-NM-84-AD.

    Applicability: Model 737 series airplanes, as listed in Boeing 
Alert Service Bulletin 737-52A1124, dated January 11, 1996; on which 
the actions specified in Boeing Service Bulletin 737-52-1097, 
Revision 1, dated April 6, 1989, or Revision 2, dated January 11, 
1990, have not been accomplished; certificated in any category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
otherwise modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (c) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent fatigue cracking of the lower gate hinge on the 
forward galley service door, accomplish the following:
    (a) Within 400 flight cycles after the effective date of this 
AD, perform a detailed visual inspection to detect cracks of the 
lower gate hinge of the forward galley service door, in accordance 
with Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-52A1124, dated January 11, 
1996.
    (1) If no cracks are detected, repeat the inspection thereafter 
at intervals not to exceed 4,500 flight cycles.
    (2) If any crack is detected, prior to further flight, replace 
the lower gate hinge with a new hinge, in accordance with the alert 
service bulletin. Accomplishment of the replacement constitutes 
terminating action for this AD.

[[Page 21070]]

    (b) Replacement of the lower gate hinge of the forward galley 
service door with an improved hinge, in accordance with Boeing Alert 
Service Bulletin 737-52A1124, dated January 11, 1996, constitutes 
terminating action for the requirements of this AD.
    (c) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification 
Office (ACO), FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall 
submit their requests through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Seattle ACO.

    Note 2: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Seattle ACO.

    (d) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (e) The inspection and replacement shall be done in accordance 
with Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-52A1124, dated January 11, 
1996. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director 
of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR 
part 51. Copies may be obtained from Boeing Commercial Airplane 
Group, P.O. Box 3707, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207. Copies may be 
inspected at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind 
Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; or at the Office of the Federal 
Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (f) This amendment becomes effective on May 24, 1996.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on May 1, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11407 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11400 Exemption, Approval, Registration and Reporting Procedures; Miscellaneous Provisions
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21084-21102]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11400]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Research and Special Programs Administration

49 CFR Parts 107, 171, 173 and 178

[Docket No. HM-207C, Amdt. Nos. 107-38, 171-141, 173-249, and 178-113]
RIN 2137-AC63

Exemption, Approval, Registration and Reporting Procedures; 
Miscellaneous Provisions

AGENCY: Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), DOT.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In this final rule, RSPA revises procedures for applying for 
exemptions and establishes procedures for applying for approvals, and 
registering and filing reports with RSPA. In addition, RSPA amends 
certain provisions, mostly procedural, in the Hazardous Materials 
Regulations. This rulemaking action is intended to expedite processing 
of applications and to promote clarity and program consistency. It is 
part of the President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative to revise all 
agency regulations that are in need of reform.

DATES: Effective date: The effective date of these amendments is 
October 1, 1996.
    Compliance date: Voluntary compliance with the regulations, as

[[Page 21085]]

amended herein, is authorized as of July 12, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Kathleen Stokes Molinar, Office of the 
Chief Counsel, (202) 366-4400, or Diane LaValle, Office of Hazardous 
Materials Standards, (800) 467-4922, RSPA, Department of 
Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background

    The Federal hazardous material transportation law (Federal hazmat 
law; 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127) directs the Secretary of Transportation to 
prescribe regulations for the safe transportation of hazardous 
materials in commerce. RSPA is the agency within the Department of 
Transportation primarily responsible for implementing the Federal 
hazmat law. RSPA does so through the Hazardous Materials Regulations 
(HMR; 49 CFR Parts 171-180). Under 49 U.S.C. 5117(a), RSPA is 
authorized to issue an exemption from specific requirements of the 
Federal hazmat law or the HMR if an applicant demonstrates that public 
safety will not be compromised. The procedures governing application 
for an exemption and the manner in which the application is processed 
are found at 49 CFR part 107, subpart B.
    In numerous instances, the HMR require approval by, or registration 
with, RSPA before a person may engage in particular hazmat 
transportation-related activities in areas such as manufacturing and 
certifying hazardous material packagings, offering hazardous materials 
for transportation, and transporting hazardous materials. The HMR also 
impose reporting requirements on persons engaging in certain hazardous 
materials transportation activities. A significant portion of the 
regulated community is subject to one or more of these requirements. 
Procedures to be followed in seeking an approval from RSPA, registering 
with RSPA, or reporting to RSPA are often found in the HMR provision 
establishing the particular requirement, but in many cases these 
procedures are absent or incomplete.
    This final rule revises procedures for exemptions in subpart B of 
part 107 and establishes procedures for approvals, registrations and 
reports in subpart H of part 107. Establishment of formal procedures 
for approval, registration, and reporting activities provides uniform 
and consistent guidance to all those who may be subject to these 
requirements in the HMR, and fosters consistency in RSPA's handling of 
these matters. Additionally, this final rule minimizes RSPA's need to 
seek additional information from applicants in order to complete the 
processing of these matters.
    The procedures adopted in this final rule for approvals, 
registrations, and reports are limited in their application. Other 
Federal agencies (e.g., the United States Coast Guard (USCG) and the 
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA)) issue approvals or receive 
registrations or reports under the HMR. For example, under 
Sec. 176.415, persons are required to obtain approvals from the USCG 
before loading or unloading certain explosives onto or from vessels. 
The procedures established in this rule apply only with respect to 
those matters under the HMR that are handled by RSPA. Those matters for 
which the HMR assign responsibility to other entities will continue to 
be handled according to the procedures of those entities.
II. Regulatory Reinvention Initiative
    In a March 4, 1995 memorandum, the President directed Federal 
agencies to review all agency regulations and eliminate or revise those 
that are outdated or in need of reform. On April 4, 1995 (60 FR 17049), 
and July 28, 1995 (60 FR 38888), RSPA issued notices requesting 
comments on regulatory reform and announcing several public meetings 
nationwide to identify obsolete and burdensome regulations that can be 
eliminated from the HMR and techniques to improve RSPA's customer 
services. Some of the commenters responding to those notices and 
participating in the public meetings identified the exemption and 
approval procedures as areas in need of clarification and reform. This 
rule is consistent with the goals of the President to clarify and 
revise Federal agency regulations to relieve unnecessary regulatory 
burdens and to clarify regulatory requirements.
III. Summary of Comments and Regulatory Changes
    On September 14, 1995, RSPA published a notice of proposed 
rulemaking (NPRM) under Docket HM-207C (60 FR 47723). In the NPRM, RSPA 
proposed to revise the exemption procedures of subpart B of part 107 
and adopt new procedures in subpart H of part 107 for approvals, 
registration, and reporting information to RSPA.
    RSPA received 16 comments to the NPRM from offerors and carriers of 
hazardous materials, chemical and packaging manufacturers, consulting 
firms, and the United States Department of Energy. Commenters were 
generally supportive of RSPA's effort to revise and clarify the 
procedures for exemptions and establish procedures for approvals, 
registration, and reporting. The comments and RSPA's response to them 
are discussed below.
Part 107
Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec. 107.3  Definitions.

    Commenters requested clarification of the difference between 
approvals and exemptions and, further, requested that RSPA explain the 
difference between an approval and a competent authority approval. An 
approval is a written authorization to take some action delineated in a 
particular regulation (e.g., Sec. 173.21) in the HMR and is 
specifically authorized in that regulation. Approvals generally are 
limited in scope, such as in Sec. 178.604(b)(2) that authorizes an 
applicant to apply for an approval to deviate from the number of 
samples used in conducting a leakproofness test. Because issuance of 
all approvals is specifically recognized in the HMR and almost all 
approval documents can be made available for public review, 
applications are not published in the Federal Register.

    Sections 171.11 and 171.12 authorize compliance with international 
standards (i.e., the International Civil Aviation Organization's 
Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air 
(ICAO Technical Instructions) and the International Maritime Dangerous 
Goods Code (IMDG Code)) as an alternative to compliance with certain 
provisions of the HMR. For certain types of activities, both the ICAO 
Technical Instructions and the IMDG Code have provisions which require 
that the activity be approved by the competent authority of the country 
of origin. The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety 
(Associate Administrator), RSPA, is the competent authority for the 
United States of America (see the definition of ``competent authority'' 
in 49 CFR Sec. 171.8).

    A competent authority approval means an approval by the competent 
authority which is required under the provisions of international 
regulations, such as the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code. 
To the extent that it satisfies the requirement of the international 
regulations, any of the following may serve as a competent authority 
approval: a specific regulation of subchapter A or C, an exemption or 
approval issued under the provisions of subchapter A or C, or a 
separate document issued to one or more persons by the Associate 
Administrator. In other words, if an activity is authorized for 
international transport under the HMR,

[[Page 21086]]

then the HMR serves as the competent authority approval. An exemption 
or approval may serve as a competent authority approval provided the 
exemption or approval does not prohibit any international transport. To 
facilitate international commerce, for a function that relates only to 
a requirement of an international standard, and not to the HMR, the 
Associate Administrator may issue a competent authority approval as a 
separate document that is not related to either an approval or an 
exemption under the HMR.
    An exemption allows an applicant to perform a function which is not 
authorized under the HMR and which, in fact, would be a violation of 
the HMR in the absence of the exemption. An exemption may involve an 
authorization to engage in a function for which there is no provision 
in the regulations. A ``manufacturing exemption'' is an exemption 
issued to a manufacturer of packagings who does not offer for 
transportation or transport hazardous materials in packagings subject 
to the exemption.
    The process of applying for an exemption, as provided by the 
Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 USC 5117), requires 
that the applicant provide documentation demonstrating that the 
proposed process or activity will meet a level of safety at least 
equivalent to that provided by the HMR or, if the regulations do not 
contain a specified level of safety, will be consistent with the public 
interest. Notice of most exemption applications is published in the 
Federal Register for public comment prior to their being granted or 
denied.
    For clarity, RSPA is adopting definitions in Sec. 107.3 for 
``approval,'' ``competent authority approval,'' ``exemption,'' and 
``manufacturing exemption'' to differentiate between approvals and 
exemptions and clarify the types of exemptions and approvals that are 
issued.
    One commenter requested that the proposed term ``accident'' be 
replaced with ``incident'' to avoid confusion. The commenter stated 
that the word ``incident'' is currently used in the HMR and has the 
same connotation as the proposed definition of accident. The commenter 
also stated that other modal agencies within DOT use the term 
``accident'' to mean a collision between moving vehicles (e.g., the 
FHWA expressly defines ``accident'' as a motor vehicle collision). RSPA 
agrees and is adopting the term ``incident'' to refer to an event 
resulting in the unintended or unanticipated release of hazardous 
material or an event which meets incident reporting requirements in 
171.15 or 171.16.
    Another commenter suggested that RSPA define the term 
``registration'' to describe what the term includes, rather than what 
it does not include. The commenter recommended that the wording `` 
`registration' does not include registration under Subpart F or G of 
this part'' be removed. RSPA agrees that providing examples of the 
types of registration covered under this definition is beneficial and 
is adding several examples. RSPA has not granted the commenter's 
request to delete the language referencing specific registration 
requirements that are not included in the definition. RSPA believes 
that this exclusionary language provides as much guidance as a 
description of what types of ``registration'' are included in the 
definition.
    No comments were received concerning other proposed definitions, 
and those definitions are adopted as proposed.
Subpart B--Exemptions
    Sec. 107.101  Purpose and scope. One commenter requested that all 
exemptions be described as ``competent authority approvals'' to provide 
for greater acceptance outside the United States since competent 
authority approvals are accepted internationally. An exemption concerns 
a variance from the HMR and not the international regulations. As 
previously indicated, an exemption may be used as competent authority 
approval to the extent that it is suitable for international transport 
and satisfies the approval requirement of the applicable international 
regulation. However, a number of exemptions, such as those applicable 
to transportation by motor vehicle only, are not applicable under 
international regulations. Therefore, RSPA is not adopting the 
commenter's suggestion.
    Another commenter suggested that RSPA adopt only two procedures: 
one for approvals and exemptions, and the other for registrations and 
reports. The commenter contended that the requirements, procedures, and 
justifications related to exemptions and approvals are sufficiently 
different that users of the regulations are better served by RSPA 
providing separate, self-contained provisions for exemptions and 
approvals. This commenter added that since applicants are not always 
sure whether to submit an application requesting an exemption, approval 
or registration, RSPA should be responsible for determining the 
appropriate action since the data required for each is the same. RSPA 
is not adopting the commenter's suggestion that RSPA determine the 
appropriate action for submitted applications because it is the 
applicant's responsibility to make this determination and the 
requirements are different. By defining the terms ``exemption,'' 
``approval,'' and ``registration,'' as well as clarifying the 
procedures for obtaining each, RSPA is assisting applicants in 
determining the appropriate action.
    One commenter stated that the exemption procedures do not provide 
for carrier exemptions. The commenter requested that more general 
procedures be adopted for carrier exemptions because the application 
information differs from that required for shippers and packaging 
manufacturers. For consistency, RSPA utilizes the same exemption 
application procedure for all applicants (e.g., packaging 
manufacturers, shippers, and carriers). In this final rule, RSPA is 
clarifying the types of information required of an exemption applicant 
(see preamble discussion under Sec. 107.105). Additionally, RSPA is 
including language in the rule under the ``emergency processing'' 
provisions of Sec. 107.117 which should assist carriers by directing an 
applicant to seek an emergency exemption through the modal office for 
the proposed initial mode of transportation.
    One commenter strongly recommended that RSPA incorporate more 
exemptions into the HMR to allow industry more flexibility and reduce 
the number of exemptions. The commenter requested that RSPA explain the 
standards which it utilizes to determine which exemptions are 
incorporated into the HMR. The commenter stated that ``making this 
information [the standards which RSPA utilizes] public would provide a 
clearer picture of the need for a more flexible regulatory scheme and 
give a benchmark on which to assess efforts to incorporate existing 
exemptions.''
    Although RSPA has no formal set of standards for selecting 
exemptions to be converted to regulations of general applicability, 
RSPA periodically reviews existing exemptions to prioritize them as to 
their suitability for conversion to regulations. Whether a specific 
exemption is a candidate for regulatory action depends on any number of 
factors, such as the expressed interest of the exemption holder or 
others, the suitability of the exemption for conversion, rulemaking 
activity in related areas, agency priorities, and whether the process, 
packaging or activity authorized by the exemption has provided a 
clearly demonstrated

[[Page 21087]]

level of safety equivalent to that which is provided by the HMR.
    Another commenter recommended that RSPA automatically incorporate 
exemptions into the HMR after the second renewal of the exemption. RSPA 
agrees that if an exemption of general applicability demonstrates a 
level of safety equivalent to the HMR, the provisions of the exemption 
ultimately may be suitable for incorporation into the HMR. However, 
RSPA is not adopting the commenter's recommendation. As previously 
discussed, a number of factors influence whether an exemption is 
proposed for conversion to a regulation.
    Sec. 107.105  Application for exemption. Commenters supported 
RSPA's proposal to require that applicants submit exemption 
applications in duplicate, rather than triplicate. Commenters stated 
that this amendment would reduce the burden on applicants, and RSPA is 
adopting the requirement as proposed.
    One commenter requested that applicants be required to submit the 
application information in numerical order consistent with the 
application procedures so that RSPA can quickly determine if any 
information is missing. While RSPA encourages applicants to follow the 
format utilized in the rule when submitting application materials, RSPA 
believes that its personnel can expeditiously determine the 
completeness of an application. Further, RSPA does not want to place 
another requirement on applicants; therefore, RSPA recommends but is 
not mandating use of this commenter's suggestion.
    Another commenter suggested that proposed Sec. 107.105 (a)(2) and 
(a)(4) be combined. Proposed paragraph (a)(2) requires that an 
applicant who is not an individual (i.e., the applicant is a 
corporation, partnership, or the like) designate an agent pursuant to 
the laws of the United States. Proposed paragraph (a)(4), however, 
requires a foreign applicant to designate an agent within the United 
States. This paragraph applies to both individuals and legal entities. 
To avoid confusion between an agent for a U.S. applicant that is not an 
individual and an agent for a foreign applicant, RSPA is keeping the 
two requirements as separate paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3), 
respectively, in this final rule.
    One commenter suggested that RSPA require applicants to provide a 
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or emergency response information for 
hazardous materials in an application to confirm that this information 
is consistent with the Emergency Response Guidebook. RSPA agrees that 
an MSDS may contain useful information, such as hazard properties of a 
commodity, for inclusion in an application and this information may be 
needed to justify an application. RSPA believes that an MSDS is not 
necessary in most instances and did not propose to require MSDS' or 
emergency response information with exemption applications. Therefore, 
RSPA is not adopting the commenter's suggestion.
    Several commenters expressed concern regarding what they perceive 
as the increased quantity and detail of information required to be 
included in an exemption application. Some commenters stated that 
supplying this information would place an undue burden on applicants 
and make it more difficult or even impossible to obtain an exemption or 
approval. Without providing any supporting statistics or financial 
data, one commenter stated that trying to meet some of these 
requirements could substantially increase the paperwork burdens for 
both the applicant and RSPA, and the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) 
stated that the new requirements would impose severe economic impacts 
on applicants who use contractors because the contractors would have to 
perform extensive analyses and compilation of information to satisfy 
the new requirements.
    RSPA believes that the administrative burden on applicants remains 
unchanged under proposed Sec. 107.105 and under the provisions adopted 
in this final rule. The information and analyses set forth in this 
final rule for exemption applications are essentially what is required 
under the Federal hazmat law and what RSPA historically has requested, 
often during the processing of the exemption. By clearly specifying 
this information in the regulations, RSPA hopes to minimize delays in 
application processing and requests for extra submissions from 
applicants occasioned by RSPA's having to obtain additional information 
from exemption applicants at a later time. Additionally, the commenters 
who raised these ``increased burden'' arguments have not submitted 
supporting documentation demonstrating that exemption applicants' 
paperwork or economic burdens will be increased by this regulatory 
change. Finally, RSPA notes that an applicant is not required to submit 
information which is inapplicable to the exemption request or which is 
impracticable for the applicant to obtain. Therefore, RSPA does not 
believe that paperwork and economic burdens upon an exemption applicant 
will increase, and is adopting the regulatory change essentially as 
proposed.
    Several commenters requested that RSPA clarify certain information 
required in the proposed application procedures. Specifically, one 
commenter recommended that RSPA consolidate and clarify the information 
required in proposed paragraphs (a)(14) through (a)(18). Another 
commenter requested clarification of what is meant in proposed 
Sec. 107.105(a)(16) by ``any increased risk to safety or property that 
may result if the exemption is granted.'' The commenter stated that 
RSPA needs to specify the extent of analysis an applicant is required 
to provide in the application. Another commenter requested that RSPA 
add language in proposed paragraphs (a)(16) and (a)(18) that applicants 
provide risks that ``are known or could reasonably have been expected 
to be known'' to clarify that a ``full-blown'' risk assessment is not 
intended by RSPA. Another commenter added that it is unclear whether an 
applicant is required to include the information in proposed paragraph 
(a)(18). The commenter requested that RSPA add some examples to clarify 
when the provision is required.
    The Federal hazmat law requires each person seeking an exemption to 
provide a safety analysis that justifies the exemption (49 U.S.C. 
5117(b)). The information required under Sec. 107.105 is intended to 
elicit the information and analyses necessary to demonstrate that the 
requested exemption provides an equivalent level of safety to that 
afforded by the HMR or, if the HMR do not establish a level of safety, 
is consistent with the public interest and will adequately protect 
against risk to life and property.
    The safety analyses required to support exemptions can vary 
greatly. The analyses may range from simple comparative analyses relied 
upon by an applicant seeking an exemption which will permit minor 
variations in packaging, to complex risk analyses for complex packaging 
systems involving new technologies or materials of construction. The 
risks presented by new technologies and materials are often more 
difficult to evaluate, and may require a more extensive safety 
analysis.
    Successful shipping experience may be useful to support a safety 
analysis, but does not necessarily demonstrate that a particular 
package or transport practice provides a level of safety equivalent to 
that authorized. Successful shipping experience may only indicate that 
a package was not subjected to a drop, impact, or fire during 
transportation. A safety analysis

[[Page 21088]]

of a package or transport practice that includes exposure to normal and 
accident environments is a more valid indication of the level of safety 
provided by the package or transport practice, than simply looking to 
whether a history of incidents exists. Therefore, RSPA is requiring the 
applicant to describe all relevant shipping and incident experience of 
which the applicant is aware that relates to the application. The 
applicant also must specify safety control measures (e.g., use of a 
private carrier or additional packaging) necessary to demonstrate that 
the proposed package or transport practice meets a level of safety 
equivalent to that afforded by the HMR and is in the public interest. 
In response to commenters' requests, RSPA is clarifying the information 
specified in proposed paragraphs (a)(16) through (a)(18).
    Several commenters stated that certain requested information may be 
unavailable to the applicant. One commenter stated that some of the 
requested information, such as service life and performance of an 
alternative packaging, constitutes reasons for the exemption--to find 
these answers by authorizing controlled shipments under an exemption. 
Commenters stated that the proposed changes facilitate the ability of 
the Associate Administrator to reject an application not deemed 
complete. One commenter stated that, if an applicant cannot identify a 
potential failure mode and its possibility of an occurrence, the 
application would be deemed incomplete and could be denied.
    The proposed language of Sec. 107.105 was intended to expedite 
processing of exemption applications for the benefit of persons seeking 
exemptions. RSPA acknowledges that not all information about a proposed 
alternative packaging or activity is available at the time an exemption 
is requested. However, an exemption is granted only when an applicant 
has provided sufficient information to demonstrate that the requested 
variation from the regulatory requirement will afford a level of safety 
equivalent to that which is provided by the HMR. This demonstration 
must include information relevant to the expected service, performance 
and limitations of the packaging.
    Commenters also stated that certain information may not be 
applicable to some exemptions. For example, some commenters expressed 
concern that the requirement to provide detailed commodity information 
(proposed Sec. 107.105(a)(12)) may not be necessary or appropriate for 
an exemption that authorizes manufacture of a packaging. The commenters 
stated that lack of this information could result in the rejection of 
the application. Commenters requested that Sec. 107.105 be modified to 
indicate that such detailed information must be included in an 
application only when appropriate based on the nature of the exemption 
being sought. In response to commenters' concerns, RSPA is requiring 
the applicant to provide information in the application only when it is 
appropriate to demonstrate that the proposal meets the statutory and 
regulatory standards. Therefore, this final rule indicates that an 
applicant need only submit information that is relevant to an 
application.
    Other commenters expressed opposition to RSPA's proposal to extend 
the recommended time period for filing an exemption application from 
120 days to 180 days before the requested effective date of the 
exemption. The commenters indicated that this extended deadline 
appeared to be contrary to the stated purpose of the rule--reduction of 
the processing time of exemption applications and renewals. Another 
commenter requested that RSPA also issue or deny an exemption in the 
same time period when a properly prepared application is submitted. 
RSPA's proposal was intended to parallel the Federal hazmat law 
requirement, 49 U.S.C. 5117, that the Secretary of Transportation issue 
or renew an exemption for which an application was filed, or deny such 
issuance or renewal, within 180 days after the first day of the month 
following the date of the filing of such application. RSPA understands 
that many parties requesting exemptions cannot anticipate their needs 
beyond four months. Therefore, RSPA is addressing the needs of its 
customers by retaining the 120-day application filing time. However, 
RSPA notes that 120 days is often not enough time for processing an 
incomplete or very complicated exemption application, and encourages 
parties to file an application for an exemption as early as possible.
    Another commenter objected to the proposal to limit the use of 
manufacturing exemptions to specific plants or locations. The commenter 
stated that many shippers are also manufacturers and use more than one 
vendor to supply a packaging. The commenter requested the flexibility 
to use alternative suppliers of its packaging. RSPA did not propose to 
limit the use of manufacturing exemptions to particular plants, but to 
require applicants to identify the location of each facility where an 
exemption would be used. It was RSPA's intention to limit the 
application and definition of a manufacturing exemption to a 
manufacturer of packagings who does not offer for transportation or 
transport hazardous materials in the exemption packagings it produces 
(i.e., a business entity engaged in the manufacturing and marketing 
packagings for use by other entities). A person who manufacturers, 
marks and sells packagings under an exemption may do so at dozens of 
facilities without restriction; however, RSPA is retaining the 
requirement that applicants for manufacturing exemptions identify the 
location of each facility where manufacturing under an exemption will 
occur. The requirement does not apply to shippers who produce 
packagings for their own use.
    Based on the foregoing, RSPA is revising the exemption application 
procedures essentially as proposed with modifications as described 
above, reformatting of the section and revising of certain provisions 
to make them less burdensome.
    Sec. 107.107  Application for party status. This section is adopted 
essentially as proposed. Paragraph (a)(4) is revised to delete an 
information requirement pertaining to consent to U.S. jurisdiction. 
Paragraph (c) is revised to reference Sec. 107.113 (e) and (f) for the 
manner by which the Associate Administrator grants or denies 
applications.
    Sec. 107.109  Application for renewal. This section is adopted 
essentially as proposed. One commenter requested that one renewal 
application suffice for all parties to an exemption. A single renewal 
application would not provide all incident experience encountered by 
all parties to an exemption. Further, where there are numerous parties 
to an exemption and each attained party status on a different date, 
issuance of a blanket renewal for all parties becomes unworkable from a 
timing perspective. For example, persons who attained party status 
close to the date for the blanket renewal may find themselves 
immediately faced with renewal. RSPA, therefore, is not adopting this 
suggestion.
    One commenter encouraged RSPA to extend the exemption renewal 
process from two years to five years to alleviate some of the 
administrative burdens on RSPA and the regulated industry. The 
commenter stated that RSPA could determine whether an exemption should 
continue based on any incidents that occur during the life of the 
exemption. Another commenter stated that an exemption period of three 
years may be more appropriate for the information required in the 
revised application procedures. Another

[[Page 21089]]

commenter suggested that RSPA seek a legislative change that allows 
exemptions to remain in effect until such time as the Secretary finds 
that continuation is no longer in the public interest or the exemption 
holder withdraws the exemption. The Federal hazardous materials 
transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5117) currently provides that an 
exemption can be issued for no more than a two-year maximum period of 
time; therefore, RSPA lacks statutory authority to extend the two-year 
period. However, on March 27, 1996, a legislative proposal was sent to 
Congress which included a request that the two-year exemption 
limitation be extended to four years.
    Sec. 107.111  Withdrawal. One commenter requested that RSPA clarify 
that all documents deemed confidential by the Associate Administrator 
in accordance with Sec. 107.5 that are related to an active or inactive 
application will remain confidential. RSPA accepts the commenter's 
suggestion and is adding a statement in this section clarifying this 
point and further clarifying that the time period for which 
confidential treatment will be afforded comports with the guidelines of 
the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)). Specifically, 
submissions which fall within the definition of ``trade secrets'' or 
``commercial or financial information obtained from a person and 
privileged or confidential'' will remain confidential indefinitely, 
unless the party requesting the confidential treatment notifies the 
Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer 
desired.
    Sec. 107.113  Application processing. Commenters raised concerns 
about the proposed language in paragraph (a) with respect to the time 
frame in which a determination is made concerning whether an 
application is complete. The commenters requested that RSPA remove the 
proposed wording ``usually is made'' and retain the current wording 
``will be made.'' One commenter stated that the requirement is 
reasonable since it is only a determination of the application's 
completeness and not a decision on its merits. RSPA agrees with the 
commenter and is retaining the current wording in paragraph (a) as 
requested.
    Seven of the 15 commenters were strongly opposed to RSPA's proposal 
to consider the existence of pending or completed enforcement actions 
as a factor in determining whether an exemption applicant demonstrates 
fitness to conduct an activity that would be authorized under the 
exemption. One commenter stated that RSPA's technical experts should be 
able to determine the safety of the subject of a proposed exemption 
request without reference to enforcement actions on unrelated subjects. 
Another commenter stated that, historically, RSPA could deny an 
exemption application on any basis. The commenter stated that the 
proposed language could create an unnecessarily adversarial situation. 
One commenter stated that it objected to consideration of pending or 
completed enforcement actions as ``prima facie evidence of an 
applicant's capability or integrity.'' The commenter stated that, in 
cases where assessed penalties were low, respondents in enforcement 
actions may have adopted a ``no contest'' posture in an enforcement 
action and paid a penalty, rather than expend the time and money 
necessary to litigate an action. If enforcement history is used against 
these respondents, the commenter said that a business decision to not 
contest the action would have more severe consequences than successful 
resistance to an enforcement action by a more litigious respondent. The 
commenter also stated that denial of an exemption or approval because 
of enforcement history would punish the violator twice for a violation. 
The commenter added that Congress, in developing the hazardous 
materials transportation legislation, had considered and rejected 
adoption of a licensing concept because existing enforcement powers are 
sufficiently strong to address violations, without denying authority to 
operate under an exemption or approval. The commenter concluded that 
the ``enforcement history'' provision should be very narrowly tailored: 
only prior violations which indicate flagrant disregard for HMR 
compliance should be considered. Another commenter suggested that only 
enforcement actions of a ``significant nature'' be considered evidence 
of insufficient competence or integrity.
    In general, RSPA believes that consideration of completed 
enforcement actions and certain pending enforcement actions as evidence 
of an applicant's capability and integrity is a legitimate means of 
protecting the public. It is not punishment but recognition of relevant 
information. Enforcement actions may be indicative of an applicant's 
ability or willingness to comply with the applicable regulations. 
Because the Associate Administrator is considering whether to authorize 
compliance with specific alternatives to the HMR, the likelihood of an 
applicant's compliance with those alternatives is relevant to public 
safety.
    One commenter suggested that RSPA revise paragraph (a)(5) to read 
``The application may be denied if the shipping and accident experience 
supplied by the applicant in accordance with Sec. 107.105(a) which 
directly relates to the exemption being sought demonstrates that 
approval of the application poses a potential threat to life or 
property.'' Limiting consideration to only an applicant's shipping and 
accident experience which directly relates to the exemption sought 
fails to protect the public from applicants with poor compliance 
histories who seek exemptions to authorize new hazardous materials 
transportation activities.
    One commenter stated that the rule is unclear as to whether 
violations that qualify for the ticketing program are considered 
``enforcement actions'' under the proposed rule. The commenter 
recommended that RSPA not consider ticketed violations. RSPA will 
consider ticketed violations as part of an applicant's compliance 
history, using the criteria specified in Sec. 107.331 to assess the 
weight to be given to the violation.
    DOE requested clarification of the provision concerning 
consideration of past violations in determining an applicant's 
capability and integrity as it applies to government entities that use 
contractors. DOE also asked RSPA to clarify the terms ``pending'' and 
``complete'' as used in the proposed regulation and the type of 
activity that warrants a determination of ``lack of integrity.''
    For purposes of regulatory compliance, RSPA looks to the entity 
whose act or omission constitutes a violation of the HMR. In response 
to DOE's question regarding the status of an enforcement action as 
either ``pending'' or ``complete,'' an enforcement case historically 
has been initiated by issuance of a Notice of Probable Violation 
(NOPV). However, RSPA recently established a pilot ``ticketing'' 
program permitting initiation of an enforcement case by issuance of a 
ticket. Thus, a case is ``pending'' from the date of issuance of either 
the NOPV or the ticket until a final order has been issued and the time 
for appeal has expired. If the order has been appealed in a timely 
manner, the case is ``pending'' until the RSPA Administrator 
(Administrator) issues an Action on Appeal. When an order has become 
final or when an order was appealed and the Administrator has issued an 
Action on Appeal, the enforcement action is considered to be 
``complete.''
    RSPA is adopting the proposed rule with several modifications. In 
making a determination to grant or deny a request for an exemption, 
RSPA will consider information submitted in the

[[Page 21090]]

application package, compliance history of the applicant, and other 
information available to the Associate Administrator.
    Another commenter objected to the proposed language providing that 
an applicant who failed to respond within 30 days to a request for 
additional information would have his or her application deemed 
incomplete and denied. The commenter stated that, where reasonable and 
appropriate, an extension of time should be granted. RSPA understands 
the commenter's concern. Currently, if an applicant fails to respond to 
a request for additional information for good cause, RSPA grants a 30-
day extension. To clarify this point, RSPA is adding a provision in 
this section and Sec. 107.709 (approval application processing) that 
allows an applicant to submit a written request for a 30-day extension.
    Finally, commenters stated that, while they favored initiating a 
rulemaking in addition to issuing an exemption, they did not agree with 
initiating a rulemaking in lieu of issuing an exemption. The commenters 
stated that the latter penalized an applicant because rulemaking 
usually has taken longer than processing of an exemption request. One 
of the commenters noted that, in its experience, RSPA staff faced with 
this situation would issue an exemption to the applicant, and 
concurrently initiate a rulemaking action, which could lead ultimately 
to issuance of a rule of general applicability.
    RSPA has seldom issued a rulemaking in lieu of processing an 
exemption application, and RSPA does not intend to change that policy. 
However, RSPA believes that if the subject of an exemption application 
is so broad and of such general applicability that it should result in 
a rulemaking action, going forward with issuance of the exemption 
during the pendency of the rulemaking process may have the effect of 
prejudging the rulemaking. A large number of applications for similar 
exemptions or ``party to'' status may also adversely impact RSPA's 
programs. For these reasons, the Associate Administrator may either 
process the exemption application, use the application as a basis for 
rulemaking, or do both. When an applicant meets all other regulatory 
requirements and demonstrates a compelling necessity for an exemption, 
the Associate Administrator may issue an exemption.
    Sec. 107.115  Priority processing. Some commenters supported RSPA's 
proposal to establish a new priority processing category for 
applications that do not qualify for emergency processing but merit 
more expeditious consideration than routine processing. One commenter 
stated that overall processing time should be reduced. However, other 
commenters expressed concern that the processing time of routine and 
priority exemption applications would be the same if each must undergo 
the same review process as proposed. Some commenters opposed a priority 
processing category because it would delay the preparation and 
processing of applications for exemptions as each applicant tried to 
demonstrate significant economic loss and RSPA evaluated each 
application.
    One commenter requested that RSPA provide an indication of the time 
in which RSPA would respond to a priority exemption application. 
Another commenter requested that RSPA provide the Associate 
Administrator the flexibility to issue temporary exemptions to 
applicants who qualify for priority processing while the application is 
being processed to minimize financial burdens on the applicant. 
Commenters stated that cases that have the potential for severe 
economic harm are already handled by emergency processing.
    Another commenter requested that RSPA clarify why current emergency 
processing should be replaced by two separate processing categories 
that appear to be more complex. The commenter noted that, in the NPRM, 
priority processing would be based on economic factors and emergency 
processing would be based on life and property criteria. The commenter 
stated that, in the current emergency processing procedures, RSPA 
considers either endangerment to life or property or serious economic 
loss. The commenter asked whether RSPA, by proposing two separate 
processing categories, is suggesting that it considers a health threat 
to be more important than economic loss, even if the health threat is 
remote and the economic loss is substantial.
    One commenter objected to the proposed rule requiring non-
government entities to meet higher standards than government entities 
to qualify for priority processing. Based on the comments, RSPA has 
determined that adding a priority processing category is not warranted. 
Therefore, the proposal is not adopted in this final rule.
    Sec. 107.117  Emergency processing. Commenters favored the 
continued existence of an emergency processing category. One commenter 
stated that the current procedures require that ``an applicant need 
only show that existing conditions necessitate the transportation of a 
hazardous material, or that the protection of life and property would 
not be possible if such material is not transported.'' The commenter 
objected to the proposed emergency processing procedures in that they 
require applicants to demonstrate that such processing is necessary to 
prevent ``significant injury'' to persons or property. The commenter 
requested that RSPA remove the term ``significant'' because it is 
subjective. The current procedures allow only applicants who can show 
that a life-threatening situation exists to qualify for emergency 
processing. In the proposed rule, RSPA responded to requests of 
applicants that a broader standard be utilized in determining that 
emergency processing is warranted. At the same time, RSPA proposed to 
include the term ``significant'' to set a reasonable limit on the 
expanded criteria, and believes that the term is necessary to ensure 
fairness to applicants awaiting routine processing by not allowing 
applicants to allege ``minor'' injuries or losses as the basis for 
emergency processing.
    One commenter stated that, under the proposed rule, the Associate 
Administrator could deny priority or emergency processing if timely 
application could have been made. The commenter requested that RSPA 
allow an applicant to explain circumstances that may have contributed 
to the applicant not filing an application in a timely manner so that 
the applicant may still be considered for priority or emergency 
processing. RSPA contemplates that an applicant seeking emergency 
processing will provide evidence of circumstances that prevented the 
applicant from filing the application in a timely manner.
    One commenter stated that it is unlikely that applicants who 
request emergency processing will be able to supply the information 
specified in proposed Sec. 107.105(a)(17) for analyses, data, or test 
results. In response to comments to the proposed application procedures 
in Sec. 107.105, RSPA is clarifying the extent to which applicants are 
required to supply analyses, data, or test results. See preamble 
discussion under Sec. 107.105.
    Another commenter stated that the ``emergency processing'' language 
appeared to apply only to ``carrier'' exemptions and questioned its 
applicability to exemptions issued to shippers. The commenter stated 
that the proposed rule directs carriers to send the exemption 
application to the office of the modal administration which has 
oversight responsibility for the carrier's mode of transportation 
(e.g., FHWA, the Federal Railroad Administration, etc.).

[[Page 21091]]

The commenter stated that shippers often utilize more than one mode and 
therefore the proposed requirement that an application be sent to only 
one modal office requires ``fine tuning.'' Any applicant, including a 
shipper, seeking an emergency exemption must submit the application to 
the specified modal contact official for the initial mode of 
transportation to be utilized.
    Some commenters suggested that emergency exemption applications be 
submitted directly to RSPA, consistent with other exemption 
submissions, and not to the specific modal administration. An emergency 
exemption application is most expeditiously handled when submitted to 
the applicable modal administration, where an immediate analysis of the 
proposed transportation can be performed by personnel having expertise 
in the affected mode of transportation. This process will eliminate the 
need for RSPA to forward the exemption application to the affected mode 
for input, thus allowing for more expeditious application review and 
more timely and efficient customer service.
    In this final rule the section is adopted essentially as proposed 
with editorial changes for clarity. Proposed paragraph (f) is deleted 
as unnecessary, and proposed paragraph (g) and (h) are redesignated as 
(f) and (g), respectively.
    Sec. 107.121  Modification, suspension, or termination of exemption 
or grant of party status. One commenter expressed concern that the 
proposed rule would allow termination simply ``for no other reason than 
if the Department wants it terminated regardless of the shipping and 
incident experience * * *.'' The commenter argued that: (1) This 
provision appears contrary to the performance-oriented packaging 
system; (2) this provision gives no regard to contracts for the supply 
of materials between shippers and consignees; (3) the exemption holder 
is placed at the mercy of RSPA personnel; (4) it is doubtful that the 
proposed rule comported with the intent of Congress; (5) the proposed 
rule does not comport with the preamble, which indicates that the 
purpose of the NPRM is to expedite processing of applications and 
promote program consistency; and (6) based on the foregoing, the 
proposed rule is ``significant.''
    This rule clarifies standards for exemption modification, 
suspension, and termination and gives the Associate Administrator more 
flexibility to determine which of the three remedies is appropriate in 
a given situation. Presently, the Associate Administrator may modify or 
suspend an exemption if its provisions are violated or if new 
information suggests that the activity under the exemption creates a 
risk to life or property. The Associate Administrator may terminate an 
exemption if it is no longer consistent with the public interest, is no 
longer necessary due to a change in the regulations, or was granted on 
the basis of false or misleading information. The ``public interest'' 
criterion encompasses all grounds on which the Associate Administrator 
may terminate an exemption, but it is vague. Furthermore, the sharp 
distinction that the existing regulation draws between those conditions 
that justify modifying or suspending an exemption and those that 
justify terminating it handicap the Associate Administrator in taking 
the action that is most appropriate in a particular circumstance. For 
example, the current regulation may require the termination of an 
exemption when modification would suffice.
    The Associate Administrator's decision to modify, suspend, or 
terminate an exemption must be based on the criteria specified in the 
proposed regulatory text (see 49 CFR 107.121 (a) and (b)).
    In this final rule Sec. 107.121 is adopted essentially as proposed. 
Paragraph (d) is added to specify conditions by which the Associate 
Administrator may declare a proposed action immediately effective.
    Sec. 107.123  Reconsideration. One commenter suggested that RSPA 
clarify that applications denied pursuant to Sec. 107.113(d) are 
eligible for reconsideration in accordance with this section. RSPA 
agrees that they are eligible for reconsideration, but sees no reason 
for a rule change. In the NPRM, RSPA specifically stated that 
applicants may request reconsideration of decisions made under 
Secs. 107.113(g), 107.117(e), and 107.121(c). This section is adopted 
as proposed.
Subpart C--Preemption
    One commenter suggested that ``Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety'' be revised to read ``Associate 
Administrator'' for consistency with other sections in part 107. RSPA 
agrees and, in the interest of achieving consistency, is modifying the 
language of subpart C as suggested in all general references to the 
Associate Administrator. Also, RSPA is making other minor modifications 
to the regulatory language of subpart C for clarity and consistency.
    Sec. 107.205  Notice. One commenter recommended changing ``may 
publish notice of an application'' in paragraph (b), to ``will publish 
notice of, including an opportunity to comment on, an application.'' 
RSPA agrees and is revising the paragraph to require publication of the 
notice in the Federal Register.
    In paragraph (c) and in Secs. 107.211(c), 107.217(c), and 
107.223(c), RSPA is adding a sentence, ``Late-filed comments are 
considered so far as practicable.'' This sentence reflects the manner 
in which RSPA has handled late-filed comments in preemption matters and 
is consistent with Sec. 106.23 concerning the handling of late-filed 
comments in rulemaking actions. Because this change is merely a 
modification to a rule of agency procedure, public notice and an 
opportunity to comment on the change are not mandated by the 
Administrative Procedure Act.
    Sec. 107.209  Determination. Commenters also favored revision of 
paragraph (c) to change ``may publish'' to ``will publish''. RSPA 
agrees and is making this change.
    One commenter disagreed with the proposed deletion of paragraph (b) 
to eliminate the Associate Administrator's authority to issue a 
preemption determination on his or her own initiative. The commenter 
did not agree that the authority was eliminated by the Hazardous 
Materials Transportation Uniform Safety Act of 1990 (HMTUSA). The 
commenter recommended adding language allowing the Associate 
Administrator to issue a preemption determination where he or she is 
directly affected by a requirement of a State or political subdivision 
or Indian tribe. RSPA disagrees. The pre-HMTUSA regulations authorized 
RSPA to issue inconsistency rulings, which were merely advisory in 
nature, on its own initiative. However, in enacting HMTUSA, Congress 
replaced these advisory inconsistency rulings with authorization to 
issue binding preemption determinations and, further, provided for 
issuance of preemption determinations only in response to applications 
by ``directly affected'' persons. See 49 U.S.C. 5125(d). In light of 
these statutory changes, RSPA believes that it is inappropriate for the 
Associate Administrator to initiate a preemption determination 
proceeding on his or her own initiative. Therefore, paragraph (b) is 
eliminated as proposed.
    Sec. 107.211  Petition for reconsideration. RSPA proposed to amend 
this section by revising paragraph (a) to read ``The petition must be 
filed within 20 days of publication of the determination in the Federal 
Register.'' A commenter expressed concern about this language in light 
of RSPA's proposal to make publication

[[Page 21092]]

optional. As previously stated, RSPA will publish all preemption 
determinations and, therefore, this language will not be problematic. 
The proposal is adopted in this final rule.
    Sec. 107.213  Judicial review. In the NPRM, RSPA proposed to add a 
new section to allow a party to a proceeding under Sec. 107.203(a) to 
seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States of a 
decision of the Administrator by filing a petition with the court 
within 60 days after the Administrator's decision becomes final. One 
commenter recommended that references to the ``Administrator'' be 
changed to the ``Associate Administrator.'' RSPA agrees with this 
suggestion and amends this section accordingly. The commenter also 
requested that RSPA specify when its decision on a petition for 
reconsideration of a preemption determination becomes final. The 
Associate Administrator's decision becomes final when it is published 
in the Federal Register. RSPA is amending this section to clarify this 
issue. In addition, RSPA is revising the wording ``decision'' to read 
``determination'' to minimize confusion.
    Sec. 107.217  Notice. One commenter suggested that the word 
``ruling'' in paragraph (d) be changed to ``outcome of a determination 
on the application.'' RSPA agrees with this suggestion, and is making 
the change accordingly.
    Sec. 107.221  Determination. A commenter asked that, in paragraph 
(d), the word ``may'' be changed to ``will'' concerning publication of 
determinations in the Federal Register. RSPA agrees and is making this 
change.
    Sec. 107.223  Petition for reconsideration. One commenter suggested 
that the term ``order'' be changed to ``determination.'' For clarity 
and consistency, RSPA is making this change.
    Sec. 107.227  Judicial review. RSPA is amending this section for 
consistency with Sec. 107.213. See preamble discussion under 
Sec. 107.213.
Subpart D--Enforcement
    Sec. 107.305  Investigations. A commenter opposed the proposal to 
authorize RSPA inspectors to issue subpoenas for the production of 
documents or other tangible evidence because of the potential for 
abuse. RSPA is adopting the provision as proposed. RSPA inspectors are 
broadly empowered, through delegations of investigatory authority under 
the Federal hazmat law, 49 U.S.C. 5121, to collect evidence reasonably 
related to hazardous materials compliance inspections. Their use of a 
subpoena without involvement of RSPA's Office of the Chief Counsel will 
improve program efficiency by expediting the information-gathering 
process. The potential for inspectors to abuse this authority is 
minimal because the Director of the Office of Hazardous Materials 
Enforcement must approve the issuance of the subpoena and the recipient 
of the subpoena may seek review of the subpoena by RSPA's Office of the 
Chief Counsel under Sec. 107.13(h).
    For clarity, RSPA added the words `also known as ``hazmat 
inspectors'' or ``inspectors''' after the words ``Hazardous Materials 
Enforcement Specialists.'' This addition was not proposed in the NPRM, 
but is added on RSPA's initiative to provide consistency between 
Sec. 107.305(b) and subparagraphs (1), (2), and (3) which refer to 
``inspectors.''
    Sec. 107.315  Admission of violations. Paragraphs (c) and (d) are 
revised to delete the recommendation that payment of a civil penalty be 
documented by forwarding a photocopy of the respondent's electronic 
fund transfer receipt or check to the Office of the Chief Counsel. This 
administrative change, not in the NPRM, eliminates a potential 
paperwork burden on the regulated industry. Because this change is 
merely a modification to a rule of agency procedure, public notice and 
opportunity to comment on the change are not required by the 
Administrative Procedure Act.
    Sec. 107.331  Assessment considerations. This section is adopted 
essentially as proposed, with a minor editorial revision.
Subpart H--Approvals, Registrations and Submissions.
    Sec. 107.107  Purpose and scope. This section is adopted as 
proposed.
    Sec. 107.705  Registration and reporting. One commenter recommended 
that RSPA develop a standard form in place of general procedures for 
registrations and reports. RSPA does not believe that a standard form 
is practical, considering the variation in information required for the 
numerous approvals, registrations, and reports that would have to be 
accommodated by a standard generic form.
    Except as discussed in the following paragraph, this section is 
adopted as proposed.
    Sec. 107.707  Applications. The proposed provisions for renewal of 
approvals state that RSPA will issue a written extension to operate 
under an expired approval until RSPA makes a final determination on the 
application. One commenter requested that the renewal procedures for 
approvals be consistent with renewal procedures for exemptions in that 
if an application is submitted at least 60 days prior to the expiration 
date, the expiration is automatically extended until RSPA makes a final 
determination on the application. RSPA agrees with the commenter, and 
is adopting the suggestion. Further, since the requirements for 
registration and reporting specified in the proposed Sec. 107.705 and 
the requirements for an approval application specified in Sec. 107.707 
are essentially the same, RSPA is eliminating the separate language of 
Sec. 107.707, and combining the ``registration and reporting'' 
requirements of Sec. 107.707 with the ``approval application'' 
requirements Sec. 107.705, in a section entitled ``Registrations, 
reports, and applications for approval.''
    Sec. 107.709  Application processing. Commenters again expressed 
opposition to RSPA's proposal to permit the Associate Administrator to 
consider pending or completed enforcement actions in determining 
whether an approval application is processed or denied. This issue is 
discussed under Sec. 107.113 and RSPA is modifying this section 
similarly.
    Sec. 107.711  Withdrawal. With respect to documents submitted in 
conjunction with an exemption application which is later withdrawn, one 
commenter requested that RSPA clarify that all documents deemed 
confidential by the Associate Administrator in accordance with 
Sec. 107.5 that are related to an active or inactive application will 
remain confidential. RSPA has agreed to do so, and is extending this 
confidential treatment to documents submitted in conjunction with an 
approval application. See preamble comments to 49 CFR Sec. 107.111.
    Sec. 107.713  Approval modification, suspension, or termination. 
One commenter raised the same concerns about the proposed procedures 
for modification, suspension, or termination of approvals as he raised 
regarding modification, suspension, or termination of exemptions. RSPA 
discussed these issues under Sec. 107.121. Paragraph (d) is added to 
specify conditions by which the Associate Administrator may declare a 
proposed action immediately effective. Otherwise, the section is 
adopted as proposed.
    Sec. 107.715  Reconsideration. Paragraph (b) is adopted as 
proposed.
    Sec. 107.717  Appeal. Proposed paragraph (c) is not adopted for the 
same reasons as discussed under Sec. 107.715 above. Otherwise, the 
section is adopted as proposed.

[[Page 21093]]

Part 171

    Sec. 171.1   Purpose and scope. One commenter recommended that the 
wording ``in commerce'' be added following ``hazardous materials'' 
throughout this section for clarity and consistency with the Federal 
hazardous material transportation law. RSPA agrees and is modifying 
paragraph (a) accordingly.
    Additionally, a new paragraph (d) is added, as proposed, to clarify 
that the requirements of subchapter C are applicable to the use of 
terms and symbols prescribed in this subchapter for marking, labeling, 
placarding, and describing hazardous materials and packagings used in 
their transport.
    Sec. 171.2  General requirements. The modifications of paragraphs 
(a) through (d), and the addition of paragraph (h) are adopted 
essentially as proposed in the NPRM, with minor modifications to the 
regulatory language for accuracy and clarity. Identifications listed in 
paragraph (d) have been expanded to include most, if not all, of the 
identifications covered by the regulations.
    Sec. 171.3  Hazardous waste. A commenter objected to RSPA's 
proposal to eliminate paragraph (c) of this section; the commenter 
opined that the paragraph implements a requirement of the Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6923(b), that all RCRA 
rules issued by the Environmental Protection Agency be consistent with 
the Federal hazmat law and the HMR. The commenter also stated that 
retention of this provision is necessary to inform states implementing 
RCRA of the necessity for consistency with the Federal hazmat law and 
the HMR. For preemption purposes, RSPA looks at hazardous waste issues 
together with issues covering all other hazardous materials. RCRA's 
directive that EPA's hazardous waste requirements be consistent with 
the Federal hazmat law does not mandate that RSPA establish a separate 
preemption provision for hazardous waste. Therefore, RSPA is deleting 
paragraph (c), including the note contained therein, as proposed.
    Sec. 171.8  Definitions. RSPA is adopting a definition for 
``approval'' and revising the definition for ``person'', as proposed. 
In addition, RSPA is adding a definition for ``exemption'' for clarity. 
Because this latter change is merely informative, public notice and 
opportunity to comment on the change are not required by the 
Administrative Procedure Act.

Part 172

    Sec. 172.302  General marking requirements for bulk packagings. A 
commenter requested that RSPA authorize markings for small portable 
tanks and intermediate bulk containers (IBC's) to be only one inch 
high. The commenter suggested that, instead of incorporating the 
minimum height of exemption number markings into Sec. 172.302(c), RSPA 
should cross-reference Sec. 172.302(b), which requires exemption 
markings to be the same size as other required markings on bulk 
packagings and makes the marking size dependent upon the size and 
capacity of the packaging. The commenter also requested that width 
requirements for exemption markings be specified. RSPA is considering 
changes to the marking height and width requirements under a separate 
rulemaking action. Therefore, the proposed change in the NPRM and this 
commenter's suggested change regarding size of exemption markings are 
not adopted as part of this final rule.

Part 173

    Sec. 173.22a  Use of packagings authorized under exemptions. 
Proposed paragraph (c) is revised to refer to ``offeror'' rather than 
``shipper.'' Also, a sentence is added to clarify that a carrier shall 
maintain a copy of an exemption in the same manner as for a shipping 
paper.

Part 178

    Sec. 178.3  Marking of packagings. Paragraph (d) is adopted as 
proposed.

IV. Rulemaking Analyses and Notices

A. Executive Order 12866 and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures

    This final rule is not considered a significant regulatory action 
under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 and, therefore, was not 
subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget. The rule is 
not significant according to the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of 
the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11034).
    This final rule will not result in any additional costs to persons 
subject to the HMR. Therefore, preparation of a regulatory impact 
analysis or regulatory evaluation is not warranted.

B. Executive Order 12612

    This final rule has been analyzed in accordance with the principles 
and criteria contained in Executive Order 12612 (``Federalism''). The 
Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5101-5127) 
contains an express preemption provision that preempts State, local, 
and Indian tribe requirements on certain covered subjects. Covered 
subjects are:
    (i) the designation, description, and classification of hazardous 
material;
    (ii) the packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and 
placarding of hazardous material;
    (iii) the preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents 
pertaining to hazardous material and requirements respecting the 
number, content, and placement of such documents;
    (iv) the written notification, recording, and reporting of the 
unintentional release in transportation of hazardous material; or
    (v) the design, manufacturing, fabrication, marking, maintenance, 
reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a package or container which 
is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the 
transportation of hazardous material.
    Title 49 U.S.C. 5125(b)(2) provides that if DOT issues a regulation 
concerning any of the covered subjects after November 16, 1990, DOT 
must determine and publish in the Federal Register the effective date 
of Federal preemption. That effective date may not be earlier than the 
90th day following the date of issuance of the final rule and not later 
than two years after the date of issuance. The effective date of 
Federal preemption for this final rule is October 1, 1996. Because RSPA 
lacks discretion in this area, preparation of a Federalism assessment 
is not warranted.

C. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    I certify that this final rule will not have a significant economic 
impact on a substantial number of small entities. This final rule 
amends existing requirements and adds new procedural provisions to 
clarify existing practice. The amendments contained in this rule do not 
impose any new requirements on persons subject to the HMR; thus, there 
are no direct or indirect adverse economic impacts for small units of 
government, businesses, or other organizations.

D. Paperwork Reduction Act

    Information collection requirements applicable to applications for 
exemptions contained in this final rule are unchanged in substance and 
amount of burden from those currently approved by the Office of 
Management and Budget (OMB) under OMB control number 2137-0051. RSPA is 
requesting revision of the OMB approval to update section references in 
accordance with changes made in this final rule. Information collection 
requirements applicable to approvals are unchanged in substance and 
amount of burden from those previously approved under OMB control 
number 2137-0557. RSPA is requesting reinstatement and revision of this 
approval from OMB and will

[[Page 21094]]

display, through publication in the Federal Register, the control 
number when it is approved by OMB. Public comment on this request has 
been invited through publication of a Federal Register notice on March 
5, 1996 (61 FR 8706). Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no 
person is required to respond to a requirement for collection of 
information unless the requirement displays a valid OMB control number.

E. Regulation Identification Number (RIN)

    A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory 
action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The 
Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in 
April and October of each year. The RIN number contained in the heading 
of this document can be used to cross-reference this action with the 
Unified Agenda.

List of Subjects

49 CFR Part 107

    Administrative practice and procedure, Hazardous materials 
transportation, Packaging and containers, Penalties, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

49 CFR Part 171

    Exports, Hazardous materials transportation, Hazardous waste, 
Imports, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

49 CFR Part 173

    Hazardous materials transportation, Packaging and containers, 
Radioactive materials, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, 
Uranium.

49 CFR Part 178

    Hazardous materials transportation, Motor vehicle safety, Packaging 
and containers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    In consideration of the foregoing, 49 CFR chapter I is amended as 
follows:

PART 107--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES

    1-2. The authority citation for part 107 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127, 44701; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.53.

    3. In Sec. 107.3, definitions are added in alphabetical order to 
read as follows:

Sec. 107.3  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Acting knowingly means acting or failing to act while
    (1) Having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the 
violation, or
    (2) Having the knowledge that a reasonable person acting in the 
same circumstances and exercising due care would have had.
    Administrator means the Administrator, Research and Special 
Programs Administration.
    Applicant means the person in whose name an exemption, approval, 
registration, a renewed or modified exemption or approval, or party 
status to an exemption is requested to be issued.
    Application means a request under subpart B of this part for an 
exemption, a renewal or modification of an exemption, party status to 
an exemption, or a request under subpart H of this part for an 
approval, or renewal or modification of an approval.
    Approval means a written authorization, including a competent 
authority approval, from the Associate Administrator to perform a 
function for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator 
is required under subchapter C of this chapter.
* * * * *
    Associate Administrator means the Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs 
Administration.
* * * * *
    Competent Authority Approval means an approval by the competent 
authority which is required under the provisions of an international 
standard, such as the International Civil Aviation Organization's 
Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air 
or the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. To the extent that 
it satisfies the requirement of the international standard, any of the 
following may serve as a competent authority approval: a specific 
regulation of this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, an 
exemption or approval issued under the provisions of this subchapter or 
subchapter C of this chapter, or a separate document issued to one or 
more persons by the Associate Administrator.
    Exemption means a document issued under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 
5117 by the Associate Administrator that authorizes a person to perform 
a function that is not otherwise authorized under this subchapter, 
subchapter C, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127 
(e.g., Federal Highway Administration routing).
* * * * *
    Filed means received at the Research and Special Programs 
Administration office designated in the applicable provision or, if no 
office is specified, at the Office of Hazardous Materials Exemptions 
and Approvals (DHM-30), Research and Special Programs Administration, 
U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street SW., Washington DC, 
20590-0001.
    Holder means the person in whose name an exemption or approval has 
been issued.
* * * * *
    Incident means an event resulting in the unintended and 
unanticipated release of a hazardous material or an event meeting 
incident reporting requirements in Sec. 171.15 or Sec. 171.16 of this 
chapter.
* * * * *
    Investigation includes investigations authorized under 49 U.S.C. 
5121 and inspections authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5118 and 5121.
    Manufacturing exemption means an exemption from compliance with 
specified requirements that otherwise must be met before representing, 
marking, certifying (including requalifying, inspecting, and testing), 
selling or offering a packaging or container as meeting the 
requirements of subchapter C of this chapter governing its use in the 
transportation in commerce of a hazardous material. A manufacturing 
exemption is an exemption issued to a manufacturer of packagings who 
does not offer for transportation or transport hazardous materials in 
packagings subject to the exemption.
    Party means a person, other than a holder, authorized to act under 
the terms of an exemption.
* * * * *
    Registration means a written acknowledgment from the Associate 
Administrator that a registrant is authorized to perform a function for 
which registration is required under subchapter C of this chapter 
(e.g., registration with RSPA as a cylinder retester pursuant to 49 CFR 
173.34(e)(1), or registration in accordance with 49 CFR 178.503 
regarding marking of packagings). For purposes of subparts A through E, 
``registration'' does not include registration under subpart F or G of 
th
FR Doc. 96-11400 Exemption, Approval, Registration and Reporting Procedures; Miscellaneous Provisions
is part.
    Report means information, other than an application, registration 
or part thereof, required to be submitted to the Associate 
Administrator pursuant to this subchapter, subchapter B or subchapter C 
of this chapter.
* * * * *

[[Page 21095]]

    4. In Sec. 107.5, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.5  Request for confidential treatment.

    (a) If any person filing a document with the Associate 
Administrator claims that some or all the information contained in the 
document is exempt from the mandatory public disclosure requirements of 
the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), is information referred 
to in 18 U.S.C. 1905, or is otherwise exempt by law from public 
disclosure, and if that person requests the Associate Administrator not 
to disclose the information, that person shall file, together with the 
document, a second copy of the document with the confidential 
information deleted. The person shall indicate each page of the 
original document that is confidential or contains confidential 
information by marking or stamping ``confidential'' on each page for 
which a claim of confidentiality is made, and may file a statement 
specifying the justification for the claim of confidentiality. If the 
person states that the information comes within the exception in 5 
U.S.C. 552(b)(4) for trade secrets and commercial or financial 
information, that person shall include a statement as to why the 
information is privileged or confidential. If the person filing a 
document does not mark or stamp a document as confidential or submit a 
second copy of the document with the confidential information deleted, 
the Associate Administrator may assume that there is no objection to 
public disclosure of the document in its entirety.
* * * * *

Sec. 107.5  [Amended]

    5. In addition, in Sec. 107.5, in paragraph (b), the phrase 
``Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety'' is revised 
to read ``Associate Administrator'' both places it appears.
    6. Subpart B of part 107 is revised to read as follows:

Subpart B--Exemptions

Subpart B--Exemptions

107.101  Purpose and scope.
107.105  Application for exemption.
107.107  Application for party status.
107.109  Application for renewal.
107.111  Withdrawal.
107.113  Application processing and evaluation.
107.117  Emergency processing.
107.121  Modification, suspension or termination of exemption or 
grant of party status.
107.123  Reconsideration.
107.125  Appeal.
107.127  Availability of documents for public inspection.
 * * * * *

Sec. 107.101   Purpose and scope.

    This subpart prescribes procedures for the issuance, modification 
and termination of exemptions from requirements of this subchapter, 
subchapter C of this chapter, or regulations issued under chapter 51 of 
49 U.S.C.

Sec. 107.105   Application for exemption.

    (a) General. Each application for an exemption or modification of 
an exemption must--
    (1) Be submitted in duplicate and, for timely consideration, at 
least 120 days before the requested effective date to: Associate 
Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special 
Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th 
Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Exemptions, DHM-31;
    (2) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone 
number of the applicant; if the applicant is not an individual, state 
the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of an 
individual designated as an agent of the applicant for all purposes 
related to the application;
    (3) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, a 
designation of agent for service in accordance with Sec. 107.7 of this 
part; and
    (4) For a manufacturing exemption, a statement of the name and 
street address of each facility where manufacturing under the exemption 
will occur.
    (b) Confidential treatment. To request confidential treatment for 
information contained in the application, the applicant shall comply 
with Sec. 107.5(a).
    (c) Description of exemption proposal. The application must include 
the following information that is relevant to the exemption proposal:
    (1) A citation of the specific regulation from which the applicant 
seeks relief;
    (2) Specification of the proposed mode or modes of transportation;
    (3) A detailed description of the proposed exemption (e.g., 
alternative packaging, test, procedure or activity) including, as 
appropriate, written descriptions, drawings, flow charts, plans and 
other supporting documents;
    (4) A specification of the proposed duration or schedule of events 
for which the exemption is sought;
    (5) A statement outlining the applicant's basis for seeking relief 
from compliance with the specified regulations and, if the exemption is 
requested for a fixed period, a description of how compliance will be 
achieved at the end of that period;

    (6) If the applicant seeks emergency processing specified in 
Sec. 107.117, a statement of supporting facts and reasons;

    (7) Identification and description of the hazardous materials 
planned for transportation under the exemption;

    (8) Description of each packaging, including specification or 
exemption number, as applicable, to be used in conjunction with the 
requested exemption;

    (9) For alternative packagings, documentation of quality assurance 
controls, package design, manufacture, performance test criteria, in-
service performance and service-life limitations;

    (d) Justification of exemption proposal. The application must 
demonstrate that an exemption achieves a level of safety at least equal 
to that required by regulation, or if a required safety level does not 
exist, is consistent with the public interest. At a minimum, the 
application must provide the following:

    (1) Information describing all relevant shipping and incident 
experience of which the applicant is aware that relates to the 
application;

    (2) A statement identifying any increased risk to safety or 
property that may result if the exemption is granted, and a description 
of the measures to be taken to address that risk; and

    (3) Either--

    (i) Substantiation, with applicable analyses, data or test results, 
that the proposed alternative will achieve a level of safety that is at 
least equal to that required by the regulation from which the exemption 
is sought; or

    (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, an 
analysis that identifies each hazard, potential failure mode and the 
probability of its occurrence, and how the risks associated with each 
hazard and failure mode are controlled for the duration of an activity 
or life-cycle of a packaging.

Sec. 107.107   Application for party status.

    (a) Any person eligible to apply for an exemption may apply to be 
made party to an application or an existing exemption, other than a 
manufacturing exemption.

    (b) Each application filed under this section must--

    (1) Be submitted in duplicate to: Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs 
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, 
Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Exemptions, DHM-31;

[[Page 21096]]

    (2) Identify by number the exemption application or exemption to 
which the applicant seeks to become a party;
    (3) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone 
number of the applicant; if the applicant is not an individual, state 
the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of an 
individual designated as the applicant's agent for all purposes related 
to the application; and
    (4) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, 
provide a designation of agent for service in accordance with 
Sec. 107.7.
    (c) The Associate Administrator grants or denies an application for 
party status in the manner specified in Sec. 107.113(e) and (f) of this 
subpart.
    (d) A party to an exemption is subject to all terms of that 
exemption, including the expiration date. If a party to an exemption 
wishes to renew party status, the exemption renewal procedures set 
forth in Sec. 107.109 apply.

Sec. 107.109   Application for renewal.

    (a) Each application for renewal of an exemption or party status to 
an exemption must--
    (1) Be submitted in duplicate to: Associate Administrator for 
Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs 
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, 
Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Exemptions, DHM-31;
    (2) Identify by number the exemption for which renewal is 
requested;
    (3) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone 
number of the applicant; if the applicant is not an individual, state 
the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of an 
individual designated as an agent of the applicant for all purposes 
related to the application;
    (4) Include either a certification by the applicant that the 
original application, as it may have been updated by any application 
for renewal, remains accurate and complete; or include an amendment to 
the previously submitted application as is necessary to update and 
assure the accuracy and completeness of the application, with 
certification by the applicant that the application as amended is 
accurate and complete; and
    (5) Include a statement describing all relevant shipping and 
incident experience of which the applicant is aware in connection with 
the exemption since its issuance or most recent renewal. If the 
applicant is aware of no incidents, the applicant shall so certify. 
When known to the applicant, the statement should indicate the 
approximate number of shipments made or packages shipped, as the case 
may be, and number of shipments or packages involved in any loss of 
contents, including loss by venting other than as authorized in 
subchapter C.
    (b) If at least 60 days before an existing exemption expires the 
holder files an application for renewal that is complete and conforms 
to the requirements of this section, the exemption will not expire 
until final administrative action on the application for renewal has 
been taken.

Sec. 107.111  Withdrawal.

    An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to 
grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not 
authorize the removal of any related records from the RSPA dockets or 
files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under 
Sec. 107.5 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. 
The duration of this confidential treatment for trade secrets and 
commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party 
requesting the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the 
Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer 
required.

Sec. 107.113  Application processing and evaluation.

    (a) The Associate Administrator reviews an application for 
exemption, modification of exemption, party to exemption, or renewal of 
an exemption to determine if it is complete and conforms with the 
requirements of this subpart. This determination will be made within 30 
days of receipt of the application for exemption, modification of 
exemption, or party to exemption, and within 15 days of receipt of an 
application for renewal of an exemption. If an application is 
determined to be incomplete, the applicant is informed of the reasons.
    (b) An application, other than a renewal, party to, or emergency 
exemption application, that is determined to be complete is docketed. 
Notice of the application is published in the Federal Register, and an 
opportunity for public comment is provided. All comments received 
during the comment period are considered before final action is taken 
on the application.
    (c) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under 
this subpart before the disposition of an application. Unless emergency 
processing under Sec. 107.117 is requested and granted, applications 
are usually processed in the order in which they are filed.
    (d) During the processing and evaluation of an application, the 
Associate Administrator may request additional information from the 
applicant. If the applicant does not respond to a written request for 
additional information within 30 days of the date the request was 
received, the application may be deemed incomplete and denied. However, 
if the applicant responds in writing within the 30-day period 
requesting an additional 30 days within which it will gather the 
requested information, the Associate Administrator may grant the 30-day 
extension.
    (e) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, 
in whole or in part. In the Associate Administrator's discretion, an 
application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate 
to protect health, safety or property. The Associate Administrator may 
impose additional provisions not specified in the application or remove 
conditions in the application that are unnecessary.
    (f) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on finding 
that--
    (1) The application complies with this subpart;
    (2) The application demonstrates that the proposed alternative will 
achieve a level of safety that:
    (i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation from which 
the exemption is sought, or
    (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is 
consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against 
the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of 
hazardous materials in commerce;
    (3) The application states all material facts, and contains no 
materially false or materially misleading statement;
    (4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable 
regulations; and
    (5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the 
exemption. This assessment may be based on information in the 
application, prior compliance history of the applicant, and other 
information available to the Associate Administrator.
    (g) An applicant is notified in writing whether the application is 
granted or denied. A denial contains a brief statement of reasons.
    (h) An exemption and any renewal thereof terminates according to 
its terms or, if not otherwise specified, two years after the date of 
issuance. A grant of party status to an exemption, unless otherwise 
stated, terminates on the date that the exemption expires.
    (i) The Associate Administrator, on determining that an application

[[Page 21097]]

concerns a matter of general applicability and future effect and should 
be the subject of rulemaking, may initiate rulemaking under part 106 of 
this chapter in addition to or instead of acting on the application.
    (j) The Associate Administrator publishes in the Federal Register a 
list of all exemption grants, denials, and modifications and all 
exemption applications withdrawn under this section.

Sec. 107.117  Emergency processing.

    (a) An application is granted emergency processing if the Associate 
Administrator, on the basis of the application and any inquiry 
undertaken, finds that--
    (1) Emergency processing is necessary to prevent significant injury 
to persons or property (other than the hazardous material to be 
transported) that could not be prevented if the application were 
processed on a routine basis; or
    (2) Emergency processing is necessary for immediate national 
security purposes or to prevent significant economic loss that could 
not be prevented if the application were processed on a routine basis.
    (b) Where the significant economic loss is to the applicant, or to 
a party in a contractual relationship to the applicant with respect to 
the activity to be undertaken, the Associate Administrator may deny 
emergency processing if timely application could have been made.
    (c) A request for emergency processing on the basis of potential 
economic loss must reasonably describe and estimate the potential loss.
    (d) An application submitted under this section must conform to 
Sec. 107.105 to the extent that the receiving U.S. Department of 
Transportation official deems necessary to process the application. An 
application on an emergency basis must be submitted to the U.S. 
Department of Transportation modal contact official for the initial 
mode of transportation to be utilized, as follows:
    (1) Certificate-Holding Aircraft: The Federal Aviation 
Administration Civil Aviation Security Office that serves the place 
where the flight will originate or that is responsible for the aircraft 
operator's overall aviation security program. The nearest Civil 
Aviation Security Office may be located by calling the FAA Duty 
Officer, 202-267-3333 (any hour).
    (2) Noncertificate-Holding Aircraft (Those Which Operate Under 14 
CFR Part 91): The Federal Aviation Administration Civil Aviation 
Security Office that serves the place where the flight will originate. 
The nearest Civil Aviation Security Office may be located by calling 
the FAA Duty Officer, 202-267-3333 (any hour).
    (3) Motor Vehicle Transportation: Director, Office of Motor Carrier 
Research and Standards, Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department 
of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, 202-366-4001 (day); 202-
267-2100 (night).
    (4) Rail Transportation: Staff Director, Hazardous Materials 
Division, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, Federal Railroad 
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 
20590-0001, 202-366-0509 or 366-0523 (day); 202-267-2100 (night).
    (5) Water Transportation: Chief, Hazardous Materials Standards 
Branch, Operating and Environmental Standards Division, United States 
Coast Guard, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20593-
0001, 202-267-1577 (day); 202-267-2100 (night).
    (e) On receipt of all information necessary to process the 
application, the receiving Department of Transportation official 
transmits to the Associate Administrator, by the most rapid available 
means of communication, an evaluation as to whether an emergency exists 
under Sec. 107.117(a) and, if appropriate, recommendations as to the 
conditions to be included in the exemption. If the Associate 
Administrator determines that an emergency exists under Sec. 107.117(a) 
and that, with reference to the criteria of Sec. 107.113(f), granting 
of the application is in the public interest, the Associate 
Administrator grants the application subject to such terms as necessary 
and immediately notifies the applicant. If the Associate Administrator 
determines that an emergency does not exist or that granting of the 
application is not in the public interest, the applicant immediately is 
so notified.
    (f) A determination that an emergency does not exist is not subject 
to reconsideration under Sec. 107.123 of this part.
    (g) Within 90 days following issuance of an emergency exemption, 
the Associate Administrator will publish, in the Federal Register, a 
notice of issuance with a statement of the basis for the finding of 
emergency and the scope and duration of the exemption.

Sec. 107.121  Modification, suspension or termination of exemption or 
grant of party status.

    (a) The Associate Administrator may modify an exemption or grant of 
party status on finding that--
    (1) Modification is necessary so that an exemption reflects current 
statutes and regulations; or
    (2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to meet the 
standards of Sec. 107.113(f).
    (b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate an 
exemption or grant of party status, as appropriate, on finding that--
    (1) Because of a change in circumstances, the exemption or party 
status no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied 
for;
    (2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, 
and the exemption or party status would not have been granted had the 
application been accurate and complete;
    (3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete 
information; or
    (4) The holder or party knowingly has violated the terms of the 
exemption or an applicable requirement of this chapter, in a manner 
demonstrating the holder or party is not fit to conduct the activity 
authorized by the exemption.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before an 
exemption or grant of party status is modified, suspended or 
terminated, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in 
writing of the proposed action and the reasons for it, and provides an 
opportunity to show cause why the proposed action should not be taken.
    (1) The holder or party may file a written response that shows 
cause why the proposed action should not be taken within 30 days of 
receipt of notice of the proposed action.
    (2) After considering the holder's or party's written response, or 
after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, 
the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in writing of 
the final decision with a brief statement of reasons.
    (d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of 
significant harm to persons or property, may in the notification 
declare the proposed action immediately effective.

Sec. 107.123  Reconsideration.

    (a) An applicant for exemption, an exemption holder, or an 
applicant for party status to an exemption may request that the 
Associate Administrator reconsider a decision under Sec. 107.113(g), 
Sec. 107.117(e) or Sec. 107.121(c) of this part. The request must--
    (1) Be in writing and filed within 20 days of receipt of the 
decision;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the 
request to reconsider; and

[[Page 21098]]

    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in 
part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing 
of the decision. If necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to 
persons or property, the Associate Administrator may, in the 
notification, declare the action immediately effective.

Sec. 107.125  Appeal.

    (a) A person who requested reconsideration under Sec. 107.123 and 
is denied the relief requested may appeal to the Administrator. The 
appeal must--
    (1) Be in writing and filed within 30 days of receipt of the 
Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the 
appeal; and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant 
harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administrator's 
action effective pending a decision on appeal.
    (c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the 
relief requested and informs the appellant in writing of the decision. 
The Administrator's decision is the final administrative action.

Sec. 107.127  Availability of documents for public inspection.

    (a) Documents related to an application under this subpart, 
including the application itself, are available for public inspection, 
except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, at the Office of 
the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research 
and Special Programs Administration, Dockets Unit, U.S. Department of 
Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001, Room 
8421. Office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, 
except holidays when the office is closed. Copies of available 
documents may be obtained as provided in part 7 of this title.
    (b) Documents available for inspection do not include materials 
determined to be withheld from public disclosure under Sec. 107.5 and 
in accordance with the applicable provisions of section 552(b) of title 
5, United States Code, and part 7 of this title.
    7. In Sec. 107.201, paragraph (d) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.201  Purpose and scope.

* * * * *
    (d) Unless otherwise ordered by the Associate Administrator, an 
application for a preemption determination which includes an 
application for a waiver of preemption will be treated and processed 
solely as an application for a preemption determination.
    8. In Sec. 107.202, in paragraph (a), the introductory text is 
revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.202  Standards for determining preemption.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec. 107.221 and unless otherwise 
authorized by Federal law, any requirement of a State or political 
subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe, that concerns one of the 
following subjects and that is not substantively the same as any 
provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this 
subchapter or subchapter C that concerns that subject, is preempted:
* * * * *

Sec. 107.202  Amended]

    9. In addition, in Sec. 107.202, in paragraph (b)(3), the wording 
``49 U.S.C. 5125 (b) or (c)'' is revised to read ``49 U.S.C. 5125(c)''.

Sec. 107.203  [Amended]

    10. In Sec. 107.203, the following changes are made:
    a. In paragraph (a), the wording ``a State, political subdivision, 
or Indian tribe'' is revised to read ``a State or political subdivision 
thereof or an Indian tribe'' each place it appears.
    b. In paragraphs (a) and (d), the phrase ``for Hazardous Materials 
Safety'' is removed immediately following ``Associate Administrator'' 
each place it appears.
    11. Section 107.205 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.205  Notice.

    (a) If the applicant is other than a State, political subdivision, 
or Indian tribe, the applicant shall mail a copy of the application to 
the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe concerned accompanied 
by a statement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe 
may submit comments regarding the application to the Associate 
Administrator. The application filed with the Associate Administrator 
must include a certification that the applicant has complied with this 
paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each State, 
political subdivision, or Indian tribe official to whom a copy of the 
application was sent.
    (b) The Associate Administrator will publish notice of, including 
an opportunity to comment on, an application in the Federal Register 
and may notify in writing any person readily identifiable as affected 
by the outcome of the determination.
    (c) Each person submitting written comments to the Associate 
Administrator with respect to an application filed under this section 
shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant and certify to the 
Associate Administrator that he or she has complied with this 
requirement. The Associate Administrator may notify other persons 
participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an 
opportunity for those other persons to respond. Late-filed comments are 
considered so far as practicable.

Sec. 107.207  [Amended]

    12. In Sec. 107.207, the following changes are made:
    a. In paragraph (a), the wording ``or her'' is added immediately 
following the word ``his'' each place it appears.
    b. In paragraphs (a) and (b), the wording ``for Hazardous Materials 
Safety'' is removed immediately following ``Associate Administrator'' 
each place it appears.
    c. In paragraphs (a) and (b), the wording ``or she'' is added 
immediately following the word ``he'' each place it appears.
    13. In Sec. 107.209, paragraph (b) is removed, and paragraphs (c), 
(d), and (e) are redesignated as paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), 
respectively, and newly designated paragraph (c) is revised to read as 
follows:

Sec. 107.209  Determination.

* * * * *
    (c) The Associate Administrator provides a copy of the 
determination to the applicant and to any other person who 
substantially participated in the proceeding or requested in comments 
to the docket to be notified of the determination. A copy of each 
determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Associate 
Administrator will publish the determination or notice of the 
determination in the Federal Register.
* * * * *

Sec. 107.209  [Amended]

    14. In addition, in Sec. 107.209, in paragraphs (a) and (b), the 
phrase ``for Hazardous Materials Safety'' is removed following 
``Associate Administrator'' each place it appears.
    15. In Sec. 107.211, paragraph (a) is revised and a sentence is 
added at the end of paragraph (c) to read as follows:

[[Page 21099]]

Sec. 107.211  Petition for reconsideration.

    (a) Any person aggrieved by a determination issued under 
Sec. 107.209 may file a petition for reconsideration with the Associate 
Administrator. The petition must be filed within 20 days of publication 
of the determination in the Federal Register.
* * * * *
    (c) * * * Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
* * * * *
    16. A new Sec. 107.213 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 107.213  Judicial review.

    A party to a proceeding under Sec. 107.203(a) may seek review by 
the appropriate district court of the United States of a decision of 
the Associate Administrator by filing a petition with the court within 
60 days after the Associate Administrator's determination becomes 
final. The determination becomes final when it is published in the 
Federal Register.

Sec. 107.215  [Amended]

    17. In Sec. 107.215, in paragraph (a), the phrase ``for Hazardous 
Materials Safety'' is removed immediately following ``Associate 
Administrator'' each place it appears, and the wording ``State, 
political subdivision, or Indian tribe'' is revised to read ``State or 
political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe.''
    18. In Sec. 107.217, paragraph (d) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.217  Notice.

* * * * *
    (d) The Associate Administrator may notify any other persons who 
may be affected by the outcome of a determination on the application.
* * * * *

Sec. 107.217  [Amended]

    19. In addition, in Sec. 107.217, in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and 
(e), the phrase ``for Hazardous Materials Safety'' is removed 
immediately following the wording ``Associate Administrator'' each 
place it appears, and the following sentence is added at the end of 
paragraph (c):
* * * * *
    (c) * * * Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.

Sec. 107.219  [Amended]

    20. In Sec. 107.219, the following changes are made:
    a. In paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d), the phrase ``for Hazardous 
Materials Safety'' is removed immediately following the wording 
``Associate Administrator'' each place it appears.
    b. In paragraphs (a) and (b), the wording ``or she'' is added 
immediately following ``he,'' each place it appears, and the wording 
``or her'' is added immediately following ``his,'' each place it 
appears.
    c. In paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2), the phrase ``State or political 
subdivision'' is revised to read ``State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe'' each place it appears.
    21. Section 107.221 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.221  Determination.

    (a) After considering the application and other relevant 
information received or obtained during the proceeding, the Associate 
Administrator issues a determination.
    (b) The Associate Administrator may issue a waiver of preemption 
only on finding that the requirement of the State or political 
subdivision thereof or Indian tribe affords the public a level of 
safety at least equal to that afforded by the requirements of the 
Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued 
thereunder and does not unreasonably burden commerce. In determining if 
the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian 
tribe unreasonably burdens commerce, the Associate Administrator 
considers:
    (1) The extent to which increased costs and impairment of 
efficiency result from the requirement of the State or political 
subdivision thereof or Indian tribe.
    (2) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe has a rational basis.
    (3) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision 
thereof or Indian tribe achieves its stated purpose.
    (4) Whether there is need for uniformity with regard to the subject 
concerned and if so, whether the requirement of the State or political 
subdivision thereof or Indian tribe competes or conflicts with those of 
other States or political subdivisions thereof or Indian tribes.
    (c) The determination includes a written statement setting forth 
relevant facts and legal bases and providing that any person aggrieved 
by the determination may file a petition for reconsideration with the 
Associate Administrator.
    (d) The Associate Administrator provides a copy of the 
determination to the applicant and to any other person who 
substantially participated in the proceeding or requested in comments 
to the docket to be notified of the determination. A copy of the 
determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Associate 
Administrator will publish the determination or notice of the 
determination in the Federal Register.
    (e) A determination under this section constitutes an 
administrative finding of whether a particular requirement of a State 
or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe is preempted under the 
Federal hazardous material transportation law or any regulation issued 
thereunder, or whether preemption is waived.
    22. In Sec. 107.223, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows, 
and the following sentence is added at the end of paragraph (c):

Sec. 107.223  Petition for reconsideration.

    (a) Any person aggrieved by a determination under Sec. 107.221 may 
file a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. 
The petition must be filed within 20 days of publication of the 
determination in the Federal Register.
* * * * *
    (c) * * * Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
    23. Section 107.227 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.227  Judicial review.

    A party to a proceeding under Sec. 107.215(a) may seek review by 
the appropriate district court of the United States of a decision of 
the Associate Administrator by filing a petition with the court within 
60 days after the Associate Administrator's determination becomes 
final. The determination becomes final when it is published in the 
Federal Register.

Sec. 107.299  [Removed]

    24. Section 107.299 is removed.
    25. In Sec. 107.305, paragraph (b) is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.305  Investigations.

* * * * *
    (b) Investigations and Inspections. Investigations under 49 U.S.C. 
5121(a) are conducted by personnel duly authorized for that purpose by 
the Associate Administrator. Inspections under 49 U.S.C. 5121(c) are 
conducted by Hazardous Materials Enforcement Specialists, also known as 
``hazmat inspectors'' or ``inspectors,'' whom the Associate 
Administrator has designated for that purpose.
    (1) An inspector will, on request, present his or her credentials 
for examination, but the credentials may not be reproduced.
    (2) An inspector may administer oaths and receive affirmations in 
any matter under investigation by the Associate Administrator.

[[Page 21100]]

    (3) An inspector may gather information by reasonable means 
including, but not limited to, interviews, statements, photocopying, 
photography, and video- and audio-recording.
    (4) With concurrence of the Director, Office of Hazardous Materials 
Enforcement, Research and Special Programs Administration, an inspector 
may issue a subpoena for the production of documentary or other 
tangible evidence if, on the basis of information available to the 
inspector, the documents and evidence materially will advance a 
determination of compliance with this subchapter or subchapter C. 
Service of a subpoena shall be in accordance with Sec. 107.13 (c) and 
(d). A person to whom a subpoena is directed may seek review of the 
subpoena by applying to the Office of Chief Counsel in accordance with 
Sec. 107.13(h). A subpoena issued under this paragraph may be enforced 
in accordance with Sec. 107.13(i).
* * * * *

Sec. 107.315  [Amended]

    26. In Sec. 107.315, in paragraphs (c) and (d), the last sentence 
is removed.
    27. In Sec. 107.331, the introductory paragraph and paragraph (d) 
are revised to read as follows:

Sec. 107.331  Assessment considerations.

    After finding a knowing violation under this subpart, the Office of 
Chief Counsel assesses a civil penalty taking the following into 
account:
* * * * *
    (d) The respondent's prior violations;
* * * * *
    28. A new subpart H of part 107 is added to read as follows:

Subpart H--Approvals, Registrations and Submissions

Sec.
107.701  Purpose and scope.
107.705  Registrations, reports, and applications for approval.
107.709  Processing of an application for approval, including an 
application for renewal or modification.
107.711  Withdrawal.
107.713  Approval modification, suspension or termination.
107.715  Reconsideration.
107.717  Appeal.

Sec. 107.701  Purpose and scope.

    This subpart prescribes procedures for the issuance, modification 
and termination of approvals, and the submission of registrations and 
reports, as required by this chapter.
    (b) The procedures of this subpart are in addition to any 
requirements in subchapter C of this chapter applicable to a specific 
approval, registration or report. If compliance with both a specific 
requirement of subchapter C of this chapter and a procedure of this 
subpart is not possible, the specific requirement applies.
    (c) Registration under subpart F or G of this part is not subject 
to the procedures of this subpart.

Sec. 107.705  Registrations, reports, and applications for approval.

    (a) A person filing a registration, report, or application for an 
approval, or a renewal or modification of an approval subject to the 
provisions of this subpart must--
    (1) File the registration, report, or application with the 
Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and 
Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 
7th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001, Attention: Approvals, DHM-
32;
    (2) Identify the section of the chapter under which the 
registration, report, or application is made;
    (3) If a report is required by an approval, a registration or an 
exemption, identify the approval, registration or exemption number;
    (4) Provide the name, street, mailing address, and telephone number 
of the person on whose behalf the registration, report, or application 
is made and, if different, the person making the filing;
    (5) If the person on whose behalf the filing is made is not a 
resident of the United States, provide a designation of agent for 
service in accordance with Sec. 107.7;
    (6) Provide a description of the activity for which the 
registration or report is required; and
    (7) Provide additional information as requested by the Associate 
Administrator, if the Associate Administrator determines that a filing 
lacks pertinent information or otherwise does not comply with 
applicable requirements.
    (b) In addition to the provisions in paragraph (a) for an approval, 
an application for an approval, or an application for modification or 
renewal of an approval, the applicant must provide--
    (1) A description of the activity for which the approval is 
required;
    (2) The proposed duration of the approval;
    (3) The transport mode or modes affected, as applicable;
    (4) Any additional information specified in the section containing 
the approval; and
    (5) For an approval which provides exceptions from regulatory 
requirements or prohibitions--
    (i) Identification of any increased risk to safety or property that 
may result if the approval is granted, and specification of the 
measures that the applicant considers necessary or appropriate to 
address that risk; and
    (ii) Substantiation, with applicable analyses or evaluations, if 
appropriate, demonstrating that the proposed activity will achieve a 
level of safety that is at least equal to that required by the 
regulation.
    (c) For an approval with an expiration date, each application for 
renewal or modification must be filed in the same manner as an original 
application. If a complete and conforming renewal application is filed 
at least 60 days before the expiration date of an approval, the 
Associate Administrator, on written request from the applicant, will 
issue a written extension to permit operation under the terms of the 
expired approval until a final decision on the application for renewal 
has been made. Operation under an expired approval is prohibited absent 
a written extension. This paragraph does not limit the authority of the 
Associate Administrator to modify, suspend or terminate an approval 
under Sec. 107.713.
    (d) To request confidential treatment for information contained in 
the application, the applicant shall comply with Sec. 107.5(a).

Sec. 107.709  Processing of an application for approval, including an 
application for renewal or modification.

    (a) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under 
this subpart before the disposition of an application.
    (b) At any time during the processing of an application, the 
Associate Administrator may request additional information from the 
applicant. If the applicant does not respond to a written request for 
additional information within 30 days of the date the request was 
received, the application may be deemed incomplete and denied. However, 
if the applicant responds in writing within the 30-day period 
requesting an additional 30 days within which it will gather the 
requested information, the Associate Administrator may grant the 30-day 
extension.
    (c) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, 
in whole or in part. At the Associate Administrator's discretion, an 
application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate 
to protect health, safety and property. The Associate Administrator may 
impose additional provisions not specified in

[[Page 21101]]

the application, or delete conditions in the application which are 
unnecessary.
    (d) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on finding 
that--
    (1) The application complies with this subpart;
    (2) The application demonstrates that the proposed activity will 
achieve a level of safety that--
    (i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation, or
    (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is 
consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against 
the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of 
hazardous materials in commerce;
    (3) The application states all material facts, and contains no 
materially false or materially misleading statement;
    (4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable 
regulations; and
    (5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the 
approval, or renewal or modification of approval. This assessment may 
be based on information in the application, prior compliance history of 
the applicant, and other information available to the Associate 
Administrator.
    (e) Unless otherwise specified in this chapter or by the Associate 
Administrator, an approval in which a term is not specified does not 
expire.
    (f) The Associate Administrator notifies the applicant in writing 
of the decision on the application. A denial contains a brief statement 
of reasons.

Sec. 107.711  Withdrawal.

    An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to 
grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not 
authorize the removal of any related records from the RSPA dockets or 
files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under 
Sec. 107.5 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. 
The duration of this confidential treatment for trade secrets and 
commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party 
requesting the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the 
Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer 
required.

Sec. 107.713  Approval modification, suspension or termination.

    (a) The Associate Administrator may modify an approval on finding 
that--
    (1) Modification is necessary to conform an existing approval to 
relevant statutes and regulations as they may be amended from time to 
time; or
    (2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to enable the 
approval to continue to meet the standards of Sec. 107.709(d).
    (b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate an 
approval, as appropriate, on finding that--
    (1) Because of a change in circumstances, the approval no longer is 
needed or no longer would be granted if applied for;
    (2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, 
and the approval would not have been granted had the application been 
accurate and complete;
    (3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete 
information; or
    (4) The holder knowingly has violated the terms of the approval or 
an applicable requirement of this chapter in a manner demonstrating 
lack of fitness to conduct the activity for which the approval is 
required.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before an 
approval is modified, suspended or terminated, the Associate 
Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the proposed action and 
the reasons for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the 
proposed action should not be taken.
    (1) The holder may file a written response with the Associate 
Administrator within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed 
action.
    (2) After considering the holder's or party's written response, or 
after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, 
the Associate Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the final 
decision with a brief statement of reasons.
    (d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of 
significant harm to persons or property, may in the notification 
declare the proposed action immediately effective.

Sec. 107.715  Reconsideration.

    (a) An applicant or a holder may request that the Associate 
Administrator reconsider a decision under Sec. 107.709(f) or 
Sec. 107.713(c). The request must:
    (1) Be in writing and filed within 20 days of receipt of the 
decision;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the 
request to reconsider; and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Associate Administrator considers newly submitted 
information on a showing that the information could not reasonably have 
been submitted during application processing.
    (c) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in 
part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing 
of the decision.

Sec. 107.717  Appeal.

    (a) A person who requested reconsideration under Sec. 107.715 may 
appeal to the Administrator the Associate Administrator's decision on 
the request. The appeal must:
    (1) Be in writing and filed within 30 days of receipt of the 
Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration;
    (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
    (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the 
appeal; and
    (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
    (b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant 
harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administrator's 
action effective pending a decision on appeal.
    (c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the 
relief requested and informs the appellant in writing of the decision 
on appeal. The Administrator's decision on appeal is the final 
administrative action.

PART 171--GENERAL INFORMATION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS

    29. The authority citation for part 171 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127; 49 CFR 1.53.

Sec. 171.1  [Amended]

    30. In Sec. 171.1, in the introductory text of paragraph (a), the 
wording ``in commerce'' is added immediately following the wording 
``materials'' and preceding ``by''.
    31. Also in Sec. 171.1, a new paragraph (d) is added to read as 
follows:

Sec. 171.1  Purpose and scope.

* * * * *
    (d) The use of terms and symbols prescribed in this subchapter for 
the marking, labeling, placarding and description of hazardous 
materials and packagings used in their transport.
    32. In Sec. 171.2, paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) are revised and 
a new paragraph (h) is added to read as follows:

Sec. 171.2  General requirements.

    (a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for 
transportation in commerce unless that person is registered in 
conformance with subpart G of part 107 of this chapter, if applicable, 
and the hazardous material is properly classed, described, packaged, 
marked, labeled, and in

[[Page 21102]]

condition for shipment as required or authorized by applicable 
requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption, approval or 
registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this 
chapter.
    (b) No person may transport a hazardous material in commerce unless 
that person is registered in conformance with subpart G of part 107 of 
this chapter, if applicable, and the hazardous material is handled and 
transported in accordance with applicable requirements of this 
subchapter, or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this 
subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter.
    (c) No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a 
packaging or container as meeting the requirements of this subchapter 
or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this subchapter 
or subchapter A of this chapter, governing its use in the 
transportation in commerce of a hazardous material, whether or not it 
is used or intended to be used for the transportation of a hazardous 
material, unless the packaging or container is manufactured, 
fabricated, marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired and retested, 
as appropriate, in accordance with applicable requirements of this 
subchapter, or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this 
subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter.
    (d) The representations, markings, and certifications subject to 
the prohibitions of paragraph (c) of this section include, but are not 
limited to--
    (1) Specification identifications that include the letters ``ICC,'' 
``DOT,'' ``MC,'' or ``UN'';
    (2) Exemption, approval, and registration numbers that include the 
letters ``DOT,'' ``EX,'' ``M,'' or ``R''; and
    (3) Test dates associated with specification, registration, 
approval, retest or exemption markings indicating compliance with a 
test or retest requirement of this subchapter, or an exemption, an 
approval or a registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A 
of this chapter.
* * * * *
    (h) No person shall--
    (1) Falsify or alter an exemption, approval, registration or other 
grant of authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this 
chapter; or
    (2) Offer a hazardous material for transportation or transport a 
hazardous material in commerce, or represent, mark, certify, or sell a 
packaging or container, under a false or altered exemption, approval, 
registration or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter 
or subchapter A of this chapter.

Sec. 171.3  [Amended]

    33. In Sec. 171.3, paragraph (c) and the Note are removed, and 
paragraph (d) is redesignated as paragraph (c).
    34. In Sec. 171.8, the definitions of ``Approval'' and 
``Exemption'' are added in alphabetical order and the definition of 
``Person'' is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 171.8 Definitions and abbreviations.

* * * * *
    Approval means a written authorization, including a competent 
authority approval, from the Associate Administrator to perform a 
function for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator 
is required under subchapter C of this chapter.
* * * * *
    Exemption means a document issued under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 
5117 by the Associate Administrator that authorizes a person to perform 
a function that is not otherwise authorized under this subchapter, 
subchapter C, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127 
(e.g., Federal Highway Administration routing).
* * * * *
    Person means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, 
company, association, joint-stock association, including any trustee, 
receiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof; or government, 
Indian tribe, or agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian 
tribe when it offers hazardous material for transportation in commerce 
or transports hazardous material to further a commercial enterprise, 
but such term does not include:
    (1) The United States Postal Service;
    (2) For the purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 and 5124, any agency or 
instrumentality of the Federal Government.
* * * * *

PART 173--SHIPPERS--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND 
PACKAGINGS

    35. The authority citation for Part 173 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127; 49 CFR 1.53.

    36. In Sec. 173.22a, a new paragraph (c) is added to read as 
follows:

Sec. 173.22a  Use of packagings authorized under exemptions.

* * * * *
    (c) When an exemption issued to a person who offers a hazardous 
material contains requirements that apply to a carrier of the hazardous 
material, the offeror shall furnish a copy of the exemption to the 
carrier before or at the time a shipment is tendered. When the 
provisions of the exemption require it to be in the possession of a 
carrier during transportation in commerce, the carrier shall maintain 
the copy of the exemption in the same manner as required for a shipping 
paper.

PART 178--SPECIFICATIONS FOR PACKAGINGS

    37. The authority citation for Part 178 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127; 49 CFR 1.53.

    38. In Sec. 178.3, a new paragraph (d) is added to read as follows:

Sec. 178.3  Marking of packagings.

* * * * *
    (d) No person may mark or otherwise certify a packaging or 
container as meeting the requirements of a manufacturing exemption 
unless that person is the holder of or a party to that exemption, an 
agent of the holder or party for the purpose of marking or 
certification, or a third party tester.

    Issued in Washington, DC on May 2, 1996, under authority 
delegated in 49 CFR part 1.
Rose A. McMurray,
Acting Deputy Administrator, Research and Special Programs 
Administration.
[FR Doc. 96-11400 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-60-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11289 Obligation GuaranteesProgram Administration
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21302-21335]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11289]

[[Page 21301]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part IV

Department of Transportation

_______________________________________________________________________

Maritime Administration

_______________________________________________________________________

46 CFR Part 298

Obligation Guarantees--Program Administration; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 91 / Thursday, May 9, 1996 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 21302]]

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Maritime Administration

46 CFR Part 298

[Docket No. R-154]
RIN 2133-AB14

Obligation Guarantees--Program Administration

AGENCY: Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Maritime Administration (``MARAD'') is issuing this final 
rule which amends certain provisions of the existing regulations 
implementing Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended 
(``Act''). This rule is intended to improve administration of the Title 
XI program. MARAD administers financial assistance under Title XI of 
the Act in the form of obligation guarantees for all types of vessel 
construction and shipyard modernization and improvement, except for 
fishing vessels. The part of the Title XI program related to fishing 
vessels is administered by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric 
Administration of the U.S. Department of Commerce, (``NOAA''), pursuant 
to NOAA regulations, which appear at 50 CFR part 253.

EFFECTIVE DATE: This final rule is effective on May 9, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: David A. Lippold, Senior Financial 
Analyst, Division of Capital Assets Management, Office of Ship 
Financing, Maritime Administration, Room 8122, 400 Seventh Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-1907.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Title XI of the Act, 46 App. U.S.C. 1271 et 
seq., authorizes the Secretary of Transportation (``Secretary'') to 
provide guarantees of debt (``obligation guarantees'') issued for the 
purpose of financing or refinancing the construction, reconstruction or 
reconditioning of vessels in United States shipyards for U.S. citizen 
owners. Applications for obligation guarantees are made to MARAD acting 
under authority delegated by the Secretary to the Maritime 
Administrator (``Administrator''). Prior to execution of a guarantee, 
MARAD must, among other things, make a determination of economic 
soundness of the project, and the financial and operating capability of 
the applicant. Prior to amendment by Public Law 103-160, guarantees 
could be issued only for debt issued by United States citizens. The 
Title XI program enables applicants to obtain long-term financing on 
terms and conditions and at interest rates comparable to those 
available to large financially sound corporations. Funds secured by the 
obligation guarantees are borrowed in the private sector.

Background

    On November 30, 1993, the ``National Defense Authorization Act for 
Fiscal Year 1994'' (``Authorization Act''), Pub. L. 103-160, was 
enacted. Subtitle D of Title XIII of the Authorization Act, cited as 
the ``National Shipbuilding and Shipyard Conversion Act of 1993'' 
(``Shipbuilding Act''), expanded the Title XI program by authorizing 
the Secretary to guarantee obligations issued to finance the 
construction, reconstruction, or reconditioning of eligible export 
vessels and for shipyard modernization and improvement. The 
Shipbuilding Act establishes ``a National Shipbuilding Initiative (NSI) 
program to be carried out to support the industrial base for national 
security objectives by assisting in the reestablishment of the United 
States shipbuilding industry as a self-sufficient internationally 
competitive industry.''
    On March 31, 1994, MARAD published in the Federal Register an 
interim final rule, effective on publication, which amended its 
regulations implementing Title XI in order to carry out the provisions 
of Subtitle D of Public Law 103-160, expanding the authorization for 
obligation guarantees to finance the construction, reconstruction, and 
reconditioning of eligible export vessels and shipyard modernization 
and improvement. A final rule was published on September 16, 1994. The 
final rule stated that MARAD would publish at a later date a separate 
notice of proposed rulemaking to improve administration of the entire 
Title XI program.
    MARAD initiated a review of the administration of its Title XI 
program regulations with the objective of implementing President 
Clinton's ongoing Regulatory Reform Initiative and to reaffirm and 
implement the principles of Executive Order 12866--Regulatory Planning 
and Review (September 30, 1993). This rulemaking significantly shortens 
the time for processing applications for guarantees and reduces the 
economic burden on applicants in complying with MARAD requirements for 
the submission of information. Accordingly, it is expected to encourage 
the construction, reconstruction and/or reconditioning of vessels in 
United States shipyards and the modernization and improvement of 
general shipyard facilities located in the United States.

NPRM

    MARAD published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) on April 26, 
1995, in the Federal Register (60 FR 20592) and is now issuing this 
final rule concerning program administration. This rule reflects 
consideration of all comments received in response to the NPRM and the 
interim final rule. Consideration has been given in the final rule to 
all concerns addressed relative to the Title XI program.
    In the interim final rule issued to implement the expanded 
authorization in Public Law 103-160 for issuing Obligation Guarantees, 
MARAD requested and received public comments on two additional issues, 
applicable to the entire Title XI program, namely: (1) The issuance by 
the Secretary of a Letter of Interest prior to an applicant's 
submission of a complete application and the subsequent issuance, if 
any, of a Letter Commitment, and (2) the establishment of a deadline, 
such as 60 days, by which the Secretary would act on a Title XI 
application considered complete by the Secretary. In the final rule of 
September 16, 1994, MARAD determined that these two issues would be 
addressed in the subsequent NPRM concerning program administration 
because they apply to both the export and domestic programs. The reason 
is that this would allow MARAD to consider the issues for both the 
domestic and export programs at the same time. MARAD advised that 
commenters need not resubmit their views on Letters of Interest and the 
60 day processing period in response to the new NPRM. The discussion of 
the rulemaking text below differentiates between comments received in 
response to the interim final rule and the NPRM on these two specific 
areas.
    These regulations do not require more extensive paperwork or 
reporting requirements than exist under the present Title XI 
regulations. Exemptions provided herein should substantially lessen the 
aggregate reporting burden.
    In order to alleviate a potential source of confusion in the 
discussion of the regulations by section, when one particular section 
pertains to more than one issue, the discussion and MARAD's subsequent 
response is divided into individual issues related to the content of 
that section.

Discussion of Rulemaking Text

    The discussion that follows summarizes the comments submitted to 
MARAD by 23 commenters on the NPRM and the commenters on the

[[Page 21303]]

interim final rule, notes where changes have been made to the Title XI 
regulations and the rationale therefor, and, where relevant, states why 
particular recommendations/suggestions have not been adopted. It is 
noted that where the first letter of one or more words is capitalized, 
that term is defined in Sec. 298.2. In addition to soliciting comments 
on specific amendments to the Title XI regulations proposed in the 
NPRM, MARAD solicited industry and other public comments on three 
additional issues in general. The first issue is the retention in 
Sec. 298.13 of the waiver requirement for foreign components and 
services to be included in Actual Cost. MARAD expressed concern about 
the potential adverse effect of eliminating the waiver requirement on 
the U.S. supplier base, which MARAD recognizes as critical to the 
national defense and economy. MARAD stated that it is attempting to 
create an environment where both the shipbuilding and ship supply 
industries have the opportunity to be competitive based on fair 
pricing, quality, and timeliness. All comments received in this area 
are in the discussion of Sec. 298.13.
    The second issue on which MARAD solicited public comments is 
construction period financing. As the Secretary may approve Guarantees 
with respect to obligations to be issued for the applicable period of 
construction, reconstruction, or reconditioning, MARAD invited comments 
on available forms of security, in addition to surety bonds, that could 
protect MARAD's interests as a lender, how progress should be 
monitored, what new procedures/methodologies should be developed to 
improve the previously utilized progress payment system, and if payment 
of interest on the obligations should be made on a more frequent basis 
(i.e., weekly, monthly or quarterly) than that outlined in Sec. 298.22, 
Amortization of Obligations. In addition, comments were solicited as to 
how the Title XI applicant will verify/certify to MARAD that certain 
costs have been paid prior to disbursement of Title XI funds from the 
escrow account, for example, the use of an agent on MARAD's behalf to 
verify that certain costs have been paid. All comments received in this 
area are discussed in Sec. 298.21 below.
    Finally, MARAD also requested comments concerning the standard 
application Form MA-163 referenced in Sec. 298.3, Applications, and the 
required documentation outlined in subpart D of this part 298. All 
comments received in these areas are discussed under Sec. 298.3 or 
subpart D of this part.

Discussion of Regulations by Section.

    Note: Paragraph references are as designated or redesignated in 
the notice of proposed rulemaking.

Section 298.2  Definitions

    (b), Actual Cost. One commenter suggested the inclusion of 
Guarantee Fees as an item in the definition of Actual Cost.
    MARAD Response: The present definition of ``Actual Cost'' refers to 
Sec. 298.21(b) which is being amended in the final rule to clearly 
state that ``Guarantee Fees determined in accordance with the 
provisions of section 1104(e) of the Act shall be included in the items 
of Actual Cost.'' Hence, adoption of the NPRM as a final rule will 
effectively accomplish the commenter's suggestion without the necessity 
to change the definition of Actual Cost.
    (f), Depreciated Actual Cost. One commenter suggested the inclusion 
of Guarantee Fees as an item in the definition of Depreciated Actual 
Cost.
    MARAD Response: The same response as to the preceding comment 
applies.
    (l) Guarantee Fee. One commenter suggested deletion of the 
reference to interest accrual on the Guarantee Fee.
    MARAD Response: The definition of ``Guarantee Fee'' does not 
include a reference to interest accrual and, therefore, is not being 
amended.
    (o) Letter of Interest. While no commenter suggested a change to 
the proposed definition of a Letter of Interest, comments were received 
regarding the Letter of Interest concept and content.
    MARAD Response: MARAD's response to the comments are outlined below 
in the discussion regarding Sec. 298.3(f). In view of the fact that 
MARAD is deleting Sec. 298.3(f) in its entirety, this definition will 
not be included in the Title XI regulations.
    (y) Related Party. One commenter suggested that the definition of 
Related Party should be revised to be consistent with the existing 
definition in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
    MARAD Response: The intent behind replacing the terms ``Affiliate'' 
and ``Affiliated'' with the term ``Related Party'' was to be consistent 
with a terminology change in GAAP as promulgated by the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants. Although the commenter has provided the present 
GAAP definition for Related Party, MARAD has determined that it would 
be inappropriate to incorporate the precise GAAP definition as it 
exists today in the Title XI regulations due to the frequent 
modifications to GAAP definitions. It should be noted, however, that 
MARAD's regulations are to be construed in a manner consistent with 
GAAP, unless the regulations expressly deviate from GAAP.
    (cc) Vessel. The definition of Vessel was not modified in the NPRM. 
However, three of the four commenters supported MARAD's announcement of 
a change in policy to expressly include passenger vessels engaged in 
commercial common carriage, in particular ferries, as eligible for the 
Title XI program. One commenter also was in favor of an expansion of 
Title XI financing to the ``cruise to nowhere'' segment and gaming 
vessels, as the commenter believes that the passenger vessel segment of 
the U.S. flag merchant marine will make the most gains in the next 
decade. One commenter does not believe that the change in policy on 
passenger vessels should include ferries and/or gambling vessels on 
U.S. rivers because use of scarce Title XI resources for these vessels 
would not promote the Act's objective of ocean-going vessels or vessels 
capable of serving as a military auxiliary.
    MARAD Response: MARAD does not believe that a regulatory change to 
this definition is necessary. It is MARAD's position that the expansion 
of Title XI financing in the passenger vessel market generally will aid 
in the development and maintenance of an adequate and well-balanced 
U.S. merchant marine and will promote U.S. commerce. As to the concern 
expressed about MARAD's scarce Title XI resources, MARAD retains 
informal discretion under the Act and formal discretion under 
Sec. 298.3(e) (priorities), in appropriate circumstances, to limit 
allocation of its Title XI resources to ensure optimal use of MARAD's 
appropriated funds in terms of promoting the objectives of the Act.

Section 298.3  Applications

    Section 298.3 (a). This section specifies the format for submitting 
and amending applications for Title XI financing. As mentioned above, 
MARAD specifically solicited comments on the current standard 
application Form MA 163 and any proposed amendments to the form and 
standard documentation, particularly with regard to export vessels and 
shipyard modernization.
    One commenter stated that inadequate time was given to review and 
comment on the application form; however, as a general comment, the 
form needs to be revised to be consistent with the recent changes in 
law for

[[Page 21304]]

shipyard modernization and Eligible Export Vessels. Another commenter 
stated that the application form is overly complicated and greatly 
increases transaction costs and discourages applicants. The commenter 
suggested the establishment of an advisory committee composed of 
representatives from MARAD, the maritime bar, investment and commercial 
banking industry, shipbuilding industry and the shipowning and 
operating industry to review and assist in revisions.
    A final commenter believes that the administration of the program 
will be improved by including a list of all documents required to be 
submitted with an application, i.e., any demise charters, time charters 
in excess of six months, contracts of affreightment, drilling contracts 
or other contractual arrangements (Sec. 298.3) and legal opinions 
ensuring the enforceability of the mortgage or security interest for 
Eligible Export Vessels (Sec. 298.31(a) (2) and (3)).
    MARAD Response: In view of the time required to determine 
appropriate changes and to obtain approval from the Office of 
Management and Budget for a revised form, MARAD has decided to defer 
consideration of this matter in order to avoid delay in promulgating 
this rule. MARAD supports the suggestion that a non-Governmental 
authority establish a working group composed of representatives from 
MARAD, the maritime bar, investment and commercial banking industry, 
shipbuilding industry and the shipowning and operating industry to 
review and assist in revisions to the form.
    MARAD agrees with the comment that the administration of the Title 
XI program will be improved by including with the application form a 
list of all documents required to be submitted with the application. 
MARAD will prepare such a list of documents, which list shall be 
provided with the standard application form.
    In addition, MARAD has determined that the document required to be 
filed with the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of 
Representatives by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, Pub. L. 104-65, 
must be filed as part of a formal Title XI application, together with 
the declaration required to be filed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. MARAD will 
still require similar forms at Closing. Finally, as part of the 
application process MARAD may request that the applicant submit 
information to assist MARAD in the preparation of a National 
Environmental Policy Act analysis.
    The instructions regarding the filing of a Title XI application on 
Form MA-163 require that 12 complete sets (of which three must be duly 
executed and certified by the applicant), including schedules and 
exhibits as required, must be filed with MARAD. MARAD has reviewed its 
internal requirements for processing applications and has reduced the 
required number of application sets to ten. Only two of the sets must 
be duly executed and certified by the applicant. In addition, MARAD has 
examined the possibility of allowing Title XI applicants to submit 
their Title XI applications on computer disk to be accompanied by two 
hard sets of the application duly executed and certified by the 
applicant. Upon request a list of the computer software which can be 
utilized for disk submission of the application will be made available 
by the Office of Ship Financing.
    Section 298.3(b)(1). In response to the 1994 interim final rule, 
most commenters thought that the 60-day processing period for completed 
applications was reasonable, appropriate, and adequate. Some commenters 
suggested a shorter period of 30 days as conforming more closely to 
purported international commercial norms. Some shipyards were concerned 
that the 60-day turnaround is noncompetitive in the international 
market because a ``complete'' application may in itself take more than 
60 days to draft. They suggested that guidelines would be necessary to 
define the procedures for submitting a complete application. Some 
suggested that, for a pre-approved ship design, MARAD should be able to 
issue Letter Commitments within 30 days, and further suggested that 
MARAD review its application requirements to ensure that it is not 
requiring burdensome information. One commenter suggested that a 
deadline for processing completed applications is an unnecessary 
requirement.
    The April 1995 NPRM reiterated the 60 day guideline and also 
proposed a 15-day deadline, after notification by MARAD, by which an 
applicant must correct deficiencies in the application or face possible 
termination of the application. In response to the NPRM, most 
commenters supported MARAD's efforts to shorten the time for processing 
guarantee applications. Several commenters suggested that to be world 
competitive, a 60-day turnaround, from when the application is 
submitted to the Closing, is necessary. Some commenters were concerned 
about the proposed reduced amount of time the applicant has to correct 
deficiencies in the application. One stated that placing a 15-day limit 
on correcting deficiencies would place an undue hardship on the 
applicant as well as make it impossible to meet the deadline where 
deficiencies involve engineering or architectural items and, therefore, 
suggested a minimum of 60 days to correct deficiencies. One commenter 
noted that the requirement makes no distinction as to the nature, 
complexity, or availability of the requested information.
    Several commenters suggested that termination of an application 
should occur only when it is the applicant's failure to complete the 
application that results in inaction and that failure to supply the 
deficient information should result in suspension of the application 
process, rather than termination. Several commenters stated that if an 
application is resubmitted, no new filing fee should be assessed unless 
the application is for a substantially different project. Finally, one 
commenter indicated that having to start over will actually result in 
prejudice to MARAD's consideration of a subsequent application.
    MARAD Response: Prior to the issuance of the NPRM, this section 
indicated that the period between the filing of the application and the 
anticipated date by which a Letter Commitment is issued was six months 
and that the period for completing an application and the Secretary 
taking action on a completed application is within one year. The NPRM 
proposed significant modifications to the Title XI regulations in this 
section in order to provide for expeditious processing of each Title XI 
application, resulting in lower administrative costs and a more timely 
response to the applicant.
    The 60-day processing period for completed applications is a 
general guideline for processing Title XI applications. If possible, 
MARAD will process completed Title XI applications on a more expedited 
basis than 60 days in order to enable applicants to more quickly 
respond to market opportunities.
    As to some shipyard concerns regarding the drafting of a 
``complete'' application, the time that it takes to draft a Title XI 
application is not factored into the 60-day processing period. MARAD is 
on public record as encouraging Title XI applicants to have at least 
one pre-application meeting with MARAD personnel to, among other 
things, determine what essential pieces of information about the 
applicant and its proposal must be included in the application. As each 
application is project specific, the information necessary for 
submitting a complete application for a given project will be discussed 
at the pre-application meeting(s). If applicants follow MARAD's 
suggestion to have pre-

[[Page 21305]]

application meetings, the application drafting time should be 
significantly reduced.
    The suggestion that MARAD issue a Letter Commitment in the case of 
pre-approved ship designs within 30 days is rejected because MARAD 
still has to review the application for economic soundness and review 
of a company's financial position. In most cases, this could not be 
completed in the proposed 30-day period. With regard to the suggestion 
that MARAD review its application requirements to ensure that it is not 
requiring burdensome information, MARAD is undertaking this review.
    Finally, one commenter's suggestion that a deadline for processing 
completed applications is an unnecessary requirement is rejected 
because MARAD believes that it is critical to an orderly and 
expeditious process to have a specific indication as to the period for 
such process.
    Several commenters expressed concerns about the reduced amount of 
time (from the previous period of nine months) the applicant has to 
correct deficiencies in the application. In response, MARAD notes that 
failure by the applicant to correct deficiencies within 15 days does 
not result in automatic termination of the application. The regulation 
provides that the Secretary may terminate processing of the application 
without prejudice. MARAD thus has the flexibility to extend the 
deadline, if appropriate, taking into consideration the nature, 
complexity, or availability of the requested information.
    MARAD does not believe it necessary to amend the language in this 
paragraph to provide that, in lieu of terminating an application 
without prejudice, MARAD may elect to suspend processing of an 
application for any number of contingencies. MARAD may use its 
discretion to do whatever is appropriate in processing applications.
    The position of several commenters that, if an application is 
terminated, no new filing fee should be assessed unless a subsequent 
application is for a substantially different project, is justifiable 
and is being adopted.
    In view of the foregoing, MARAD sees no reason to change the 
present wording of Sec. 298.3(b)(1), with the exception of one item. 
The paragraph is being amended to clarify that if an application is 
terminated by MARAD without prejudice, no new filing fee will be 
assessed for a subsequent application for a similar project that is 
filed within one year of the termination date. If a subsequent 
application is for a substantially different project as determined by 
MARAD on a case-by-case basis a new filing fee will be assessed.
    Section 298.3(c). The NPRM proposed requiring each Title XI 
application to be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount of one 
quarter of the investigation fee amount, calculated pursuant to the 
formula outlined in Sec. 298.15, but in no event less than $1,000.
    Several commenters do not support raising the $1,000 filing fee, 
arguing that preparing a Title XI application shows seriousness. Other 
commenters object to raising the filing fee to the amount proposed in 
the NPRM, but believe a modest fee increase is appropriate. One 
commenter believes that a multiple vessel application should not result 
in a substantially greater fee than a single vessel application of the 
same type because the amount of analysis involved is not significantly 
more. Therefore, the commenter believes that the filing fee should be 
capped at $25,000 to discourage frivolous applications. Another 
commenter supports capping the filing fee at a maximum of $10,000. A 
$10,000 non-refundable maximum filing fee will ensure the seriousness 
of the applicant and provides the government with a substantial and 
immediate contribution toward the cost of processing the application. 
At the same time, the commenter states that a $10,000 cap will not 
result in applicants undertaking substantial economic risk simply to 
file an application.
    One commenter states that the proposed filing fee increase would 
act as a major disincentive to program participation by portions of the 
maritime community the program is designed to serve, bearing most 
heavily on those least able to afford its terms. The increased fee 
would create a severe disincentive and is not only onerous in the 
extreme for any large project but also discriminatory against larger 
projects which tend to bring greater benefits to the country. Such a 
fee level, in the case of large projects, bears no relationship to a 
greater cost to MARAD of processing a given application up to the point 
of approval and receipt of the investigation fee.
    Another commenter believes that if the proposed NPRM modifications 
are adopted, either the Letter of Interest procedure will in effect 
become the application procedure, with prospective applicants 
submitting applications complete in all respects (except for signatures 
and payment of the application fee) or the number of Title XI 
applications will decline dramatically. The commenter states that MARAD 
cannot adequately review a Title XI application in a ten-day time frame 
set out for Letters of Interest, and many applicants, particularly for 
Eligible Export Vessels, will not pay thousands of dollars to find out 
if MARAD might approve their application.
    MARAD Response: MARAD has reconsidered its proposed amendment and 
has decided to further amend this paragraph by requiring each Title XI 
application to be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount of $5,000. 
Since the filing fee is deducted from the investigation fee, which is 
paid at the end of the application process, there will be no net 
increase in cost to the applicant. However, the increase in the initial 
filing fee will enable the Government to recover more of its 
administrative costs for application processing at the beginning of the 
application period. The instructions for filing Form MA-163 will be 
modified to reflect the increased fee.
    Section 298.3(f). In response to the 1994 interim final rule, 
almost all of the 28 commenters responded favorably to the proposal 
that the Secretary exercise discretion to issue a Letter of Interest 
prior to the applicant's submission of a complete application. 
Commenters noted that the procedure could be particularly useful if the 
shipbuilder could use the document as a marketing document to compete 
effectively against foreign yards. Some suggested that if MARAD were 
also to preapprove ship designs, Letters of Interest would be very 
effective indicators of MARAD's interest in a proposed financing. One 
commenter suggested that Letters of Interest could be used by 
applicants to forecast the cost of a transaction and the expertise that 
will be needed to complete a proposed transaction.
    Commenters proposed that requests for Letters of Interest should 
contain information about (1) the type and design of the Vessel to be 
financed and its intended trade, (2) the approximate cost of the Vessel 
and its proposed builder, (3) the amount of the requested Guarantee, 
(4) recent financial information on the prospective shipowner or 
bareboat charterer, (5) a description of the collateral to secure the 
Secretary's Guarantee, and (6) identification of the country in which 
the Vessel would be owned and documented. A commenter recommended that 
there be no charge or fee for the issuance of a Letter of Interest, 
that the letter be issued prior to the filing of an application, and 
that the letter be issued within ten days of the request.
    Several commenters raised two concerns about Letters of Interest. 
First,

[[Page 21306]]

they argued that requests for such letters must be treated 
confidentially because a request for a letter may come during the 
negotiating process and the subject shipyard would not want its 
competitors to be aware of the negotiations or potential prices. A 
second concern raised was that the formalization of a Letter of 
Interest procedure could slow down the expeditious approval by MARAD of 
loan guarantee applications by effectively duplicating the formal 
application process. It was suggested by one commenter that MARAD could 
substitute preapplication meetings for the Letter of Interest. 
Additional concern was expressed that the conditions contained in the 
Letter of Interest should not be deemed by the agency to be binding if 
the applicant later demonstrates that it can meet alternative, but 
equivalent conditions.
    MARAD Response: MARAD noted in its comments above to Sec. 298.2(o) 
its deletion of the Letter of Interest definition. Initially, MARAD 
intended its Letters of Interest to parallel those of the Export-Import 
Bank of the United States. However, MARAD has, with the passage of 
time, significantly diluted the content of its Letter of Interest to 
the point where the letter is in the nature of a letter of eligibility. 
MARAD found it necessary to amend the letters because, in certain 
instances, they had been held forth to outside institutions as 
representing some sort of commitment to a project by MARAD. Currently, 
the letters describe only the general eligibility of a project and 
advise that, as such, they do not and should not be construed as 
approval of the project by MARAD or the terms that would be applicable 
to the project. The letters state that approval of any project would be 
based on MARAD's determination that the project meets all statutory, 
regulatory and financial requirements. The letters further state that, 
although a project may be deemed eligible for Title XI financing, 
issuance of the letter does not give any assurances that MARAD would be 
interested in proceeding with, or that funds would be available for, 
the type of project should an application be filed. Therefore, MARAD 
believes that to continue to call these letters ``Letters of Interest'' 
is inaccurate. MARAD will continue to issue letters of eligibility to 
indicate the general eligibility of a project for Title XI financing. 
However, it will no longer issue any document referred to as a Letter 
of Interest. MARAD believes that the letter of eligibility concept does 
not have to be formalized in the Title XI regulations and, therefore, 
paragraph (f) is being deleted in its entirety.
    MARAD does not agree with the commenters' concern that letters of 
eligibility be treated on a confidential basis. As a general matter, 
all letters of eligibility including all formal actions taken by MARAD, 
including the issuance of a letter of eligibility, must be disclosed to 
the public. However, if the request for a letter of eligibility, 
including attachments thereto, contains information which the submitter 
considers to be trade secrets or commercial or financial information 
and privileged or confidential, or otherwise exempt from disclosure 
under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), the 
submitter shall assert a claim of exemption at the time of filing a 
letter of eligibility request. The same requirement shall apply to any 
amendment to the request. The procedures outlined in paragraph (d) of 
this section shall apply with respect to the assertion and review of 
FOIA exemption claims. Due to the nature of a request for a letter of 
eligibility, MARAD does not agree with the comment that the letter of 
eligibility procedure would slow down the expeditious approval by MARAD 
of Title XI applications. Finally, MARAD believes to be unfounded the 
comment that MARAD could substitute pre-application meetings for the 
letter of eligibility as the two concepts are unrelated. The purpose of 
a pre-application meeting is to exchange information and the purpose of 
a letter of eligibility is to identify the general eligibility of a 
project.

Section 298.10  Citizenship.

    This section sets forth the citizenship requirements for Title XI 
applicants and certain other parties that must establish U.S. 
citizenship prior to acquiring a legal or beneficial interest in a 
Vessel financed under Title XI of the Act. The exceptions to this 
requirement are Eligible Export Vessels and General Shipyard 
Facilities.
    Section 298.10(a). MARAD received four comments on this issue. One 
commenter merely pointed out a typographical mistake. The other three 
commenters supported the elimination of the citizenship requirement for 
all Title XI financed U.S.-flag vessels and stated that the only 
requirement should be the vessel documentation requirements 
administered by the U.S. Coast Guard. One of the three commenters, with 
known foreign involvement, is interested in converting semi-submersible 
drilling rigs into floating production systems (FPS) for use in the oil 
and gas industry in the Gulf of Mexico area. Therefore, their view is 
that Title XI financing should be available to ``transnational ship-
owning corporations.'' Another commenter supported the elimination of 
the citizenship requirement because their desire is ``to see that the 
potential beneficiaries of the Title XI program are as broad as 
possible * * *'' A comment from a law firm stated that sections 1103(a) 
and 1104(a)(1) were amended by the Shipbuilding Act to eliminate 
Section 2 citizenship requirements for Title XI financed U.S.-flag 
vessels and that MARAD is misreading the U.S. citizenship requirements 
set forth in the defined term ``vessel'' at section 1101(b). Their view 
is that the U.S. citizenship requirement in this section is not all 
inclusive and applies only to certain types of vessels. One of the four 
commenters also stated that the citizenship of a preferred mortgagee is 
``immaterial'' and MARAD should not be concerned with the citizenship 
of third party mortgagees.
    MARAD Response: The U.S. ownership requirement for U.S.-flag 
vessels financed with Title XI has been consistently required 
throughout the life of the Title XI program. It was required for the 
predecessor federal ship mortgage insurance program, 52 Stat. 969 (See 
H.R. Rep. No. 2168, 75th. Cong., 3d Sess. 29), retained in the Federal 
Ship Loan Guarantee Program, enacted in 1972, 60 Stat. 909, and left 
unchanged by enactment of the Shipbuilding Act in which Title XI loan 
Guarantees were extended to Eligible Export Vessels, which could be 
owned by either U.S. citizens or non-U.S. citizens, but retained the 
limiting definition of vessels for non-export purposes. Therefore, by 
law, U.S.-flag Vessels receiving Title XI financing must be owned by 
U.S. citizens.
    With respect to the comment regarding citizenship of mortgagees, 
MARAD does not require, under the Title XI financing program, evidence 
of the mortgagee's U.S. citizenship. MARAD only requires confirmation 
that the mortgagee complies with the statutory requirements established 
for mortgagees. Accordingly, MARAD will not amend the regulation.

Section 298.11  Vessel requirements

    Section 298.11(a). Concerning paragraph (a), United States 
Construction, one commenter suggested that the structure of creating 
three separate classes of Vessels is confusing and unnecessary. To the 
extent a higher standard is required for operation in the coastwise 
trade, it should be sufficient simply to say that the Vessel shall be 
built to whatever standard is necessary

[[Page 21307]]

to entitle it to be eligible for such trade. There should be no 
distinction between U.S.-flag and Eligible Export Vessels. The standard 
for U.S. shipyard involvement for Eligible Export Vessels is the 
standard which should apply to all Vessels subject to specific trade 
requirements. The commenter therefore recommends that for all Vessels 
MARAD adopt the definition in Sec. 298.11(a)(3), which provides that 
the Vessel is considered to be of U.S. construction if assembled in a 
United States shipyard. A second commenter states that since the 
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Shipbuilding 
Agreement recognizes the U.S. right to maintain the Jones Act, it is 
appropriate for the rule to make a distinction between Jones Act and 
non-Jones Act Vessels so that any prospective change to the guarantee 
period will not apply to Jones Act Vessels.
    MARAD Response: Upon further review, MARAD agrees with one of the 
commenters that the creation of three separate categories of Vessels is 
unnecessary. As the proposed categories were squarely in line with the 
standards enunciated by the United States Coast Guard, MARAD believes 
it is appropriate instead to amend paragraph (a) of the regulation to 
simply state that for U.S.-flag Vessels, the Vessels shall be built to 
whatever standard is necessary to enable them to be eligible for their 
specific trade requirement. Accordingly, the regulation is being 
amended to provide that a Vessel, including an Eligible Export Vessel, 
financed by an Obligation Guarantee is considered to be of United 
States construction if the Vessel is assembled in a shipyard 
geographically located in the United States. In addition, 
Sec. 298.32(a)(6) is being amended to reflect the above.
    Section 298.11(c). Concerning paragraph (c), Class, condition and 
operation, two commenters supported MARAD's proposed amendment 
regarding Quality Systems Certificate Scheme (QSCS) issued by qualified 
International Association of Classification
    Societies (IACS) members as meeting acceptable standards for such a 
society to participate in the Eligible Export Vessel program.
    MARAD Response: By requiring solely ISO-9000 registration, the 
current Title XI regulations do not allow members of IACS who are QSCS 
qualified members that are not ISO-9000 registered to participate in 
the Title XI Eligible Export Vessel program. Initially, there was a 
thought that merely agreeing to a QSCS standard would screen out 
marginally qualified classification societies. However, requiring the 
ISO-9000 standard would currently screen out the American Bureau of 
Shipping and other highly qualified classification societies whose 
inspection and classification activities are recognized worldwide. 
Paragraph (c) has been amended to permit QSCS qualified IACS members 
who have been recognized by the United States Coast Guard as meeting 
acceptable standards for such a society to participate in the Eligible 
Export Vessel program. That recognition shall include, at a minimum, 
recognition that the society meets the requirements of IMO Resolution 
A.739(18).
    Section 298.11(e). Concerning paragraph (e), Metric Usage, one 
commenter states that it is not clear what is meant in the regulation 
by the statement that the ``preferred system'' is the metric system. If 
some preference is to be given to application of the metric system, the 
consequences of such preference should be spelled out.
    MARAD Response: DOT Order 1020.1D ``Department of Transportation 
Transition to the Metric System'' established Departmental policy for 
transition to the metric system in accordance with the Metric 
Conversion Act of 1975, as amended by Section 5164 of the Omnibus Trade 
and Competitiveness Act of 1988, Pub. L. 100-418 (Omnibus Act). Section 
5164 of the Omnibus Act declares that it is the policy of the United 
States to designate the metric system of measurement as the preferred 
system of weights and measures for U.S. trade and commerce. Section 
5164(b)(2) requires each Federal agency to use the metric system of 
measurement in its procurement, grants, or other business-related 
activities. Therefore, the Title XI regulations have been amended to 
indicate that the preferred system of measurement and weights for 
vessels and advanced and modern shipbuilding technology is the metric 
system as a matter of policy. However, no preference/priority is given 
to processing applications where the metric system of weights and 
measures is utilized. The priorities given to Title XI applications are 
outlined in Sec. 298.3(e) and select criteria for evaluating Title XI 
applications is set forth in Sec. 298.17.

Section 298.12  Applicant and Operator's Qualifications

    Section 298.12(b)(2). This section outlines identifying information 
required to be submitted if the applicant is a partnership, joint 
venture, association, or unincorporated company.
    MARAD Response: Although no comments were received regarding the 
change to this paragraph as outlined in the NPRM, MARAD has decided to 
add a new paragraph (b)(2)(vi) requiring the submission of information 
regarding financial, management and/or equity transactions which could 
have a significant impact on the ability of the applicant to meet the 
Title XI requirements.
    Section 298.12(f)(1). One commenter stated it is unclear which 
individuals need to be named in this section which requires that the 
background of ``all senior supervisory personnel'' be submitted. To the 
extent that advanced shipbuilding technology is the subject of the 
application, it should be sufficient to submit the background of the 
people who will be directly responsible for the installation or 
operation of the facility or method. Additionally, one commenter 
suggested that the word ``personnel'' should be stricken from the 
proposed insert--''by all senior supervisory''--because the word 
``personnel'' already follows each place that the phrase is inserted.
    MARAD Response: MARAD agrees that the word ``personnel'' should be 
stricken from the proposed amendment to that paragraph. MARAD sees no 
reason to change the present wording of paragraph (f)(1) regarding the 
background of all senior supervisory personnel for Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology. It is a sufficiently clear standard to apply 
to particular circumstances.

Section 298.13  Financial Requirements

    Section 298.13(a)(2)(i). One issue on which MARAD solicited public 
comments in the NPRM is the retention in section 298.13 of the waiver 
requirement for foreign components and services to be included in 
Actual Cost, which waiver shall not be granted for foreign components 
of the hull and superstructure. MARAD indicated its concern about the 
potential adverse effect on the U.S. supplier base, which MARAD 
recognizes as critical to the national defense and economy. In the 
NPRM, MARAD stated that it is attempting to create an environment where 
both the shipbuilding and ship supply industries have the opportunity 
to be competitive based on fair pricing, quality, and timeliness.
    A broad spectrum of comments were received on this issue. Some 
commenters supported the retention of the current waiver requirement 
for foreign components and services. One commenter submits that the 
retention of the waiver provision is the most

[[Page 21308]]

prudent path for applicants to follow and outweighs any speculative 
adverse impact that retention of the waiver might have on the U.S. 
supplier base. There are instances in which a foreign component or 
service is necessary for the construction, reconstruction, or 
conversion of a vessel, and the applicant should not be penalized in 
such instances. Additionally, the commenter states that removal of the 
waiver might place a U.S. supplier who competes with foreign suppliers 
in a position to demand what might amount to monopolistic prices; the 
supplier who normally competes in the world market would be given 
dominant market power if the applicant were required to purchase 
supplies from such a U.S. supplier in order to obtain financing for the 
cost of such supplies. The commenter states that removal of the waiver 
provision has the potential to hinder, rather than enhance, the 
creation of a competitive domestic ship supply industry based on fair 
pricing, quality and timeliness. In addition, the commenter submits 
that it should be made clear that, in addition to the hull and 
superstructure, each additional foreign component or service for which 
a waiver is not granted, and thus which is not included in Actual Cost, 
can be regarded as owner-furnished equipment that may be used in 
satisfying the applicant's equity requirements. Finally, that commenter 
proposes adding the following underscored language to 
Sec. 298.13(a)(2)(1): ``Although excluded from Actual Cost, foreign 
components of the hull and superstructure and other foreign components 
and foreign services for which a waiver has not been granted can be 
regarded as owner-furnished equipment that may be used in satisfying 
the applicant's equity requirements * * *.''
    Another commenter states that the term ``component'' should be 
defined in order to eliminate the possibility that raw materials, such 
as steel, might be considered to be a component and required to be of 
U.S. origin. It is important to retain the ability to waive the 
requirement for U.S. components, MARAD needs the flexibility and it is 
too hard to predict technological changes that may be beneficial to a 
vessel that may be obtained only through a foreign source or to 
compensate for shortages in the U.S. supply of components affecting 
delivery schedules. Another commenter notes that the regulations are 
not specific as to what items are to be considered as components of the 
``hull and superstructure.''
    Other commenters supported the introduction of a more restrictive 
waiver requirement by recommending that waivers ``ordinarily be granted 
only where the applicant has demonstrated that the item involved: (a) 
Is not manufactured by a U.S. domestic source, or if a service, is not 
available from such a source; (b) is not available from a U.S. domestic 
source in a timely fashion; or (c) is not available from a U.S. 
domestic source at a competitive price.'' Along the same line, another 
commenter states that the regulations need to be amended to provide for 
standards and procedures for granting waivers, such that applicants 
will be required to demonstrate in a clear and convincing way that no 
U.S. product is available and that sufficient and effective steps have 
been taken to search the U.S. industrial base.
    Finally, some commenters opposed the requirement for a foreign 
component waiver for non-hull and superstructure items. One commenter 
states that the requirement to seek a waiver for each of a myriad of 
items would be a crippling obstacle to achieving competitiveness and 
the NPRM gives no indication as to grounds for a waiver. The commenter 
states that protection of the U.S. supplier base will not promote 
competition. Where U.S. suppliers are capable and cost-competitive, the 
commenter expects U.S. suppliers to be used. However, the commenter 
supports the requirement that only hull and superstructure components 
fabricated in the U.S. should be included in Actual Cost and that no 
waiver should be granted. The commenter does not believe that inclusion 
of foreign hull and superstructure components should disqualify the 
entire vessel from Title XI financing and does not see any significant 
benefit to allowing foreign hull and superstructure components to be 
included as part of the equity contribution. Finally, the commenter 
states that it is unclear in the example given in the NPRM how foreign 
hull and superstructure components will be considered as part of the 
equity contribution. Nonetheless, the regulations should specifically 
state that large items of foreign hull and superstructure components 
excluded from actual cost may be financed externally, such as in a 
foreign jurisdiction that is willing to provide export financing.
    Another commenter opposing the requirement for a foreign component 
waiver for non-hull and superstructure items states that restrictions 
on the use and financing of foreign equipment will severely limit U.S. 
shipyards' ability to become globally competitive. The commenter adds 
that it is not reasonable to assume that these restrictions will result 
in the domestic manufacture of items. U.S. yards need to have the same 
access to the global supplier base as do other yards so that they can 
obtain the low prices and technologically advanced designs necessary to 
secure orders. Restricting U.S. shipyards from procuring foreign source 
machinery, equipment, or hull and superstructure material which has 
been manufactured in a foreign facility is not the way to make them 
competitive on the international market.
    Another commenter respects MARAD's good faith desire to try to 
protect U.S. suppliers, but opposes the actual cost disqualification 
for all foreign components and services. The commenter states that the 
NPRM's articulated policy goal is contrary to the spirit of GATT, to 
the policy of the President and the USTR, and to Congressional intent. 
In order to get export shipbuilding orders, there must be freedom to 
respond to the commercial dictates of international customers. The 
commenter adds that U.S. suppliers are done no favors by adopting 
protectionist principles which can prevent U.S. shipyards from 
obtaining export orders. The commenter states that a ``Buy America'' 
program should not be adopted until choice availability and price 
parity from within the domestic U.S. is fully equal to that 
internationally available. If the above arguments are rejected, the 
commenter argues that the hull and superstructure metals components are 
the only items for which no waiver should be granted.
    A final commenter adds that exclusion of foreign components of the 
hull and superstructure and a waiver for other foreign components or 
services is redundant in the case of coastwise-eligible U.S.-flag 
Vessels since other U.S. laws require that such Vessels be built in the 
United States (which term includes fabrication of all major components 
of the hull and superstructure in the U.S.). The commenter states that 
the regulations omit the word major thereby arguably setting up an even 
higher standard than that required to document Vessels under the U.S. 
flag for coastwise trade. The commenter recommends that MARAD limit its 
requirements under Title XI in the case of non-coastwise U.S.-flag 
Vessels and foreign-flag Vessels to assembly in a shipyard in the 
United States. The commenter states that MARAD should encourage U.S. 
shipyards to compete internationally and not limit its own program in a 
way that makes it less attractive than competing programs being offered 
by foreign countries. In addition, the commenter states that the waiver

[[Page 21309]]

requirement is totally unwarranted in light of earlier removal of the 
``Buy America'' requirements. Placing additional requirements of this 
type is the kind of unnecessary government regulation that the 
Administration promised to eliminate in its October 1993 shipbuilding 
initiative report.
    MARAD Response: MARAD reiterates its concern about the potential 
adverse effect on the U.S. supplier base of elimination of the waiver 
requirement for foreign components and services to be included in the 
Actual Cost determination. MARAD is attempting to create an environment 
where both the shipbuilding and ship supply industries have the 
opportunity to be competitive based on fair pricing, quality and 
timeliness. In view of the foregoing comments, MARAD has decided to 
retain the waiver requirement and to establish a standard for granting 
a waiver. The standard would be the certification by the applicant, to 
be reviewed by MARAD, that a foreign item or service is not available 
in the U.S. on a timely or price-competitive basis, or is not of 
sufficient quality. Paragraph (a)(2)(i) is being modified accordingly.
    In addition, MARAD agrees with one of the commenters that the 
omission of the word ``major'' from defining the components of the hull 
and superstructure which must be fabricated in the U.S. establishes a 
higher standard than that required to document vessels under the U.S. 
flag for coastwise trade. Accordingly, the appropriate clarification is 
being made to paragraph (a)(2)(i).
    Section 298.13(a)(4). One commenter states that provision should be 
made to accept financial information provided in the normal accounting 
system used by the applicant, provided that it is an accepted 
accounting system in the applicant's country of origin and further, 
provided that the applicant submits some reconciliation of the major 
differences between the accounting system employed and GAAP. The 
commenter adds that the Securities and Exchange Commission accepts this 
approach. One other commenter recommends that if U.S. GAAP is to be 
required of all applicants or other entities significantly involved 
with the financing, that requirement should be reflected in the 
regulations.
    MARAD Response: MARAD recognizes that a requirement to meet U.S. 
generally accepted accounting standards may be unduly burdensome in the 
case of Eligible Export Vessels. Accordingly, in the interim final rule 
published in the Federal Register on March 31, 1994, MARAD amended 
Sec. 298.42 of the Title XI regulations to provide that, in the case of 
such vessels, the company accounts shall be audited at least annually 
and the Secretary may require that the financial statements be in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles by 
accountants, as otherwise described in Sec. 298.42, or certified by 
independent public accountants licensed to practice by the regulatory 
authority or other political subdivision of a foreign country, provided 
such accountants are satisfactory to the Secretary. In order to be 
consistent with Sec. 298.42, MARAD agrees that provision should be made 
for MARAD to accept financial information from Eligible Export Vessel 
applicants provided in the normal accounting system used by the 
applicant, provided that it is an accepted accounting system in the 
applicant's country of origin and, further, provided that the applicant 
provides a reconciliation of the major differences between the 
accounting system employed and GAAP. This approach would parallel that 
accepted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. MARAD has added new 
language to this paragraph to accommodate the commenter's concerns and 
to make this paragraph consistent with Sec. 298.42.
    Section 298.13(b). This paragraph sets forth financial definitions 
for Secs. 298.13, 298.35 and 298.42 of the Title XI regulations. One 
commenter is confused as to how the NPRM amended this section to be 
consistent with 46 CFR part 232, as no proposed amendments to part 232 
could be found. The commenter added that, for the definitions of 
working capital, equity and long-term debt, the NPRM deleted references 
to GAAP, which revisions are not supported by the commenter.
    MARAD Response: The commenter appears to have misinterpreted the 
proposed amendment to this section of the Title XI regulations. The 
NPRM amended certain paragraphs of this section to make them consistent 
with 46 CFR Sec. 232, which was most recently amended by MARAD with the 
publication of a notice in the Federal Register on December 9, 1993. 
There is no indication in the discussion section of the NPRM that 
amendments to part 232 were also being proposed, which is the reason 
the commenter could not find any proposed amendments to part 232.
    With regard to the commenter's statement that the NPRM deleted 
references to GAAP in the definitions of working capital, equity and 
long-term debt, it is important to note that 46 CFR Sec. 232.2(a), 
which is separate from the Title XI regulations, requires that all 
contractors shall conform their accounting policies to GAAP 
(promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the 
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants). Although the NPRM 
deletes references to GAAP in these Title XI regulations, working 
capital, equity and long-term debt definitions must conform to GAAP as 
such terms are defined in 46 CFR 232.2(a). Hence, MARAD sees no reason 
to change the present wording of paragraph (b).
    Sections 298.13 (d) and (e). These sections outline the primary and 
special requirements required at the Closing. Comments were received 
from only one commenter on these paragraphs. The commenter states that 
the maximum debt to equity rate of 2:1 is unrealistic and should be 
revised upwards. The commenter considers the ratio unrealistic because 
a company could have a large asset requisition and yet still be strong 
enough to pay back its loan. Furthermore, since banks allow a ratio of 
3:1 in certain cases, MARAD regulations are more burdensome. In 
addition, the commenter states that the working capital ratio is 
obsolete and should be replaced by a cash flow ratio for asset-based 
companies. A minimum ratio of 1.25:1 is recommended by the commenter in 
keeping with current banking requirements.
    MARAD Response: MARAD does not agree that a debt to equity ratio of 
2:1 and a positive working capital ratio are either unrealistic or 
obsolete standards, and is not amending these requirements. However, 
MARAD recognizes that these standards may not be appropriate in certain 
cases and does not apply them in every case. Financial requirements are 
determined on a case-by-case basis and are dependent upon numerous 
financial and economic factors. Pursuant to paragraph (h) of this 
section, the Secretary may waive or modify the financial terms or 
requirements otherwise applicable under this section, upon determining 
that there is adequate security for the Guarantees. Should an applicant 
have sufficient financial resources to justify a different ratio, the 
Secretary already has the authority to modify the financial 
requirements.

Section 298.14  Economic Soundness

    Section 298.14. One commenter stated that in evaluating the income 
stream for a one vessel project, MARAD should consider the assets of 
the entire company which back up the loan, including other vessels' 
income. In addition, loans should provide for repayment without the 
imposition of pre-payment penalties kicking in.

[[Page 21310]]

    MARAD Response: Paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section states that 
in making a finding of economic soundness MARAD shall consider all 
relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the projected revenues 
and expenses associated with employment of the vessel. Whether the 
project is a one Vessel project or a multi-Vessel project, MARAD 
believes that it is only reasonable to require that the projected cash 
flow and net income of the project support the Title XI debt service 
requirements. Therefore, MARAD declines to amend the requirement.
    As to the comment that loans should provide for repayment without 
pre-payment penalties kicking in, payment terms, conditions, and 
penalties, if any, are determined prior to the issuance of the 
Obligations and are subject to negotiation. For MARAD to require that 
no pre-payment penalties will kick in if a loan should be prepaid is 
inappropriate and MARAD sees no reason to take such a position as the 
issue of pre-payment penalties must be negotiated between the Obligor 
and the Obligee(s).
    Although no comments were specifically received regarding 
paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4), MARAD has re-evaluated this requirement 
and has determined that the IRR calculation is not necessary and is 
deleting the appropriate paragraphs. The IRR calculation regulation was 
originally intended to provide specific, clear procedures that would 
produce more accurate and complete information for selecting successful 
applicants. However, on August 6, 1992, MARAD issued a final rule which 
shifted the burden for computation of the IRR from the applicant to 
MARAD.
    This section already outlines relevant factors that are considered 
by MARAD in making the economic soundness finding for a project. MARAD 
can make an economic soundness finding for a particular project based 
on the revenue, cost data, cash flows and other data already required 
to be submitted by all applicants. In view of the foregoing, the IRR 
calculation is not necessary to make a finding of economic soundness.

Section 298.18  Financing Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology

    Section 298.18(a). This paragraph states that the Secretary will 
approve Guarantees to finance Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology only upon a finding by the Secretary that the Guarantees 
will aid in the transition from naval shipbuilding to commercial ship 
construction for domestic and export sales, encourage shipyard 
modernization, and support increased productivity.
    MARAD Response: Although no comments were received on this 
paragraph, MARAD has reevaluated the requirement for this finding as 
part of its overall concern to reduce regulatory burden. This finding 
is not a statutory requirement; it was incorporated in the Title XI 
regulations on March 31, 1994, with the publication of the interim 
final rule which became final on September 16, 1994. Subtitle D of the 
Authorization Act includes a similar requirement for eligible export 
vessels which does not apply to shipyard modernization and improvement.
    In view of the fact that: (1) There is no statutory requirement for 
the Secretary to include the provision in paragraph (a) of this 
section; (2) Section 298.17 of the regulations already provides that, 
in evaluating project applications, the Secretary shall also consider 
whether, in the case of an Eligible Shipyard, the application provides 
for the capability of the shipyard to engage in naval vessel 
construction in time of war or national emergency; (3) paragraph (b) of 
this section states that the Secretary shall not approve applications 
for Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology which, after taking into 
consideration certain factors, would preclude approval of another 
application which would result in a more desirable use of appropriated 
funds; and (4) Sec. 298.3(e) states that priority will be given to 
applications from General Shipyard Facilities that have engaged in 
naval Vessel construction and that have pilot programs for shipyard 
modernization and Vessel construction, with respect to funds 
appropriated to the Secretary of Defense, it is now MARAD's position 
that General Shipyard Facilities applying for Guarantees to finance 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology need not satisfy a mandatory 
requirement as to prior naval shipbuilding. The language in the 
paragraph is being amended accordingly.

Section 298.20  Term, Redemption and Interest Rate.

    Section 298.20. One commenter stated that where charter rates are 
very low, financial assistance could be provided to an operator such as 
an extension of the Title XI maturity from 20 years to 25 years or a 
moratorium of the principal payments for a certain period of time to 
enable an owner to keep a ship out of lay-up.
    MARAD Response: This section outlines Obligation criteria with 
respect to term limitations, required redemptions and interest rate. 
Title XI Obligations shall not have a maturity which exceeds the 
anticipated physical and economic life of the asset being financed and, 
with respect to vessels, no more than twenty-five years from certain 
dates. MARAD already has the authority to defer principal payments, if 
warranted. Further, to protect, preserve or improve the collateral held 
as security by MARAD to secure Title XI debt, Sec. 298.28 provides 
MARAD discretion to make, or commit to make, an advance or payment of 
funds for Vessel-related expenses or fees.

Section 298.21  Limits

    Section 298.21(c). One commenter supports inclusion of Guarantee 
Fees as an item of Actual Cost in addition to certain broker 
commissions and underwriting fees for export vessels.
    MARAD Response: MARAD agrees with the comment that if Guarantee 
Fees are to be paid up front and are eligible to be financed with Title 
XI, then Guarantee Fees should be included as an item of Actual Cost. 
No further changes to paragraph (c) are necessary. With regard to 
broker commissions and underwriting fees for Eligible Export Vessels, 
paragraph (c)(4) does not allow ``fees, commissions or charges for 
granting or arranging for financing'', and paragraph (c)(6) does not 
allow ``underwriting or trustee's fees'' to be included in Actual Cost. 
Recognizing the importance that the payment of commissions plays in the 
export market, MARAD will allow commissions to be included in the 
foreign equipment and services amount of the Actual Cost of the 
project, provided: (1) A majority of the work done by the parties 
receiving the commissions is in the form of design and engineering 
work, and (2) the commissions represent a small amount of the total 
contract price. As the commissions represent a portion of the total 
shipyard contract price, therefore, there is no need to amend 
paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(6). A new sentence is being added to 
paragraph (b) which states that commissions may be included in the 
amount of the Actual Cost of a project, subject to the foregoing 
provisions.
    Section 298.21(d). As mentioned previously in the preamble, the 
NPRM solicited public comments regarding the guarantee of construction 
period financing, as authorized by the Title XI regulations. MARAD 
specifically invited comments on available forms of security, in 
addition to surety bonds, that could protect MARAD's interests as a 
lender, how progress should be monitored, what new procedures/
methodologies should be developed to

[[Page 21311]]

improve the progress payment system, and if payment of interest on the 
obligations should be made on a more frequent basis (i.e., weekly, 
monthly or quarterly) than that outlined in Sec. 298.22, Amortization 
of Obligations. In addition, MARAD solicited comments on how the Title 
XI applicant will verify/certify to MARAD that certain costs have been 
paid prior to disbursement of Title XI funds from the escrow account, 
including, for example, the use of an agent on MARAD's behalf to verify 
that certain costs have been paid.
    On the payment of interest issue, one commenter states that the 
question of whether interest should be paid more frequently has no 
bearing on construction risk. A requirement for more frequent payment 
than would be required after delivery would make issuance of long-term 
bonds during the construction period more awkward. Another commenter 
adds that interest during the construction period should be paid semi-
annually. Finally, one commenter recommended that interest be collected 
monthly in arrears.
    On the agent issue, one commenter states that the use of an agent 
is an unnecessary complication. Actual Cost is readily determined by 
inspection of invoice payments. The issue is really whether progress 
payment criteria established in the contract have been met. The 
commenter adds that MARAD should adopt a system with only four or five 
progress payments that are keyed to readily ascertained events, such as 
keel laying or start of fabrication. MARAD should avoid any elaborate 
audit procedures for costs incurred by the shipyard since the cost 
basis for the project is a fixed price. A second commenter states that 
the use of an agent by MARAD for certification of completion and 
payment of costs is similar to the ``privatization'' going on in many 
agencies and departments today and supports the concept. A final 
commenter adds that progress could be monitored by an approved agent 
and the shipyard and owner should have flexibility to develop 
procedures/methodologies. The commenter adds that the applicant could 
verify/certify certain costs paid prior to disbursement using an agent 
on behalf of MARAD.
    Finally, one commenter suggests that the words ``or Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology'' should not 
be inserted as proposed in Sec. 298.21(d) because they are already in 
the current regulations.
    MARAD Response: MARAD disagrees with the comment that the words 
``or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology'' should not be inserted in Sec. 298.21(d) because the words 
are already in the current regulations. Although Sec. 298.21 (b) has 
already been amended to reflect the expansion of the Title XI program 
for financing Advanced Shipbuilding Technology and/or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, it is necessary that the applicant submit to 
MARAD documents substantiating all claimed costs eligible under that 
section prior to payment from the Escrow Fund or Construction Fund and 
prior to the final Actual Cost determination for the Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology and/or Modern Shipbuilding Technology.
    On the payment of interest issue, MARAD agrees that the frequency 
of making interest payments has no bearing on construction risk, and a 
requirement for a more frequent payment than would be required after 
delivery would make issuance of long-term bonds during the construction 
period more difficult. In view of the foregoing, MARAD does not believe 
that interest on Obligations should be paid on a more frequent basis 
than that outlined in Sec. 298.22, which, in most cases, is semi-
annually.
    On the agent issue, MARAD disagrees with the comment that the use 
of an agent is an unnecessary complication. Provided that the 
methodology for substantiation of Actual Cost is determined prior to 
the establishment of an Escrow Fund or Construction Fund, using an 
agent on behalf of MARAD to verify/certify certain costs paid prior to 
disbursement can improve the administration of the Title XI program. 
MARAD believes that it is important to maintain flexibility in the 
procedures/methodologies for agent certification, and therefore 
declines to adopt by regulation a progress payment schedule based on 
specified milestones as such a payment schedule keyed to definitive 
events is already permissible.
    Hence, MARAD will not amend the text of paragraph (d) as proposed 
in the NPRM.

Section 298.28  Advances

    Concerning paragraph (a), one commenter suggested that the fourth 
sentence should be removed because the net result of the proposed 
inserts and deletions render the fourth sentence meaningless.
    MARAD Response: MARAD agrees and the fourth sentence is being 
deleted.

Section 298.32  Required Provisions in Documentation

    Section 298.32 (b). Pursuant to this section, the Obligor shall 
assign certain rights and shall covenant certain items as required by 
the Secretary.
    Paragraph (b)(4) requires covenants relating to the annual filing 
of satisfactory evidence of continuing U.S. citizenship, in accordance 
with 46 CFR part 355, with the exception of Eligible Export Vessels and 
shipyards with Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology projects. One 
commenter states that this requirement is inappropriate for those 
classes of Vessels which must be documented under the laws of the U.S. 
but are not required by Section 1101(b) of the Act to be owned by 
Section 2 citizens. Since, the Coast Guard is the agency charged with 
enforcing the documentation laws of the U.S. and its regulations at 46 
CFR 67.163 require an annual report of eligibility for such 
documentation from the owners of all documented Vessels, the commenter 
writes that no useful purpose is served by requiring owners of cargo 
and passenger Vessels, tugs and towboats and barges and dredges to file 
affidavits pursuant to Part 355.
    MARAD Response: Until the Act is further amended, MARAD will retain 
the regulation regarding the filing of affidavits pursuant to 46 CFR 
part 355.
    Paragraph (b)(6) requires covenants to maintain marine and war risk 
hull and machinery insurance on the Vessel in an amount equal to 110 
percent of the outstanding Obligations or up to the full commercial 
value of the Vessel, whichever is greater. One commenter recommends 
that making the required insurance co-extensive with the Guarantee 
amount (as MARAD only guarantees up to 87\1/2\ percent of the Actual 
Cost of the Vessel) would ensure that MARAD is ``made whole'' in the 
event of a disaster, while not creating an unnecessary financial burden 
for the owners. In addition, the commenter recommends 
FR Doc. 96-11289 Obligation GuaranteesProgram Administration
that war risk 
coverage should not be required for vessels operating in U.S. waters.
    MARAD Response: War risk insurance covers other perils besides war, 
such as strikes, riots and civil commotions. MARAD has not required war 
risk insurance for inland Vessels, Great Lakes Vessels, or Vessels 
operating solely in the intercoastal waterway because they are in a 
protected environment from risks of war. Vessels operating in domestic 
coastal trades and Jones Act offshore trades, including Puerto Rico and 
Hawaii, are required to have war risk insurance because these vessels 
are often out of protected U.S. territorial waters and in international 
waters, where they might encounter a hostile vessel or plane. For 
example, in the

[[Page 21312]]

early 1960s a U.S.-flag vessel, the FLORIDIAN was attacked by a Cuban 
fighter plane in international waters off the coast of Florida. Another 
U.S.-flag vessel, operating in the U.S. coastwise trade during that 
timeframe, the MARINE SULFUR QUEEN, vanished without a trace or 
established cause somewhere off the Florida coast on a voyage from the 
U.S. Gulf Coast to the U.S. East Coast. In addition, there is the 
possibility of minor regional flare ups where there might be the 
possibility of extending hostilities into international waters where 
U.S.-flag vessels are transiting. Accordingly, MARAD has only agreed to 
waive the war risk insurance requirement for vessels operating solely 
on or in inland protected waters. Finally, war risk insurance is 
relatively inexpensive, with coverage for a $10 million vessel costing 
$2,500 per year.
    With regard to the comments received on the covenants to maintain 
marine and war risk hull and machinery insurance on the Vessel in an 
amount equal to 110 percent of the outstanding Obligations or up to the 
full commercial value of the Vessel, whichever is greater, MARAD has 
considered the commenter's request to reduce the amount of coverage to 
equal the outstanding Obligations on a Vessel. In view of the fact 
that: (1) Any payoff by MARAD pursuant to its Guarantee would include 
interest accruals on the outstanding Obligations, and (2) the potential 
for a dispute with other parties over the insurance proceeds is reduced 
if the Vessel is insured in an amount equal to 110 percent of the 
outstanding Obligations or up to the full commercial value of the 
Vessel, whichever is greater, MARAD does not agree with the commenter 
that the amount of insurance coverage should equal the amount of the 
outstanding Obligations. Hence, MARAD sees no reason to change the 
present wording of paragraph (b).

Section 298.33  Escrow Fund

    Section 298.33 One commenter states that, in the requirement that a 
satisfactory certification as to the percentage of completion of the 
Vessel be made in conjunction with distributions from the Escrow Fund, 
the upfront payment of the Guarantee Fee as an item of Actual Cost 
needs to be factored into the percentage of completion.
    MARAD Response: Paragraph (e) of this section outlines the 
necessary requirements for disbursing funds from the Escrow Fund. As 
the upfront Guarantee Fee will be included in the Actual Cost of a 
project and will be factored into the percentage of completion 
determination referenced in subparagraph (3), MARAD is not amending the 
present wording of this section.

Section 298.35  Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement

    Section 298.35. The purpose of this section is to outline the 
requirements in a Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement (RFFA), 
which a company must enter into at the first Closing at which 
Obligations are issued. As mentioned previously, MARAD specifically 
solicited comments in the NPRM on any proposed amendments to the 
standard documentation, particularly with regard to Eligible Export 
Vessels and shipyard modernization.
    Several commenters stated that inadequate time was given to review 
and comment on the RFFA; a reduction in all documentation, not just the 
RFFA, is badly needed but is too complex an issue to be dealt with now. 
The Title XI documentation is overly complicated and greatly increases 
transaction costs and discourages applicants according to these 
commenters. As a general comment, the documentation needs to be revised 
to be consistent with the recent changes in law for shipyard 
modernization and Eligible Export Vessels. One commenter suggests the 
establishment of an advisory committee composed of representatives from 
MARAD, the maritime bar, investment and commercial banking industry, 
shipbuilding industry and the shipowning and operating industry to 
review and assist in documentation revisions.
    MARAD Response: As noted in Sec. 298.3(a) above, MARAD has decided 
to defer consideration of this matter in order to avoid delay in 
issuance of this rule. MARAD supports the suggestion that a forum be 
established by a non-Governmental authority composed of representatives 
from MARAD, the maritime bar, investment and commercial banking 
industry, shipbuilding industry and the shipowning and operating 
industry to review and assist in revisions to the Title XI documents.

Section 298.36  Annual Guarantee Fee

    Section 298.36. Most commenters oppose the lump sum prepayment of 
the annual Guarantee Fee, especially without the right of reimbursement 
in the event of prepayment. If the non-refundable-if-prepaid aspect 
were removed, then some of the commenters would support the lump sum 
payment of the annual Guarantee Fee. One commenter opposes the increase 
and prepayment of the Guarantee Fee unless it results in an increase in 
guarantee authority, as is provided in a current legislative proposal. 
Several commenters believe that the lump sum payment of the Guarantee 
Fee would force an applicant to incur increased project costs beyond 
those which would otherwise be due, making it more economical to build 
in other countries and resulting in MARAD and the applicant forfeiting 
currently existing program flexibility. One commenter states that the 
annual nature of the fee allows MARAD a second look at project exposure 
and provides an incentive for the prepayment of principal, as a means 
of reducing the applicant's real project financing costs. The commenter 
concludes by stating that the proposed change appears to be clearly 
outside the scope of the Title XI program.
    Another commenter stated that there is no indication as to the 
discount rate to be used in calculating the present value of the lump 
sum Guarantee Fee. The commenter proposes that a discount rate equal to 
the coupon rate (expected to be carried for the guaranteed bonds issued 
for the project) be applied to calculate the guarantee fee due at the 
time of the date of the security agreement. The commenter adds that it 
should be made clear that no additional Guarantee Fee is required in 
the event of a refinancing.
    Finally, a commenter argues that the calculation of the annual 
Guarantee Fee schedule should be based on the company's overall rating, 
i.e., whether the company is governed by the Section 12 or Section 13 
covenants of its Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement, rather 
than a debt to equity ratio. The commenter recommends a 50 basis points 
fee for Section 13 governed companies and a 75 basis points fee for 
Section 12 governed companies.
    MARAD Response: Section 1104(A)(e) of the Act, 46 App. U.S.C. 1274, 
provides that the Secretary is authorized to fix the Guarantee Fee for 
an Obligation and that all fees shall be computed and shall be payable 
to the Secretary under such regulations as prescribed by the Secretary. 
MARAD has exercised its authority to require the lump sum payment of 
the annual Guarantee Fee, especially without the right of reimbursement 
in the event of prepayment, to ensure that the Government will retain 
the full amount of the Guarantee Fee should the Obligations be retired 
prior to maturity, i.e., if a default occurs on the Obligations or the 
Obligations are prepaid. The regulatory change which indicates a 
modification in agency policy is within the scope of the Title

[[Page 21313]]

XI program. In addition, the lump sum Guarantee Fee payment would 
create an incentive for applicants to enhance the financial structure 
of their transactions in order to merit eligibility for the lowest 
possible Guarantee Fee rate, and therefore, reduce the risk associated 
with the project.
    Contrary to the comments of one party, the lump sum payment of the 
annual Guarantee Fee would not result in an increase in the Title XI 
guarantee authority. The lump sum payment was part of a legislative 
proposal previously submitted to Congress which increased the Guarantee 
Fees charged for a Commitment. As the language increasing the Guarantee 
Fees charged has been deleted from the legislation, the lump sum 
payment of the Guarantee Fee will not lower the subsidy rate MARAD is 
required to calculate according to the Credit Reform Act of 1990. 
Therefore, the commenter is incorrect in stating that receipt of the 
guarantee fee up front will result in an increase of the amount of 
available Title XI funding without increasing appropriations.
    The belief of several commenters that the lump sum payment of the 
Guarantee Fee would force an applicant to incur increased project costs 
beyond those which would otherwise be due is not true. It is estimated 
that the following amounts are similar: (1) The full payment of the 
first year's annual Guarantee Fee at the Closing as required prior to 
this final rule, and (2) the equity portion, or a minimum of 12\1/2\ 
percent of the lump sum payment being financed. With these 
similarities, the lump sum payment of the Guarantee Fee, and the 
potential of financing up to a maximum of 87\1/2\ percent of this 
amount, it is incorrect to assume the lump sum payment of the Guarantee 
Fee would force an applicant to incur increased project costs beyond 
those which would otherwise be due.
    The comment that there is no indication in the NPRM as to the 
discount rate to be used in calculating the present value of the lump 
sum Guarantee Fee is also incorrect. The NPRM revised paragraph (e) of 
this section and stated, among other things, that in ``determining the 
amount of the Guarantee Fee to be paid, MARAD will use a discount rate 
based on information contained in the Department of Commerce's Economic 
Bulletin Board quarterly rates.'' MARAD agrees with the comment that 
where bonds are issued in more than one series, the Guarantee Fee 
should be payable only to the extent of the total amount of obligations 
issued. The third sentence of the paragraph is deleted to coordinate 
the payment of the fee with Sec. 298.36(b), which sets forth the method 
of calculating the fee.
    Finally, MARAD disagrees with the comment that the calculation of 
the annual Guarantee Fee schedule should be based on the company's 
overall rating, i.e., whether the company is governed by the Section 12 
or Section 13 covenants of its Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial 
Agreement, rather than a debt to equity ratio. The extent to which a 
company is leveraged is a reasonable basis for assessing risk insofar 
as determining the appropriate guarantee fee. In addition, the 
commenter proposes a fee range of \1/2\ percent to \3/4\ percent; but 
this does not take into account the full Guarantee Fee range outlined 
in the statute of \1/4\ percent to \1/2\ percent for undelivered 
vessels and \1/2\ percent to 1 percent for delivered vessels.

Section 298.40  Defaults

    Paragraphs (b) and (d) of Sec. 298.40, Defaults, provide that if a 
demand for payment of the Guarantees is made, the Secretary shall make 
payment of the unpaid principal amount of Obligations and unpaid 
interest accrued and accruing thereon up to, but not including, the 
date of payment. One commenter suggested that the mandatory requirement 
for MARAD to pay off 100% of the outstanding debt in the case of a 
defaulting owner should be changed to provide an option for an 
assumption of the Obligations rather than an early payoff.
    MARAD Response: In view of the fact that the Act provides that in 
the event of a default, the Secretary may assume the Obligor's rights 
and duties under the Title XI Obligation and agreements and may make 
any payments in default, MARAD is modifying paragraphs (b) and (d) 
accordingly.

Other Comments

    In addition to the above comments received in response to the NPRM, 
several commenters provided comments which are not within the scope of 
this rulemaking. One commenter suggested that: (1) MARAD should 
consider making the Depository Trust Company (DTC) eligible as a 
Depository (there would be more competition and therefore better 
interest rates), (2) MARAD should be more adaptable to new financing 
techniques as they arise, and (3) Title XI Closings should take place 
at regional offices rather than in Washington. One other commenter 
expressed opposition to proposed legislation which increases the 
Guarantee Fee 50 percent.
    MARAD Response: Any proposed legislation is not within the scope of 
this rulemaking. As to the other comments, MARAD has the flexibility 
under its existing regulations to consider a DTC as a Depository, to 
adapt to new financing techniques, and to allow Closings at regional 
offices if appropriate. As a result, no change in Section 298 is 
necessary.
    The NPRM proposed removing and reserving Sec. 298.25, financing 
repayment of construction-differential subsidy. Section 298.25 is 
removed but has not been reserved. As a result, Sec. 298.26 through 
298.28 have been redesignated sections 298.25 through 298.27.
    In addition to the above, minor administrative changes have been 
made to Secs. 298.3(e), 298.13(e)(1)(i), 298.13(e)(1)(i)(A), 
298.14(a)(2)(i)(B), 298.14(a)(2)(iii)(G), 298.14(b)(1)(ii), and 
298.32(a)(3). '

Rulemaking Analyses and Notices

Executive Order 12866  (Regulatory Planning and Review) and Other 
Requirements of Law

    This rulemaking has been reviewed under section 3(f) of Executive 
Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, and it has been determined 
that this is not an economically significant regulatory action. 
However, since this rule would further the implementation of the 
National Shipbuilding Initiative program established under Subtitle D 
of Title XIII, Pub. L. 103-160, to support the industrial base and 
national security objectives by assisting in the reestablishment of a 
United States shipbuilding industry as a self-sufficient 
internationally competitive industry, and is of great interest to the 
U.S. maritime industry, it has been determined to be a significant rule 
under the Department's Regulatory Policies and Procedures. Accordingly, 
it is considered to be a significant regulatory action under E.O. 12866 
and has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. Because 
the economic impact should be minimal, further regulatory evaluation is 
not necessary. These amendments are intended only to simplify and 
clarify the procedural requirements for obtaining Guarantees, 
principally to expedite the process for MARAD's review of applications. 
Its purpose is to encourage the construction of ships in U.S. shipyards 
both for the domestic and the Eligible Export Vessel programs and the 
modernization and improvement of U.S. general shipyard facilities.
    MARAD is publishing this final rule to carry out the Secretary's

[[Page 21314]]

responsibilities under Title XI and to improve program administration.

Federalism

    MARAD has analyzed this rulemaking in accordance with the 
principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 12612 and has 
determined that these regulations do not have sufficient federalism 
implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    MARAD certifies that this regulation will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.

Environmental Assessment

    MARAD has considered the environmental impact of this rulemaking 
and has concluded that an environmental impact statement is not 
required under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    This rulemaking contains reporting requirements that have 
previously been approved by the Office of Management and Budget 
(Approval No. 2133-0018). Use of the present Maritime Administration 
Title XI Obligation Guarantees form will be continued pending revision 
and issuance of new forms, which must be approved by the Office of 
Management and Budget.

List of Subjects in 46 CFR Part 298

    Loan programs-Transportation, Maritime carriers, and Mortgages.

    Accordingly, 46 CFR part 298 is revised as follows:

PART 298--OBLIGATION GUARANTEES

Subpart A--Introduction

Sec.
298.1  Purpose.
298.2  Definitions.
298.3  Applications.

Subpart B--Eligibility

298.10  Citizenship.
298.11  Vessel requirements.
298.12  Applicant and operator's qualifications.
298.13  Financial requirements.
298.14  Economic soundness.
298.15  Investigation fee.
298.16  Substitution of participants.
298.17  Evaluation of applications.
298.18  Financing Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology.
298.19  Financing Eligible Export Vessels.

Subpart C--Guarantees

298.20  Term, redemptions and interest rate.
298.21  Limits.
298.22  Amortization of Obligations.
298.23  Refinancing.
298.24  Financing facilities and equipment related to marine 
operations.
298.25  Excess interest or other consideration.
298.26  Lease payments.
298.27  Advances.

Subpart D--Documentation

298.30  Nature and content of Obligations.
298.31  Mortgage.
298.32  Required provisions in documentation.
298.33  Escrow fund.
298.34  Construction fund.
298.35  Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement.
298.36  Annual Guarantee Fee.
298.37  Examination and audit.
298.38  Partnership agreements.
298.39  Exemptions.
Subpart E--Defaults and Remedies, Reporting Requirements, Applicability 
of Regulations
298.40  Defaults.
298.41  Remedies after default.
298.42  Reporting requirements-financial statements.
298.43  Applicability of the regulations.

Subpart F--Administration [Reserved]

    Authority: 46 App. U.S.C. 1114(b), 1271 et seq.; 49 CFR 1.66.

Subpart A--Introduction

Sec. 298.1  Purpose.

    This part prescribes regulations implementing the provisions of 
Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended, governing 
Federal ship financing assistance (46 App. U.S.C. 1271 et seq.).

Sec. 298.2  Definitions.

    For the purpose of this part:
    (a) Act means the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended (46 App. 
U.S.C. 1101 through 1294).
    (b) Actual Cost of a Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology means, as of any specified date, the aggregate, as 
determined by the Secretary, of all amounts paid by or for the account 
of the Obligor on or before that date and all amounts which the Obligor 
is then obligated to pay from time to time thereafter, for the 
construction, reconstruction or reconditioning of such Vessel or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology (described in 
Sec. 298.21(b)).
    (c) Advanced Shipbuilding Technology means:
    (1) Numerically controlled machine tools, robots, automated process 
control equipment, computerized flexible manufacturing systems, 
associated computer software, and other technology for improving 
shipbuilding and related industrial production which advance the state-
of-the-art; and
    (2) Novel techniques and processes designed to improve shipbuilding 
quality, productivity, and practice, and to promote sustainable 
development, including engineering design, quality assurance, 
concurrent engineering, continuous process production technology, 
energy efficiency, waste minimization, design for recyclability or 
parts reuse, inventory management, upgraded worker skills, and 
communications with customers and suppliers.
    (d) Closing means a meeting of various participants or their 
representatives in a Title XI financing, at which a commitment to issue 
Guarantees is executed, or at which all or part of the Obligations are 
authenticated and issued and the proceeds are made available for a 
purpose set forth in section 1104(a) of the Act, or at which a Vessel 
is delivered and a Mortgage is executed as security to the Secretary.
    (e) Depository means a bank or other financial institution 
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States, any 
State or territory thereof, the District of Columbia or the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico that is authorized under such laws to 
exercise corporate trust powers, is a member of the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation, and accepts deposits for purposes of 
implementing the program authorized by Title XI of the Act; but in the 
case of an Eligible Export Vessel can also mean, with the specific 
approval of the Secretary, foreign branches, but not the foreign 
subsidiaries, of such United States financial institutions.
    (f) Depreciated Actual Cost of a Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology means the Actual Cost of the Vessel or Advanced 
or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, as defined in paragraph (b) of this 
section (less a residual value of 2\1/2\ percent of United States 
shipyard construction cost or, in the case of Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, a residual value as appropriate), depreciated 
on a straightline basis over the useful life of the Vessel or Advanced 
or Modern Shipbuilding Technology as determined by the Secretary, not 
to exceed twenty-five years from the date the Vessel or Advanced or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology was delivered by the shipbuilder or 
manufacturer or, if the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology has been reconstructed or reconditioned, the Actual Cost of 
the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology depreciated on 
a straightline basis from the date the Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology was

[[Page 21315]]

delivered by the shipbuilder or manufacturer to the date of such 
reconstruction or reconditioning, on the basis of the original useful 
life of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, and 
from the date of said reconstruction or reconditioning on a 
straightline basis and on the basis of a useful life of the Vessel or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology determined by the Secretary, 
plus all amounts paid or obligated to be paid for the reconstruction or 
reconditioning, depreciated on a straightline basis and on the basis of 
a useful life of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology determined by the Secretary.
    (g) Documentation means all or part of the agreements relating to 
an entire Title XI financing which must be furnished to the Secretary, 
irrespective of whether the Secretary is a party to each agreement.
    (h) Eligible Export Vessel means a Vessel constructed, 
reconstructed, or reconditioned in the United States for use in world-
wide trade which will, upon delivery or redelivery, be placed under or 
continued to be documented under the laws of a country other than the 
United States.
    (i) Eligible Shipyard means a private shipyard located in the 
United States.
    (j) General Shipyard Facility means:
    (1) For operations on land, any structure or appurtenance thereto 
designed for the construction, repair, rehabilitation, refurbishment, 
or rebuilding of any Vessel, including graving docks, building ways, 
ship lifts, wharves and pier cranes; the land necessary for any 
structures or appurtenances; and equipment necessary for the 
performance of any function referred to in this paragraph; and
    (2) For operations other than on land, any Vessel, floating 
drydock, or barge built in the United States, within the meaning of 
Sec. 298.11(a), and used for, or a type that is usually used for, 
activities referred to in paragraph (k) of this section.
    (k) Guarantee means the contractual commitment of the United States 
of America, represented by the Secretary, endorsed on each Obligation, 
to make payment to the Obligee or an agent, upon demand, of the unpaid 
interest on, and the unpaid balance of the principal of such 
Obligation, including interest accruing between the date of default 
(described in Sec. 298.40 of this part) and the date of payment.
    (l) Guarantee Fee means the annual fee payable to the Secretary in 
consideration for the continuing Guarantees.
    (m) Indenture Trustee means a bank with corporate trust powers, or 
a trust company, with a combined capital and surplus of at least 
$3,000,000, which is located in and organized and doing business under 
the laws of the United States, any State or territory thereof, the 
District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, which has 
duties under the terms of a Trust Indenture, entered into with the 
Obligor, providing for the issuance and registration of the ownership 
and transfer of Obligations, the disbursement of funds held in trust by 
the Indenture Trustee for the redemption and payment of interest and 
principal with respect to Obligations, demands by the Indenture Trustee 
for payment under the Guarantees in the event of default and the 
remittance of payments received to the Obligees. Pursuant to a specific 
authorization of the Secretary, the Indenture Trustee may also 
authenticate the Guarantees.
    (n) Letter Commitment means a letter from the Secretary to an 
applicant for Guarantees, setting forth specific determinations made by 
the Secretary with respect to the applicant's proposed project, as 
required by the Act and regulations of this part, and stating the 
Secretary's commitment to execute Guarantees, subject to compliance by 
the applicant with any conditions specified therein.
    (o) Maritime Administration means that agency created within the 
Department of Transportation by Reorganization Plan No. 21 of 1950 (64 
Stat. 1273), amended by Reorganization Plan No. 7 of 1961 (75 Stat. 
840), as amended by Pub. L. 91-469 (84 Stat. 1036).
    (p) Modern Shipbuilding Technology means a technology to be 
introduced into the shipyard that is comprised of the best available 
proven technology, techniques, and processes appropriate to advancing 
the state-of-the-art of the applicant shipyard, or exceeds the best 
available processes of American shipbuilding, and that will enhance its 
productivity and make it more competitive internationally.
    (q) Mortgage means a first Preferred Mortgage on any Vessel or a 
first mortgage with respect to Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or with 
respect to Modern Shipbuilding Technology.
    (r) Obligation means any note, bond, debenture, or other evidence 
of indebtedness, as defined in section 1101(c) of the Act, issued for 
one of the purposes specified in section 1104(a) of the Act.
    (s) Obligee means the holder of an Obligation.
    (t) Obligor means any party primarily liable for payment of 
principal of or interest on any Obligation.
    (u) Paying Agent means any Person appointed by the Obligor to pay 
the principal of or interest on the Obligations on behalf of the 
Obligor.
    (v) Person means any individual, estate, foundation, corporation, 
partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, joint-
stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other acceptable 
legal business entity, government, or any agency or political 
subdivision thereof.
    (w) Preferred Mortgage means:
    (1) In the case of a mortgage on a Vessel documented under United 
States law, whenever made, a mortgage that--
    (i) Includes the whole of a Vessel;
    (ii) Is filed in substantial compliance with 46 U.S.C. 31321;
    (iii) Covers a documented Vessel or a Vessel for which an 
application for documentation has been filed that is in substantial 
compliance with the requirements of 46 U.S.C. Ch. 121 and the 
regulations prescribed under that Chapter by the United States Coast 
Guard; and
    (iv) Has as the mortgagee--
    (A) A State;
    (B) The United States Government;
    (C) A Federally insured depository institution, unless disapproved 
by the Secretary for that Vessel;
    (D) An individual who is a citizen of the United States;
    (E) A Person qualifying as a citizen of the United States pursuant 
to a provision of 46 App. U.S.C. 802; or
    (F) A Person approved by the Secretary pursuant to regulations at 
46 CFR 221.23(d); and
    (2) In the case of a mortgage on an Eligible Export Vessel, 
whenever made, a mortgage that--
    (i) Constitutes a mortgage that is established as security on an 
Eligible Export Vessel under the laws of a foreign country;
    (ii) Was executed under the laws of that foreign country and under 
which laws the ownership of the Vessel is documented;
    (iii) Is registered under the laws of that foreign country in a 
public register at the port of registry of the Vessel or at a central 
office;
    (iv) Otherwise satisfies the requirements of 46 U.S.C. 31301(6)(B) 
to constitute a Preferred Mortgage; and
    (v) Has the Secretary as the mortgagee, or such other mortgagee as 
is permitted by the applicable foreign law and approved by the 
Secretary.
    (x) Related Party means as that term is defined by generally 
accepted

[[Page 21316]]

accounting principles outlined in paragraph 24 of Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 57, Related Party Disclosures.
    (y) Secretary means the Secretary of Transportation, acting by and 
through the Maritime Administrator, Department of Transportation, the 
Maritime Administrator or any official of the Maritime Administration 
to whom is duly delegated the authority, from time to time, to perform 
the functions of the Secretary of Transportation or the Maritime 
Administrator, Department of Transportation.
    (z) Secretary's Note means a promissory note from the Obligor to 
the Secretary in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the 
Obligations, which is issued simultaneously with the Guarantees.
    (aa) Security Agreement means the primary contract between the 
Obligor and the Secretary, providing for the transfer to the Secretary 
by the Obligor of all right, title and interest of the Obligor in 
certain described property (including rights under contracts in 
existence or to be entered into), and containing other provisions 
relating to representations and responsibilities of the Obligor to the 
Secretary as security for the issuance of Guarantees.
    (bb) Vessel means all types of vessels, whether in existence or 
under construction, including passenger, cargo and combination 
passenger-cargo carrying vessels, tankers, towboats, barges and dredges 
which are or will be documented under the laws of the United States, 
floating drydocks which have a capacity of at least thirty-five 
thousand or more lifting tons and a beam of one hundred and twenty-five 
feet or more between the wing walls and oceanographic research or 
instruction or pollution treatment, abatement or control vessels, which 
are owned by citizens of the United States; except that an Eligible 
Export Vessel shall not be documented under the laws of the United 
States.

Sec. 298.3  Applications.

    (a) Content and amendment. Each application for a commitment to 
execute Guarantees shall be made on Form MA 163 to the Secretary, 
Maritime Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, 
DC 20590, and be certified in the manner prescribed on said form. All 
required information, including copies of any demise charters, time 
charters in excess of six months, contracts of affreightment, drilling 
contracts or other contractual arrangements with respect to the Vessel 
or Vessels, shall be presented on the form or in exhibits and schedules 
submitted with the application. In addition, the Declaration of 
Lobbying form as required by 31 U.S.C. 1352 shall be filed with the 
initial application, as part of the formal submission. Each exhibit and 
schedule shall contain a statement, on the first page thereof, clearly 
identifying the document as an attachment to an application for 
Obligation Guarantees, stating the name of the applicant and the date 
of the application. Any amendment of data contained in the application 
filed shall be marked ``Amendment,'' and shall contain a statement on 
the first page thereof, clearly identifying the document as an 
amendment to an application for Obligation Guarantees, stating the name 
of the applicant and the date of application. The certification 
required on Form MA 163 shall be affixed to each amendment.
    (b)(1) Time requirements for application. Each application shall be 
submitted to the Secretary at least four months prior to the 
anticipated date by which the applicant requires a Letter Commitment. 
The Secretary may consider applications with less notice prior to the 
anticipated date by which the applicant requires a Letter Commitment, 
upon written documentation that extenuating circumstances exist. During 
the first 15 calendar day period after submission, the Secretary will 
perform a preliminary review of the application for adequacy and 
completeness. If the application is found to be incomplete, or if 
additional data is required, the Secretary will notify the applicant 
promptly in writing and the applicant will have 15 calendar days to 
correct deficiencies from the date of each request for additional 
information. If the applicant has not corrected the deficiencies, or 
made substantial progress toward correcting them, within this 15 
calendar day period, then the Secretary may terminate the processing of 
the application without prejudice. Once the Title XI application is 
considered complete by the Secretary, the Secretary will act on the 
application within a period of 60 calendar days, unless for good cause 
the Secretary deems it necessary to extend such period. If an 
application is not completed by the applicant and acted upon by the 
Secretary within four months from the submission date, unless such time 
period is extended by the Secretary, the Secretary will notify the 
applicant in writing that processing of the application is terminated 
and that the applicant may reapply at a later date. If an application 
is terminated by MARAD without prejudice, no new filing fee will be 
assessed for a subsequent application for a similar project that is 
filed within one year of the termination date. If a subsequent 
application is for a substantially different project as determined by 
MARAD on a case-by-case basis a new filing fee will be assessed.
    (2) Time requirements for documentation. An applicant to whom a 
Letter Commitment has been issued shall submit four sets of the 
documentation to the Secretary for review. The documentation shall be 
submitted to the Secretary for review at least six weeks prior to the 
anticipated closing to afford the Secretary time to complete an 
adequate review of the documentation. The applicant shall utilize the 
standard form of documentation which will be provided by the Secretary.
    (3) Processing applications. In processing applications, the 
Secretary shall consider the different degrees of risk involved with 
different applications.
    (4) Additional assurances. For those applications not involving 
well established firms with strong financial qualifications and strong 
market shares, seeking financing guarantees for replacement vessels in 
an established market, in which projected demand exceeds supply, the 
Secretary may require additional assurances prior to approval, such as 
firm charter commitments, parent company guarantees, greater equity 
participation, private financing participation, security interest on 
other property and similar arrangements.
    (c) Filing Fee. Each application must be accompanied by a filing 
fee in the amount of $5,000, which will be non-refundable, irrespective 
of whether the Secretary subsequently issues a Letter Commitment.
    (d) Confidential Information. If the application, including 
attachments thereto, contains information which the applicant considers 
to be trade secrets or commercial or financial information and 
privileged or confidential, or otherwise exempt from disclosure under 
the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), the applicant shall 
assert a claim of exemption at the time of application. The same 
requirement shall apply to any amendment to the application. If no 
claim of exemption is made when the application or amendment is filed, 
the Maritime Administration shall not oppose any request subsequently 
made for disclosure, pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 
of any information contained in the

[[Page 21317]]

application. The following procedures shall apply with respect to the 
assertion and review of FOIA exemption claims:
    (1) Form and bases for claim. Any claim of exemption shall be made 
in a memorandum or letter contained in a sealed envelope marked 
``Confidential Information,'' addressed to the Secretary, Maritime 
Administration, and shall be subscribed by the applicant, or with 
respect to a corporate applicant, by a responsible corporate officer of 
the applicant. The applicant shall specifically and separately 
designate each part of the application, including attachments or 
amendments thereto, to which exemption from disclosure is claimed by 
noting ``Confidential Information'' thereon, and shall place each page 
in the sealed envelope. The applicant shall state in the memorandum or 
letter the bases, in detail, for each assertion of exemption, including 
but not limited to statutory and decisional authority.
    (2) The Secretary, Maritime Administration, shall make a 
determination as to any claim of exemption at the time a request is 
made for the information pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act. If 
the Secretary, Maritime Administration makes a determination 
unfavorable to the applicant as to any item of information in the 
application or amendment, the applicant will be advised that the 
Maritime Administration will not honor the request for confidentiality 
at the time of any request for production of information made pursuant 
to the Freedom of Information Act by third parties.
    (e) Priority. The Maritime Administration shall give priority for 
processing applications to vessels capable of serving as a naval and 
military auxiliary in time of war or national emergency, and requests 
for financing construction of equipment or vessels less than one year 
old as opposed to the financing of existing equipment or vessels that 
are one year old or older. Any applications involving the purchase of 
vessels currently financed under Title XI will also receive priority 
consideration for purposes of processing the assumption of the 
obligations as will applications from those willing to take guarantees 
for less than the normal term for that class of vessel. In regard to 
shipyards, priority will be given to applications from General Shipyard 
Facilities that have engaged in naval Vessel construction and that have 
pilot projects for shipyard modernization and Vessel construction, with 
respect only to funds appropriated to the Secretary of Defense, 
pursuant to provision of section 1359(a) of Pub. L. 103-160, 107 Stat. 
1547. With regard to Eligible Export Vessels, the Secretary may not 
issue a commitment to guarantee Obligations for an Eligible Export 
Vessel unless the Secretary determines, in the sole discretion of the 
Secretary, that the issuance of a commitment to guarantee obligations 
for an Eligible Export Vessel will result in the denial of an 
economically sound application to issue a commitment to guarantee 
Obligations for vessels documented under the laws of the United States 
operating in the domestic or foreign commerce of the United States, 
after considering:
    (1) The status of pending applications for commitments to guarantee 
obligations for vessels documented under the laws of the United States 
and operating or to be operated in the domestic or foreign commerce of 
the United States;
    (2) The economic soundness of the applications referred to in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section; and
    (3) The amount of guarantee authority available.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control 
number 2133-0018)

Subpart B--Eligibility

Sec. 298.10  Citizenship.

    (a) Applicability. Prior to acquiring a legal or beneficial 
interest in a Vessel financed under Title XI of the Act, except as 
provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the applicant and any other 
Person (including, but not limited to shipowners and, if applicable, 
owner trustees, equity participants and bareboat charterers) shall 
establish their United States citizenship within the meaning of Section 
2 of the Shipping Act, 1916, as amended, (``1916 Act'') (46 App. U.S.C. 
802) and MARAD's regulation at 46 CFR 221.3(c). All persons holding a 
Preferred Mortgage on the Vessel who do not qualify as citizens of the 
United States shall submit on the date of the Closing evidence that 
they qualify for the MARAD approval granted pursuant to 46 CFR 221.23, 
or that they have received approval pursuant to 46 CFR 221.25. The 
Secretary will not approve an application providing for ownership of 
such Vessel by, or bareboat chartering of such Vessel to, a non-U.S. 
citizen. Citizenship may also be required of any Person who is deemed 
by the Secretary to be an operator of the Vessel or who has authority 
to direct the operation of the Vessel on behalf of the shipowner. 
Certain chartering arrangements, including time chartering and 
contracts of affreightment, have been given general approval by the 
Secretary pursuant to Sections 9, 37, and 41 of the 1916 Act. See part 
221 of title 46 for more details on these approvals and other approvals 
granted concerning chartering and mortgaging of U.S. documented 
Vessels.
    (b) Prior to Letter Commitment. The applicant and any Person 
identified in paragraph (a) of this section, who is required to 
establish United States citizenship shall, prior to the issuance of the 
Letter Commitment, establish United States citizenship in form and 
manner prescribed in 46 CFR part 355.
    (c) After Letter Commitment. Any Person who has become identified 
with the project, for a reason indicated in paragraph (a) of this 
section, and who has not previously established United States 
citizenship within the prior twelve calendar months, promptly shall 
establish its United States citizenship in the form and manner 
prescribed in 46 CFR part 355.
    (d) Supplemental proof. Unless otherwise waived by the Secretary 
for good cause, at least 10 days prior to every Closing, all Persons 
identified with the project who have previously established United 
States citizenship in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (c) of this 
section shall submit pro forma Supplemental Affidavits of Citizenship 
which have previously been approved as to form and substance by the 
Secretary, and on the date of such Closing such Persons shall submit to 
the Secretary three executed copies of such Supplemental Affidavits of 
Citizenship evidencing the continuing United States citizenship of such 
Persons bearing the date of such Closing.
    (e) Exemption. With regard to Eligible Export Vessels and Eligible 
Shipyards, the applicant and any other Person, (including, but not 
limited to settlors, owner trustees, owner participants and bareboat 
charterers) shall be exempted from complying with the provisions of 
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.

Sec. 298.11  Vessel requirements.

    Each Vessel to be constructed, reconstructed or reconditioned and 
financed by issuance of Guarantees shall meet the following criteria:
    (a) United States Construction. A Vessel, including an Eligible 
Export Vessel, financed by an Obligation Guarantee is considered to be 
of United States construction if the Vessel is assembled in a shipyard 
geographically located within the United States. A U.S.-flag Vessel 
must meet the applicable United States Coast Guard requirements. An 
Eligible Export Vessel must meet the applicable laws, rules,

[[Page 21318]]

and regulations of its country of documentation, all applicable 
treaties, conventions on international agreements to which that country 
is a signatory, and the laws of the ports it serves. An Eligible Export 
Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the 
International Maritime Organization.
    (b) Actual Cost. The applicant's estimated Actual Cost as described 
in Sec. 298.21(b), must be approved by the Secretary for the 
construction, reconstruction, reconditioning of a Vessel as a condition 
for issuance of the Letter Commitment. The Secretary may require the 
applicant to have the shipyard that has contracted to build the vessel 
to submit additional technical data, backup cost details, and other 
evidence if the Secretary has insufficient data. The estimated cost of 
the Vessel may include escalation for the anticipated construction 
period of the Vessel, as described in Sec. 298.21(e).
    (c) Class condition and operation. The Vessel shall be constructed, 
maintained, and operated so as to meet the highest classification, 
certification, rating, and inspection standards for Vessels of the same 
age and type imposed by the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), or other 
such standards as may be approved by the United States Coast Guard, or 
in the case of an Eligible Export Vessel, such standards as may be 
imposed by a member of the International Association of Classification 
Societies (IACS) classification societies to be ISO 9000 series 
registered or Quality Systems Certificate Scheme qualified IACS members 
who have been recognized by the United States Coast Guard as meeting 
acceptable standards with such recognition including, at a minimum, 
that the society meets the requirements of IMO Resolution A.739(18) 
with appropriate certificates required at delivery, so long as the home 
country of that IACS member accords equal reciprocity, as determined by 
the Secretary, to United States classification societies. A Vessel, 
except an Eligible Export Vessel, shall comply with all applicable 
laws, rules, and regulations as to condition and operation, including, 
but not limited to, those administered by the United States Coast 
Guard, Environmental Protection Agency, Federal Communications 
Commission, Public Health Service, or their respective successor 
agencies, and all applicable treaties and conventions to which the 
United States is a signatory, including, but not limited to, the 
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea. An Eligible Export 
Vessel shall be documented in a country that is party to the 
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, or other treaty, 
convention, or international agreement governing vessel inspection to 
which the United States is a signatory, and shall comply with the 
applicable laws, rules, and regulations of its country of 
documentation, all applicable treaties, conventions on international 
agreements to which that country is a signatory, and the laws of the 
ports it serves. An Eligible Export Vessel shall be constructed in 
accordance with the requirements of the International Maritime 
Organization.
    (d) Reconstruction or reconditioning. Repairs necessary for the 
Vessel to meet the classification standards approved by the Secretary, 
or any regulatory body, or because of previous inadequate maintenance 
and repair, shall not constitute reconstruction or reconditioning 
within the meaning of this paragraph. An applicant for Guarantees 
secured by a Vessel to be reconstructed or reconditioned shall make the 
Vessel available at a time and place acceptable to the Secretary for a 
condition survey to be conducted by representatives of the Secretary. 
The applicant shall pay the cost of the condition survey. The scope and 
extent of the condition survey shall not be less effective than that 
required by the last ABS special survey completed (if the Vessel is 
classified), next due or overdue, whichever date is nearest in 
accordance with the Vessel's age. The Vessel shall meet the standard of 
the survey necessary for retention of class (if the Vessel is 
classified), and the operating records of the Vessel shall reflect 
normal operation of the Vessel's main propulsion and other machinery 
and equipment, consistent with accepted commercial experience and 
practice.
    (e) Metric Usage. The preferred system of measurement and weights 
for Vessels and Advanced and Modern Shipbuilding Technology shall be 
the metric system.

Sec. 298.12  Applicant and operator's qualifications.

    (a) Operator's qualifications. No Letter Commitment shall be issued 
by the Secretary without a prior determination that the applicant, 
bareboat charterer, or other Person identified in the application as 
the operator of the Vessel, possesses the necessary experience, ability 
and other qualifications to properly operate and maintain the Vessel or 
Vessels which serve as security for the Guarantees, and otherwise to 
comply with all requirements of this part.
    (b) Identity and ownership of applicant. In order to assess the 
likelihood that the project will be successful, the Secretary needs 
information about the applicant and the proposed project. To permit 
this assessment, each applicant shall provide the following information 
in its application for Title XI guarantees.
    (1) Incorporated companies. If the applicant is an incorporated 
company, it shall submit the following identifying information:
    (i) Exact name of applicant and tax identification number of a U.S. 
corporation, or if appropriate, international identification number of 
the applicant;
    (ii) State or country in which incorporated and date of 
incorporation; and
    (iii) Address of principal executive offices and of important 
branch offices, if any.
    (2) Partnerships, joint-ventures, associations, unincorporated 
companies. If the applicant is a partnership, joint-venture, 
association, or unincorporated company, it shall submit the following 
identifying information:
    (i) Name of partnership, association, or unincorporated company, 
and tax identification number, or if appropriate, international 
identification number of applicant;
    (ii) Business address;
    (iii) Date of organization;
    (iv) Name of partners (general and special) of the partnership or 
trustee and holders of beneficial interest in the association or 
company;
    (v) Certified copy of Partnership or Joint Venture Agreement, as 
amended; and
    (vi) A detailed statement regarding financial, management and/or 
equity transactions which could have a significant impact on the 
ability of the applicant to meet the requirements placed on the 
applicant under its financing.
    (3) Other entities. For any entity that does not fit the 
descriptions in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section, MARAD 
will specify the information that the entity shall submit regarding its 
identity and ownership.
    (c) Applicants: Business and affiliations. The applicant shall 
include:
    (1) A brief description of the principal business activities during 
the past 5 years of applicant and of any predecessor of the applicant. 
If any change in the principal business activities is presently 
contemplated (whether in connection with the work to be financed by the 
guarantees applied for, or otherwise), applicant shall give a

[[Page 21319]]

brief statement of the nature and circumstances thereof;
    (2) A list of all companies or persons (hereinafter referred to as 
related companies) that directly or indirectly, through one or more 
intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common control 
with, the applicant. Also indicate the nature of the business 
transacted by each, the relationships between the companies named, and 
the nature and extent of the control. This information may be furnished 
in the form of a chart. Specify whether any related companies have 
previously applied for or received any Title XI assistance;
    (3) A statement of whether or not during the past 5 years the 
applicant, or any predecessor or related company, has been in 
bankruptcy or in reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or in 
any other insolvency or reorganization proceedings under either 
domestic or foreign statutes, and whether or not any substantial 
property of the applicant or a predecessor or related company has been 
acquired in any such proceedings or has been subject to foreclosure or 
receivership during such period, and details of all such occurrences; 
and
    (4) A statement of whether or not the applicant or any predecessor 
or related company is now, or during the past 5 years has been, in 
default under any agreement or undertaking:
    (i) With others, the United States or a country other than the 
United States; or
    (ii) Guaranteed or insured by the United States or a country other 
than the United States.
    (d) Management of applicant. The applicant shall include:
    (1) A brief description of the principal business activities during 
the past 5 years of each director and each principal executive officer 
of the applicant; and
    (2) The name and address of each organization engaged in business 
activities related to those carried on or to be carried on by the 
applicant with which any person named in answer to paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section has any present business connection, the name of each such 
person and, briefly, the nature of such connection.
    (e) Applicant's property and activity. The applicant shall provide:
    (1) A brief description of the general character and location of 
the principal properties of the applicant employed in its business, 
other than vessels, describing encumbrances, if any;
    (2) A statement with respect to each vessel owned by the applicant, 
or operated by it under charter, stating name, gross tonnage, net 
tonnage, deadweight tonnage, age, type, speed, registry, cargo capacity 
and number and type of cargo units (container, trailer, etc.); and
    (3) A summary statement which addresses the services, routes, or 
line (including ports served) on which the applicant operates any of 
the vessels owned or chartered by it. Also, a schedule and tonnage of 
cargo carried by the applicant during the two preceding years, the 
units carried (containers, barges, passengers, etc.) and the cargo 
capacity utilization factor experienced.
    (f) Operating ability. (1) In the case of an applicant for a vessel 
financing Guarantee, the applicant shall submit a detailed statement 
showing its ability to successfully operate the Vessel(s), including 
name, education, background of, and licenses held by all senior 
supervisory personnel concerned with the physical operation of the 
ships owned by the applicant or proposed for construction. If not now 
an operator of Vessel(s), the applicant shall indicate a proposed 
organizational structure of key operating personnel or the name of the 
proposed operating agent. If now the owner and/or operator of ships, 
the applicant shall furnish data as to union affiliations and existing 
contracts necessary to the management and operation of the Vessel(s) 
covering such items as bunkers, repairs, stores and stevedoring, and 
names of companies (domestic and foreign) for which the company acts as 
agent. If a company other than the applicant is designated to operate 
the Vessel(s), then the above information shall be provided for that 
company, together with a copy of the proposed operating agreement(s).
    (2) In the case of an Eligible Shipyard which is an applicant for a 
Guarantee for Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, a detailed 
statement shall be submitted evidencing its ability to successfully 
construct/reconstruct vessel(s), including name, education, background 
of, and licenses, if any, held by all senior supervisory personnel in 
the shipyard concerned with the physical operation of the shipyard, 
union affiliations and existing contracts necessary to the management 
and operation of the shipyard.

Sec. 298.13  Financial requirements.

    (a)(1) In general. To be eligible for guarantees, the applicant 
and/or the parent organization (when applicable), and any other 
participants in the project having a significant financial or 
contractual relationship with the applicant shall submit information, 
respectively, on their financial condition. This information shall be 
submitted at the time of the application and supplemented as 
subsequently required by the Secretary. In addition, the applicant 
shall submit information satisfactory to the Secretary that financial 
resources are available to support the project which is the subject of 
the Title XI application.
    (2) Cost of the project. Applicant shall submit the following cost 
information with respect to the project:
    (i) In the case of an applicant for Vessel financing Guarantees, a 
detailed statement of the estimated Actual Cost of construction, 
reconstruction or reconditioning of the Vessel(s) including those items 
which would normally be capitalized as Vessel construction costs. Net 
interest during construction is the total estimated construction period 
interest on non-equity funds less estimated earnings from the escrow 
fund, if such fund is to be established prior to Vessel(s) delivery. 
Each item of foreign components and services shall be excluded from 
Actual Cost, unless a waiver is specifically granted for the item, 
which waiver shall not be granted for major foreign components of the 
hull and superstructure. The standard for granting a waiver is 
certification by the applicant, to be reviewed by the Secretary, that a 
foreign item or service is not available in the United States on a 
timely or price-competitive basis, or is not of sufficient quality. 
Although excluded from Actual Cost, foreign components of the hull and 
superstructure can be regarded as owner-furnished equipment that may be 
used in satisfying the applicant's equity requirements imposed by 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section. An illustration of how the cost of 
foreign components of the hull and superstructure may be used to 
satisfy an applicant's equity requirements is outlined below. If any of 
the costs have been incurred by written contracts such as the shipyard 
contract, management or operating agreement, signed copies should be 
forwarded with the application. The applicant may be required to have 
the contracting shipyard submit back-up cost details and technical 
data. This information shall be submitted in the format as prescribed 
by the Title XI application procedures.

ILLUSTRATION--COST OF FOREIGN COMPONENTS SATISFYING EQUITY 
REQUIREMENTS.

    Assuming that the total project cost is $100 million, of which 
the cost of major foreign components in the hull and superstructure 
total $20 million, and that the Title XI applicant has requested 
financing for 87\1/2\ percent of the cost of the project, the 
following is a demonstration of how the value of the major foreign 
components in the

[[Page 21320]]

hull and superstructure may be used in meeting the equity 
requirements of Sec. 298.13 (a)(3):

Cost of Foreign Components Excluded from Actual Cost

Cost of Project..........................................$100.0 million
Cost of Major Foreign Components in Hull and Superstructure.......$20.0 
                                                                million
Total Actual Cost of Project..............................$80.0 million
Required Equity (12\1/2\ percent).........................$10.0 million
Total Project Cost Financed w/Title XI (87\1/2\ percent)..........$70.0 
                                                                million

    The $10 million in required equity may be satisfied by the 
owner's contribution of the foreign components of hull and 
superstructure to the project.

    (ii) In the case of Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, a 
detailed statement of the actual cost of such technology, including 
those items which would normally be capitalizable. If any of the costs 
have been incurred by written contracts, signed copies shall be 
forwarded with the application. The applicant may be required to have 
manufacturers submit back-up cost details and technical data. This 
information shall be submitted in the format prescribed by the Title XI 
application procedures.
    (iii) A detailed statement showing the actual cost of any shore 
facilities, cargo containers, etc., required to be purchased in 
conjunction with the project.
    (iv) A detailed statement showing any other costs associated with 
the project which were not included in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this section, such as: Legal and accounting fees, printing 
costs, guarantee fees, vessel insurance, underwriting fees, fee to a 
Related Party, etc.
    (v) If the project involves refinancing, the exhibit entitled 
Request for Actual Cost Approval and Reimbursement, its summary sheet 
and supplemental schedules shall be submitted at the time of filing the 
application.
    (3) Financing. The applicant shall describe, in detail, how the 
costs of the project (sums referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section) are to be funded and the timing of such funding. The applicant 
shall include any vessel trade-ins, related or third party financings, 
etc. The applicant shall also provide the proposed terms and conditions 
of all private funding, from both equity and debt sources and clearly 
identify all parties involved. If the applicant intends to utilize co-
financing (involving a blend of Title XI and private financing for the 
debt portion), the terms and conditions of such financing shall be 
subject to approval by the Secretary. The applicant shall demonstrate 
with financial statements that at least 12\1/2\ percent of the 
construction or reconstruction costs of the Vessel(s) or the cost of 
the Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
will be in the form of equity and not additional debt, except to the 
extent allowed by paragraph (g) of this section. The applicant shall 
disclose all of the Vessel(s), Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology financing in the format prescribed by 
the Title XI application procedures. If the applicant uses co-financing 
(involving a blend of Title XI and private financing for the debt 
portion of the project), the ability of the co-financiers to exercise 
their rights against collateral shared with the Secretary for any 
transaction shall be subject to the approval of the Secretary.
    (4) Financial Information. The applicant shall submit the following 
additional financial statements with respect to both the proposed Title 
XI project and the overall operations of the applicant, prepared in 
accordance with 46 CFR part 232 and including notes to explain the 
basis used for arriving at the figures (in the case of Eligible Export 
Vessels, the Secretary may accept financial information provided in the 
normal accounting system used by the applicant provided that it is an 
accepted accounting system in the applicant's country of origin and, 
further, provided that the applicant provides a reconciliation of the 
major differences between the accounting system employed and U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles):
    (i) The three most recent audited financial statements of the 
applicant, its parent, if any, and other significant participants. If 
the applicant is a new entity or is to be funded from or guaranteed by 
external source(s), it shall provide the audited financial statements 
of the funding source(s);
    (ii) A pro forma balance sheet of the applicant as of the estimated 
date of execution of the Guarantees reflecting the assumption of the 
Title XI Obligations;
    (iii) A schedule of amortization of all existing debt (Title XI or 
otherwise) of the applicant for the period in which the Guarantees are 
to be outstanding; and
    (iv) A Sources and Uses Statement for the first full year of 
operations and the following five years, including a clear source of 
funding for the payment of all debt when due.
    (b) Financial definitions. For the purpose of this section and 
Secs. 298.35 and 298.42 of this part:
    (1) Company means any Person subject to financial requirements 
imposed under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section and paragraphs (b) 
and (c) of Sec. 298.35, as well as the reporting requirements imposed 
by Sec. 298.42.
    (2) Working Capital means the difference between current assets and 
current liabilities, adjusted as follows:
    (i) Current assets shall exclude:
    (A) Amounts in or required to be set aside in any Title XI Reserve 
Fund, pursuant to Sec. 298.35(e) or Capital Construction Fund Security 
Amount prescribed by Sec. 298.35(f), (excluding that portion of such 
fund which is available for the payment of current liabilities) that is 
being maintained pursuant to an agreement covering a Vessel owned or 
leased by the company, or in another similar fund required under any 
other mortgage, indenture or other agreement to which the company is a 
party; and
    (B) Any receivables from a Related Party or from any stockholder, 
director, officer or employee (or their family) of the company or of a 
Related Party other than current receivables arising out of the 
ordinary course of business and not outstanding for more than 60 days.
    (ii) Current liabilities shall include the current portion of 
charter hire and other lease obligations not already included as a 
current liability.
    (3) Equity (net worth) shall be exclusive of:
    (i) Any receivables from a Related Party or from any stockholder, 
director, officer or employee (or their family) of the company or of a 
Related Party other than current receivables arising out of the 
ordinary course of business and not outstanding for more than 60 days, 
and
    (ii) Any increment resulting from the reappraisal of assets.
    (4) Long Term Debt shall exclude the balance of Escrow Fund 
deposits attributable to the principal of Obligations sold, where 
deposits are required in accordance with Sec. 298.33. However, there 
shall be included any guarantee or other liability for the debt of any 
other Person.
    (5) Capitalizable Cost means the aggregate of the Actual Cost of 
the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology and those 
other items which customarily would be capitalized as Vessel costs or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology costs under generally 
accepted accounting principles and those other items which customarily 
would be capitalized as Vessel costs under generally accepted 
accounting principles.
    (6) Depreciated Capitalizable Cost means the Capitalizable Cost of 
a Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, depreciated on 
a straight

[[Page 21321]]

line basis over the same useful life as determined by the Secretary for 
Actual Cost, and depreciated as required by Sec. 298.21(g).
    (c) Applicability. The financial resources shall be adequate to 
meet the Equity requirements in the project and existing Working 
Capital requirements, as set forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this 
section.
    (1) The various financial requirements shall be met by the owner of 
the Vessel or Vessels or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology to 
be security to the Secretary for the Guarantees, except that if the 
owner is not the operator, the overall financial requirements shall be 
allocated among the owner, the operator and other parties as determined 
by the Secretary.
    (2) The Company shall satisfy the applicable financial 
requirements, in addition to any other financial requirements already 
imposed or which may be imposed upon it in connection with other 
Vessels financed under the Title XI program or in connection with other 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology financed under the Title XI 
program.
    (3) A determination as to whether the Company has satisfied all 
financial requirements shall be based on the assumption that the 
projected financing has been completed. Accordingly, a pro forma 
balance sheet shall be submitted at the time of the application, 
reflecting any adjustment made pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this 
section, and a revised pro forma balance sheet, reflecting the 
completion of the projected financing, shall be submitted at least five 
business days before the first Closing at which the Obligations are 
issued.
    (d) Primary financial requirements at Closing. Where the primary 
minimum financing requirements at Closing are satisfied, the financial 
convenants in Sec. 298.35(b) are applicable. Primary financial 
requirements can apply to one or more Companies, and are determined as 
follows:
    (1) Owner as operator. Where the owner is to be the Vessel 
operator, minimum requirements at Closing usually are as follows:
    (i) Working Capital. The Company's Working Capital shall not be 
less than one dollar. This Working Capital requirement is based on the 
premise that the Company engages in a service-type activity with only 
normal Vessel inventory. If Working Capital includes other inventory, 
in addition to such normal Vessel inventory, the Secretary may adjust 
the requirement as considered appropriate. Also, if the Secretary 
determines that the Company's Working Capital includes amounts 
receivable that it reasonably could not expect to collect within one 
year, the Secretary may make adjustments to the Working Capital 
requirements.
    (ii) Equity (net worth). The Company's Equity shall be the greater 
of:
    (A) 50 percent of its Long Term Debt or
    (B) 90 percent of its Equity as shown on the last audited balance 
sheet, dated not earlier than six months before the date of issuance of 
the Letter Commitment.
    (2) Lessee or charterer as operator. Where a lessee or charterer is 
to be the Vessel operator, minimum requirements at Closing usually are 
as follows:
    (i) Working Capital. The operator's Working Capital requirement 
shall be the same as that which would have otherwise been imposed on 
the owner as operator under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section and 
based on the same premise stated therein.
    (ii) Long Term Debt. The operator's Long Term Debt shall not be 
greater than twice its Equity.
    (iii) Equity (net worth). Different Equity requirements shall be 
imposed on the owner and operator of the Vessel, respectively, as 
follows:
    (A) The owner's Equity shall at least be equal to the difference 
between the Capitalizable Cost or Depreciated Capitalizable Cost of the 
Vessel (whichever is applicable) and the total amount of the 
Guarantees.
    (B) The operator's Equity shall be the same as that which would 
have otherwise been required of the owner as operator under paragraph 
(d)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (3) Owner as General Shipyard Facility. Where the owner of Advanced 
or Modern Shipbuilding Technology is a General Shipyard Facility, 
minimum requirements at Closing will be the same as those set forth in 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section for an owner as operator.
    (e) Special financial requirements at closing. If the proposed 
project involves a leverage lessor, parent company or ``hell or high 
water'' charterer committed to financing the debt service for the term 
of the Guarantees and who meets the primary financial requirement at 
closing, then with respect to the applicant, the eligibility for 
Guarantees may be based upon satisfaction of special financial 
requirements, in which the financial covenants imposed and the 
requirements for maintenance of a Title XI Reserve Fund shall be as 
provided for in Sec. 298.35(c) of this part. Special financial 
requirements are as follows:
    (1) Owner as operator. Where the owner is the Vessel operator, the 
special requirements at Closing are as follows:
    (i) Working Capital. The Company's Working Capital, which may be 
adjusted by the Secretary in accordance with the provisions set forth 
in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, shall be an amount at least 
equal to the sum of the following:
    (A) The first year's debt service relating to the Vessel to be 
financed upon delivery (redelivery in the case of a reconstructed or 
reconditioned Vessel), or the first year's debt service relating to the 
Vessel to be financed or refinanced after delivery. With respect to a 
reconstructed or reconditioned Vessel, the estimated Capitalizable Cost 
or Depreciated Capitalizable Cost, whichever is applicable (depending 
upon when financing occurs), shall be that related only to the cost of 
work performed in the reconstruction or reconditioning;
    (B) One year's premium for vessel insurance including Hull, 
Machinery, Protection and Indemnity, and War Risk coverage; and
    (C) One year's Guarantee Fee.
    (ii) Equity (net worth). The Company's Equity shall be at least 
equal to 90 percent of the Equity as shown on the last audited balance 
sheet dated not earlier than six months before the issuance of the 
Letter Commitment, but not less than the sum of the following:
    (A) The difference between:
    (1) The estimated Capitalizable Cost of a new Vessel to be financed 
upon delivery, the estimated Capitalizable Cost of the work to be 
performed in reconstructing or reconditioning a Vessel, the Depreciated 
Capitalizable Cost of an existing Vessel to be refinanced or the 
Depreciated Capitalizable Cost of a new Vessel to be financed after 
delivery, and
    (2) The amount of the Guarantees; and
    (B) The amount of Working Capital as determined in accordance with 
the provisions of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section.
    (2) Lessee or charterer as operator. Where the lessee or charterer 
is the Vessel operator, the special financial requirements at Closing 
are as follows:
    (i) Working Capital. The Company shall have Working Capital in an 
amount determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 
(e)(1)(i) of this section, applicable as if the owner were the 
operator.
    (ii) Equity (net worth). Different Equity requirements shall be 
imposed on the operator and the owner, respectively as follows:
    (A) The operator shall have Equity at least equal to 90 percent of 
the Equity

[[Page 21322]]

shown on the last audited balance sheet dated not earlier than six 
months before the issuance of the Letter Commitment, but no less than 
its Working Capital requirement.
    (B) The owner shall have Equity in an amount determined in 
accordance with the provisio
FR Doc. 96-11289 Obligation GuaranteesProgram Administration
ns of paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) of this 
section.
    (3) Owner as General Shipyard Facility. Where the owner of Advanced 
or Modern Shipbuilding Technology is a General Shipyard Facility, 
special financial requirements at Closing will be the same as those 
outlined in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for an owner as operator 
insofar as they apply to such technology.
    (f) Adjustments to financial requirements at Closing. If the owner, 
although not operating a Vessel, assumes any of the operating 
responsibilities, the Secretary may adjust the respective Working 
Capital and Equity requirements of the owner and operator, otherwise 
applicable under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, by increasing 
the requirements of the owner and decreasing those of the operator by 
the same amount.
    (g) Subordinated debt considered to be Equity. With the consent of 
the Secretary, part of the Equity requirements applicable under 
paragraphs (a)(3), (d) and (e) of this section may be satisfied by 
debt, fully subordinated as to the payment of principal and interest on 
the Secretary's Note and any claims secured as provided for in the 
Security Agreement or the Mortgage. Repayment of subordinated debt may 
be made only from funds available for payment of dividends or for other 
distributions, in accordance with requirements of the Reserve Fund and 
Financial Agreement (described in Sec. 298.35 of this part). Such 
subordinated debt shall not be secured by any interest in property that 
is security for Guarantees or mortgage insurance under Title XI, unless 
the Obligor and the lender enter into a written agreement, satisfactory 
to the Secretary, providing, among other things, that if any Title XI 
financing or advance by the Secretary to the Obligor shall occur in the 
future, such security interest of the lender shall become subordinated 
to any indebtedness incurred by the Obligor and to any security 
interest obtained by the Secretary in that property or other property, 
with respect to the subsequent indebtedness.
    (h) Modified requirements. The Secretary may waive or modify the 
financial terms or requirements otherwise applicable under 
Secs. 298.13, 298.35 and 298.42, upon determining that there is 
adequate security for the Guarantees. The Secretary may impose similar 
financial requirements on any Person providing other security for the 
Guarantees.

Sec. 298.14  Economic soundness.

    (a) Economic Evaluation. No Letter Commitment for guarantees shall 
be given by the Secretary without a finding that the proposed project, 
with respect to which the Vessel(s) or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology to be financed or refinanced under Title XI, will be 
economically sound.
    (1) Basic feasibility factors. In making the economic soundness 
findings the Secretary shall consider all relevant factors, including, 
but not limited to:
    (i) The need in the particular segment of the maritime industry for 
new or additional capacity, including any impact on existing equipment 
for which a guarantee under this title is in effect;
    (ii) The market potential for the employment of the Vessel or 
utilization of the Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology of a General Shipyard Facility over the life of 
the guarantee;
    (iii) Projected revenues and expenses associated with employment of 
the Vessel or utilization of the Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology of a General Shipyard Facility;
    (iv) Any charters, contracts of affreightment, transportation 
agreements, or similar agreements or undertakings relevant to the 
employment of the Vessel or utilization of the Advanced Shipbuilding 
Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology of a General Shipyard 
Facility;
    (v) For inland waterways, the need for technical improvements 
including but not limited to increased fuel efficiency, or improved 
safety; and
    (vi) Other relevant criteria.
    (2) Project Feasibility. The applicant shall state in detail the 
purpose for the obligations to be guaranteed and shall supplement the 
application by exhibits deemed to be necessary. The applicant shall 
submit the following information to demonstrate the economic 
feasibility of the project over the Guarantee period.
    (i) Relevant market. A written narrative of the market (or 
potential market) for the project including full details on the 
following, as applicable:
    (A) Nature and amount of cargo/passengers available for carriage 
and applicant's projected share (provide also the number of units; 
i.e., containers, trailers, etc.);
    (B) Services or routes in which the Vessel(s) will be employed, 
including an itinerary of ports served, with the arrival and departure 
times, sea time, port time, hours working or idle in port, off hire 
days and reserve or contingency time, proposed number of annual 
sailings and number of annual working days for the Vessel(s) or, with 
respect to Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, how the 
equipment will be employed;
    (C) Suitability of the Vessel(s) or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology for their anticipated use;
    (D) Significant factors influencing the applicant's expectations 
for the future market for the Vessel(s) or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, for example, competition, government 
regulations, alternative uses, and charter rates; and
    (E) Particulars of any charters, contracts of affreightment, 
transportation agreements, etc. The narrative should be supplemented by 
providing copies of any marketing studies and/or supporting information 
(for instance, existing or proposed charters, contracts of 
affreightment, transportation agreements, and letters of intent from 
prospective customers).
    (F) The potential for purchasing existing equipment of a reasonable 
condition and age from another source, including information 
regarding--
    (1) Market assessment concerning the availability and cost of 
existing equipment that may be an alternative to new construction or 
the new technology;
    (2) The cost of modification, reconditioning or reconstruction of 
existing equipment to make it suitable for intended use; and
    (3) Descriptions of any bids or offers which the company had made 
to purchase existing equipment, especially Vessels which currently are 
financed with Title XI Obligations including date of offer, Vessels and 
amount of offer.
    (ii) Revenues. A detailed statement of the revenues expected to be 
earned from the project based upon the information in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section. The revenues shall be based on a realistic estimate of 
the Vessel(s) or the new technology utilization rate at a breakeven 
rate for the project. A justification for the utilization rate shall be 
supplied and should indicate the number of days per year allowed for 
maintenance, drydocking, inspection, etc.
    (iii) Expenses. A detailed statement of estimated daily vessel 
expense or expenses associated with Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology, including the following (where applicable):

[[Page 21323]]

    (A) Wages, including staffing (submit itemized staffing schedule 
and wages, identifying the seamen's unions involved), and aggregated as 
to straight time, overtime and fringe benefits;
    (B) Subsistence cost (indicate cost per person per day);
    (C) Fuel cost (specify purchase ports), including estimated fuel 
consumption at design speed loaded and in port;
    (D) Cost of stores, supplies and equipment, segregated as to Deck, 
Engine and Stewards Departments;
    (E) Maintenance and repair cost at midlife of ship (specify in 
years) segregated as to voyage repairs, special surveys, drydocking and 
tailshaft removal, annual survey and structural renewals;
    (F) Insurance costs, Hull and Machinery, Protection and Indemnity, 
War Risk and other (an insurance broker's estimate based upon current 
premium rates, if available, is considered preferable); and
    (G) Other expenses directly allocable to the asset (indicate items 
included).
    (iv) Estimated voyage expense: These items shall include:
    (A) Port expense segregated by port as to agency fees, wharfage and 
dockage and other port expenses;
    (B) Cargo expense, segregated as to stevedoring and other cargo 
expense (show average cost per ton for loading and discharging for each 
port or geographic area);
    (C) Brokerage expense, segregated as to freight and passenger; and
    (D) Other voyage expense segregated as to canal tolls and other 
expense (indicate items included).
    (v) Owner's expenses annually. These expenses shall be segregated 
as to:
    (A) Interest and amortized principal on mortgage indebtedness;
    (B) Estimated government Guarantee Fee; and
    (C) Salaries and other administrative expenses (indicate basis of 
allocations).
    (b) Objective Criteria. The Secretary shall make a finding of 
economic soundness with respect to each proposed project based on an 
assessment of the entire project. In order to be considered for 
approval, a project must meet the following criteria as determined by 
the Secretary:
    (1) The projected long-term demand (equal to length of financing 
being requested) for the particular Vessel(s) or new technology to be 
financed must exceed the supply of similar Vessels or new technology in 
the applicable markets, based on the Secretary's assessment of existing 
equipment, similar Vessels or new technology under construction and the 
projected need for new equipment in that particular segment of the 
maritime industry. Such an assessment shall be determined by the 
Secretary's analysis of the following three elements:
    (i) Conformity of the company's projections with supply and demand 
analyses prepared by the Maritime Administration;
    (ii) Availability of charters, letters of intent, outstanding 
contractual commitments, contracts of affreightment, transportation 
agreements or similar agreements or undertakings; and
    (iii) The applicant's existing market share compared with the 
market share necessary to meet projected revenues.
    (2) A projected cash flow and net income, supported by the findings 
of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, that is sufficient to meet the 
projected Title XI debt service requirements and any other debt 
obligations of the company.

Sec. 298.15  Investigation fee.

    (a) In general. Prior to the issuance of the Letter Commitment the 
applicant shall pay an Investigation Fee, computed as hereinafter 
provided, to the Secretary in the amount stated in the Letter 
Commitment. This fee is imposed to pay for the investigation of the 
project described in the application and the participants in the 
project, the appraisal of properties offered as security, Vessel 
inspection during construction, reconstruction or reconditioning (where 
applicable) and other administrative expenses. If, for any reason, the 
Secretary shall subsequently disapprove the application, one-half of 
the Investigation Fees shall be due and payable.
    (b) Base Fee. The investigation fee shall be one-half of one 
percent on obligations to be issued up to and including $10,000,000 and 
\1/8\ of one percent on all obligations to be issued in excess of 
$10,000,000. The $1,000 filing fee previously paid upon filing the 
original application (described in Sec. 298.3 of this part) shall be 
credited against the investigation fee.

Sec. 298.16  Substitution of participants.

    (a) Application may be made to the Maritime Administration for 
permission to substitute participants to a Mortgage and/or Security 
Agreement in a financing that is receiving assistance authorized by 
Title XI of the Act, both prior and subsequent to amendment by Pub. L. 
92-507. A non-refundable fee shall be imposed, payable at the time of 
application. This fee shall be in addition to the Annual Guarantee Fee 
or annual premium charge for Mortgage insurance, whichever is 
applicable.
    (b) A $3,000 fee shall be required to defray all costs of 
processing and reviewing a joint application by a mortgagor and/or 
Obligor and a proposed transferee of a Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, which is security for Title XI debt, if the 
proposed transferee is to assume the Mortgage and/or the Security 
Agreement.

Sec. 298.17  Evaluation of applications.

    (a) In evaluating project applications, the Secretary shall also 
consider whether the application provides for:
    (1) The capability of the Vessel(s) serving as a naval and military 
auxiliary in time of war or national emergency.
    (2) The financing of the Vessel(s) within one year after delivery.
    (3) The acquisition of Vessel(s) currently financed under Title XI 
by assumption of the total obligation(s).
    (4) The Guarantees extend for less than the normal term for that 
class of vessel.
    (5) In the case of an Eligible Shipyard, the capability of the 
shipyard to engage in naval vessel construction in time of war or 
national emergency.
    (6) In the case of Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, the 
Guarantees extend for less than the technological life of the asset.
    (b) In determining the amount of equity which must be provided by 
the applicant, the Secretary shall consider, among other things, the 
following:
    (1) The financial strength of the company;
    (2) Adequacy of collateral; and
    (3) The term of the Guarantees.

Sec. 298.18  Financing Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology.

    (a) Initial criteria. The Secretary may approve Guarantees issued 
to finance Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology at a General 
Shipyard Facility. The Secretary will approve such Guarantees after 
consideration of the following factors: whether the Guarantees will aid 
in the transition from naval shipbuilding to commercial ship 
construction for domestic and export sales, will encourage shipyard 
modernization, and/or will support increased productivity. The 
applicant shall provide a detailed statement with the Guarantee 
application which will provide the basis for such consideration by the 
Secretary.
    (b) Other conditions. Applications for loan guarantees under this 
section shall not be approved unless the Secretary determines that the 
following requirements have been met:
    (1) The term for such Guarantees will not exceed the reasonable 
economic

[[Page 21324]]

useful life of the collective assets which comprise this technology, as 
determined by the Secretary;
    (2) There is sufficient collateral to secure the Guarantee; and
    (3) Approval of the application will not preclude approval of any 
other pending application for Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology Guarantees which, in the sole opinion of the Secretary, 
would result in a more desirable use of appropriated funds. The 
Secretary's opinion will take into consideration such factors as the 
types of vessels which will be built by the shipyard, the productivity 
increases which will be achieved, the geographic location of the 
shipyard, the long-term viability of the shipyard, the soundness of the 
financial transaction, any financial impact on other Title XI 
transactions, and the furtherance of the goals of the Shipbuilding Act.

Sec. 298.19  Financing Eligible Export Vessels.

    (a) Transmittal to Secretary of Defense. Upon receiving an 
application for a loan Guarantee for an Eligible Export Vessel, the 
Secretary shall promptly provide to the Secretary of Defense notice of 
the receipt of the application. During the 30-day period beginning on 
the date on which the Secretary of Defense receives such notice, the 
Secretary of Defense may disapprove the loan guarantee based on the 
assessment of the Secretary of Defense of the potential use of the 
Vessel in a manner that may cause harm to United States national 
security interests. The Secretary of Defense may not disapprove a loan 
Guarantee under this section solely on the basis of the type of vessel 
to be constructed with the loan Guarantee. The authority of the 
Secretary of Defense to disapprove a loan Guarantee under this section 
may not be delegated to any official other than a civilian officer of 
the Department of Defense appointed by the President, by and with the 
advice and consent of the Senate. The Secretary of Transportation may 
not make a loan guarantee disapproved by the Secretary of Defense.
    (b) Determinations by the Secretary. (1) If the loan Guarantee 
commitment cost of any such Vessel is made available from funds 
transferred from the Secretary of Defense pursuant to section 108 of 
the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994 (Pub. L. 
103-160, 107 Stat. 1547), the Vessel must be of at least 5,000 gross 
tons and found by the Secretary to be commercially marketable on the 
international market. Vessels of less than 5,000 gross tons can receive 
Guarantees with funds appropriated to the Department of Transportation.
    (2) Such Guarantees shall not be approved unless:
    (i) The Secretary finds that the construction, reconstruction or 
reconditioning of the Vessel will aid in the transition of United 
States shipyards to commercial activities or will preserve shipbuilding 
assets that would be essential in time of war or national emergency; 
and
    (ii) The owner of the Vessel agrees with the Secretary that the 
Vessel shall not be transferred to any country designated by the 
Secretary of Defense as a country whose interests are hostile to the 
interests of the United States.
    (3) The Secretary may approve Guarantees issued to finance Eligible 
Export Vessels. Such Guarantee shall not be approved unless the 
Secretary determines that the countries in which the shipowner, its 
charterers, guarantors, or other financial interests supporting the 
transaction, if any, have their chief executive offices or have located 
a substantial portion of their assets, present an acceptable financial 
or legal risk to MARAD's collateral interests. The Secretary's 
determination shall be based on confidential risk assessments provided 
by the Export-Import Bank of the United States and country risk 
analyses provided by the Inter-Agency Country Risk Assessment System 
and shall take into account any other factors related to the loan 
guarantee transaction deemed pertinent by the Secretary.

Subpart C--Guarantees

Sec. 298.20  Term, redemptions and interest rate.

    (a) In general. To be eligible for Guarantees, Obligations shall 
have a maturity date satisfactory to the Secretary, not exceeding the 
anticipated physical and economic life of the Vessel or Vessels or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology. Such maturity date may be 
less than but in no event more than:
    (1) Twenty-five years from the date of delivery from the 
shipbuilder of a single new Vessel which is to be security for 
Guarantees;
    (2) Twenty-five years from the date of delivery from the shipyard 
of the last of multiple Vessels which are to be security for the 
Guarantees;
    (3) The later of twenty-five years from the date of original 
delivery of a reconstructed or reconditioned Vessel which is to be 
security for the Guarantees, or at the expiration of the remaining 
useful life of the Vessel, as determined by the Secretary; and
    (4) The technological life of the Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology.
    (b) Required redemptions. Where multiple Vessels or multiple 
Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
assets are to be used as security for the Guarantees, as set forth in 
paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary may require payments of 
principal prior to maturity (redemptions) with respect to all related 
Obligations, as may be deemed necessary to maintain adequate security 
for the Guarantees.
    (c) Interest rate. The interest rate of each Obligation must be 
determined by the Secretary to be reasonable, taking into account the 
range of interest rates prevailing in the private market for similar 
loans and the risks assumed by the Secretary.

Sec. 298.21   Limits.

    (a) Actual Cost basis. The amount of Obligations to be issued shall 
be satisfactory to the Secretary based upon the economic soundness of 
the transaction. Such amount may be less than but in no event more than 
75 percent or 87\1/2\ percent, whichever is applicable under the 
provisions of section 1104A(b)(2) or section 1104B(b)(2) of the Act, of 
the Actual Cost of the Vessel or Vessels or Advanced Shipbuilding 
Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology asset(s). If minimum 
horsepower of the main engine is a requirement for Guarantees up to 
87\1/2\ percent of the Actual Cost, the standard with respect to such 
horsepower shall be continuous rated horsepower. Where existing debt is 
being refinanced, pursuant to section 1103A(a)(5) of the Act, the 
amount of new Obligations issued in respect to such existing debt may 
not exceed the lesser of:
    (1) The amount of outstanding debt being refinanced (whether or not 
receiving assistance under Title XI); or
    (2) Seventy-five or 87\1/2\ percent whichever is applicable, of the 
Depreciated Actual Cost of the Vessel or Advanced Shipbuilding 
Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology with respect to which the 
new Obligations are being issued.
    (b) Actual Cost items. Actual Cost is comprised essentially of 
those items which would customarily be capitalized as Vessel or 
Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
construction costs such as designing, engineering, constructing 
(including performance bond premiums approved by the Secretary), 
inspecting, outfitting and equipping. There shall be included those 
cost items usually

[[Page 21325]]

specified in Vessel or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology construction contracts, e.g., changes and 
extras, cost of owner furnished equipment, shoreside spare parts and 
commitment fees and interest on the Obligations or other borrowings 
during the construction period (excluding interest paid on subordinated 
debt considered to be Equity, and incurred during the construction 
period), and less income realized from investment of Escrow Fund 
deposits during the construction period. Recognizing the importance 
that the payment of commissions plays in the export market, commissions 
(which represent a portion of the total shipyard contract price) may be 
included in the foreign equipment and services amount of the Actual 
Cost of an export project, provided:
    A majority of the work done by the parties receiving the 
commissions is in the form of design and engineering work, and
    The commissions represent a small amount of the total contract 
price. In addition, Guarantee Fees determined in accordance with the 
provisions of section 1104(e) of the Act shall be included in the items 
of Actual Cost. In approving Actual Cost the Secretary will consider 
all pertinent factors.
    (c) Items excludible from Actual Cost. Actual Cost shall not 
include any other costs such as the following:
    (1) Legal fees or expenses;
    (2) Accounting fees or expenses;
    (3) Commitment fees or interest other than those specifically 
allowed;
    (4) Fees, commissions or charges for granting or arranging for 
financing;
    (5) Fees or charges for preparing, printing and filing an 
application for Title XI Guarantees and supporting documents, for 
services rendered to obtain approval of the application and for 
preparing, printing and processing documents relating to the 
application for Guarantees;
    (6) Underwriting or trustee's fees;
    (7) Federal documentary tax stamps;
    (8) Investigation Fee determined in accordance with section 1104(f) 
of the Act and Sec. 298.15 of this part;
    (9) Predelivery Vessel operating expenses, Vessel insurance 
premiums and other items which may not be properly capitalized by the 
owner as costs of the Vessel under generally accepted accounting 
principles;
    (10) The cost of the condition survey required by Sec. 298.11(d) of 
this part and all work necessary to meet the standards set forth 
therein;
    (11) The cost to the Shipowner of a Vessel which is to be 
reconstructed or reconditioned, e.g., cost of acquisition or repair 
work;
    (12) Generally not include any amount payable to the shipyard for 
early delivery of the Vessel;
    (13) Generally not include any amount payable to the manufacturer 
of the Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology for early delivery of the equipment to the General Shipyard 
Facility;
    (14) Predelivery Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology expenses which may not be properly capitalized 
by the General Shipyard Facility as costs of the technology under 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; and
    (15) The cost of major foreign components and other foreign 
components for which there is no waiver and their assembly when 
comprising any part of the hull and superstructure of a Vessel.
    (d) Substantiation of Actual Cost. Prior to payment from the Escrow 
Fund or Construction Fund (described in Secs. 298.33 and 298.34 of this 
part), and prior to the final Actual Cost determination for each Vessel 
or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, 
the applicant shall submit to the Secretary documents substantiating 
all claimed costs eligible under Sec. 298.21(b) or, alternatively, 
appropriate certification of such costs by an agent approved by the 
Secretary. These documents may include but need not be limited to 
copies of invoices, change orders, subcontracts, and where required by 
the Secretary, statements from independent certified or independent 
licensed public accountants that the costs for which payment or 
reimbursement is sought were actually paid or are payable with respect 
to the construction of a Vessel or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology. These documents must be summarized, 
indexed and arranged according to cost categories, pursuant to 
directions contained in forms prescribed by the Secretary.
    (e) Escalation as part of Actual Cost. Escalation clauses in 
construction contracts shall be subject to approval by the Secretary. 
After a review of the base contract price and the escalation clauses, 
the Secretary shall, in order to estimate the Actual Cost amount to be 
stated in the Letter Commitment, add to the approved base contract 
price the amount of estimated escalation as approved by the Secretary. 
The Secretary must subsequently approve the amount of escalation 
claimed by the applicant as Actual Cost.
    (f) Moneys received in respect of construction. If the Obligor or 
any Person acting in behalf of the Obligor shall from time to time 
receive moneys due in respect to construction of a Vessel or Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology (described in 
the Security Agreement) from the shipbuilder, guarantors, sureties or 
other Persons, the Obligor shall give written notice of such fact to 
the Secretary. So long as the Guarantees have not been paid by the 
Secretary, the Obligor or other recipient shall promptly make deposit 
of these moneys in a Depository with a written notice that the 
Depository shall hold such moneys on deposit until it receives written 
instructions from the Secretary as to their disposition. The Secretary 
shall determine the extent to which Actual Cost is to be reduced with 
respect to these moneys. In no event shall Actual Cost be reduced with 
respect to payments by the shipyard to a Vessel or Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology owner of 
liquidated damages for late delivery of the Vessel or Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology. If the 
Secretary shall have paid the Guarantees, the Obligor or other 
recipient shall promptly pay these moneys including any liquidated 
damages to the Secretary for deposit into the Federal Ship Financing 
Fund.
    (g) Depreciated Actual Cost. After a Vessel or Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology has been 
delivered or redelivered (in the case of reconstruction or 
reconditioning), the limitation on the amount of Guarantees shall be 75 
or 87\1/2\ percent, whichever is applicable, of the Depreciated Actual 
Cost of the Vessel or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology.

Sec. 298.22  Amortization of Obligations.

    Generally after Vessel or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology delivery, and until maturity of the 
Obligations, the Obligor shall be required by provision of the Trust 
Indenture or other part of the Documentation to make periodic payment 
of interest on and principal of the Obligations. Usually, the payment 
of principal (amortization) shall be made semi-annually, but in no 
event, less frequently than on an annual basis, and in either case 
shall be in equal parts (straightline basis), unless the Secretary 
consents to the periodic payment of a constant aggregate amount, 
comprised of both interest and principal components which are variable 
in

[[Page 21326]]

amount (level debt basis). No other proposed method of amortization 
will be allowed which would reduce the amount of periodic amortization 
below that determined under the straightline or level debt basis at any 
time prior to maturity of the Obligations, except where:
    (a) The Obligor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the 
Secretary that there will be adequate funds to discharge the 
Obligations at maturity;
    (b) The Obligor establishes a fund acceptable to the Secretary in 
which the Obligor deposits an equal annual amount necessary to redeem 
the outstanding Obligations at maturity; or
    (c) With regard to Eligible Export Vessels, in accordance with such 
other terms as the Secretary determines to be more favorable and to be 
compatible with export credit terms offered by foreign governments for 
the sale of vessels built in foreign shipyards.

Sec. 298.23  Refinancing.

    The Secretary may approve guarantees with respect to Obligations to 
be secured by one or more Vessels or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology and issued to refinance existing debt, whether or not 
covered by mortgage insurance or Guarantees, so long as the existing 
debt has been issued for one of the purposes set forth in Sections 
1104(a) (1) through (4) of the Act. Section 1104(a)(1) of the Act 
requires that, if the existing indebtedness was incurred more than one 
year after the delivery or redelivery of the related Vessel or Advanced 
or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, the proceeds of such Obligations 
shall be applied to the construction, reconstruction or reconditioning 
of other Vessels or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology or for 
facilities or equipment pertaining to marine operation (described in 
Sec. 298.24 of this part). The Secretary may permit the refinancing of 
existing debt but only if any security lien on the Vessel(s) or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology is discharged immediately 
prior to the placing of any Mortgage thereon by the Secretary. The 
applicant shall satisfy all the eligibility requirements set forth in 
subpart B of this part, including economic soundness, as may be 
necessary. Refinancing of Title XI debt only shall be permitted for 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology.

Sec. 298.24  Financing facilities and equipment related to marine 
operations.

    The Secretary may approve Guarantees secured by one or more Vessels 
and issued to finance the construction, reconstruction, or 
reconditioning of facilities or equipment pertaining to marine 
operations. Such facilities or equipment shall be of a specialized 
nature, used principally for servicing vessels and in handling 
waterborne cargo in the close proximity of the berthing area, excluding 
over-the-road equipment (other than chassis and containers), permanent 
or semipermanent structures and real estate.

Sec. 298.25  Excess interest or other consideration.

    The Secretary shall not execute Guarantees if any agreement in the 
Documentation directly or indirectly provides for:
    (a) The payment to an Obligee of interest, or other compensation 
for services which have not been performed, in a manner that such 
compensation or payment is being provided as interest in excess of the 
rate approved by the Secretary; or
    (b) Grants of security to an Obligee in addition to the Guarantees.

Sec. 298.26  Lease payments.

    If payment of principal and interest on Obligations would in any 
way be dependent upon the lease or charter hire payments for a Vessel 
or Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
that is security for the Obligations, the amount and conditions of 
lease or charter payments shall be subject to the Secretary's approval.

Sec. 298.27  Advances.

    (a) In general. In accordance with the provisions of section 207 
and Title XI of the Act, the Secretary shall have the discretion to 
make or commit to make an advance or payment of funds to, or on behalf 
of the owner, or operator or directly to any other person or entity for 
items, including, but not limited to, principal, interest, insurance 
and other vessel-related expenses or fees. Such advances or payments 
shall be made only to protect, preserve or improve the collateral held 
as security by the Secretary to secure Title XI debt. The applicant 
making the request for an advance shall demonstrate (with market and 
cash flow analysis and other projections) that its problems are of a 
short term duration (less than two years); with the help of an 
advance(s), the applicant would be assisted over its temporary 
difficulties; and there is adequate collateral for the advance.
    (b) Filing requirements. Any company that desires to request an 
advance or other payment, or a commitment to make an advance or other 
payment from the Secretary for the purposes stated in Sec. 298.27 of 
this part, shall apply for such assistance as far in advance as is 
reasonably possible. A request for an advance for principal and 
interest payments shall be received by the Secretary at least 30 days 
prior to the initial payment date. A request for an advance of 
insurance payments shall be received by the Secretary at least 30 days 
prior to a renewal or termination date. The Secretary may consider 
requests for assistance with less notice, upon written documentation of 
extenuating circumstances. Any requests for assistance must be 
accompanied by supporting data with respect to the need for the 
advance, that financing assistance has been sought from other sources, 
that the company is taking and has taken measures to alleviate its 
situation, financial projections, proposed term of the repayment, 
current and projected market conditions, information on other available 
collateral, liens and other creditor information, and any other 
information which may be requested by the Secretary.

Subpart D--Documentation

Sec. 298.30  Nature and content of Obligations.

    An Obligation, whether issued in the form of a note, bond of any 
type, or other debt instrument, when engraved, printed or lithographed 
on a single sheet of paper shall include on its face the name of the 
Obligor, the principal sum, the rate of interest, the date of maturity, 
and the Guarantee of the United States, authenticated by the Indenture 
Trustee. If the Obligation is typewritten, printed or reproduced by 
other means on several pages of paper, the Guarantee of the United 
States and the authentication certificate of the Indenture Trustee may 
appear at the end of the typewritten Obligation. The instrument which 
is evidence of indebtedness shall also contain all information 
necessary to apprise the Obligees of their rights and responsibilities 
with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, time and manner 
for payment of principal and interest, redemptions, default procedure 
and notification (in case of registered Obligations) of sale or other 
transfer of the instruments.

Sec. 298.31

  Mortgage.

    (a) In general. (1) Under normal circumstances, a Guarantee shall 
not be endorsed on any Obligation until the Secretary receives 
satisfactory evidence of a Mortgage in one or more Vessels or a 
Mortgage or other security interest in

[[Page 21327]]

the Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
(the ``Technologies''), in favor of the Secretary. During construction 
of a new Vessel or any of the Technologies, a security interest may be 
perfected by a filing under the Uniform Commercial Code.
    (2) In order to ensure that the Secretary's Mortgages or other 
security interests are valid and enforceable, the Secretary shall 
require that the Obligor obtain legal opinions, in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Secretary, from independent, outside legal counsel 
satisfactory to the Secretary, including foreign independent outside 
legal Counsel with respect to Eligible Export Vessels, which opinions 
shall state, among other things, that the Mortgage or other security 
interest(s) are valid and enforceable:
    (i) In the country in which the Vessel is documented (or, in the 
case of a security interest, in jurisdictions acceptable to the 
Secretary);
    (ii) In the United States; and
    (iii) For vessels operating on specified trade routes, in the 
country or countries involved in this service, unless the Secretary 
determines that those destinations are too numerous, in which case, the 
Secretary will instead require an opinion of foreign validity and 
enforceability in the Vessel's primary port of operation.
    (3) In the case where a Mortgage or security interest on the 
financed assets may not be available or enforceable, the Secretary 
shall require alternative forms of security.
    (4) The Security Agreement shall provide that upon delivery of a 
new Vessel or upon final installation of the Technologies, or at the 
time Guarantees are issued with respect to an existing Vessel or the 
Technologies, a Mortgage on the Vessel and a Mortgage or other security 
interest on the Technologies shall be executed in favor of the 
Secretary, unless the Secretary determines that a Mortgage or a 
security interest is not required in accordance with the preceding 
sentence.
    (5) The Mortgage shall be filed with the United States Coast Guard 
at the Vessel's port of record, or with the proper foreign authorities 
with respect to an Eligible Export Vessel, and with respect to assets 
of a General Shipyard Facility a Mortgage and security interest shall 
be filed with the proper authorities within the appropriate state and 
shall be delivered to the Secretary after being recorded.
    (b) Mortgage secured by multiple Vessels. When two or more Vessels 
are to be security for Guarantees, the Security Agreement may provide 
that one Mortgage relating to all the Vessels (Fleet Mortgage) shall be 
executed, perfected and delivered to the Secretary by the Obligor. If 
the Fleet Mortgage relates to undelivered Vessels, the Fleet Mortgage 
shall be executed upon delivery of the first vessel. At the time of 
each subsequent Vessel delivery, the Obligor shall execute a supplement 
to the Fleet Mortgage which makes that Vessel subject to the 
Secretary's Mortgage lien. The Fleet Mortgage shall provide that 
payment by the Obligor of the entire amount of Obligations covered or 
to be covered by Guarantees shall be required to discharge the Fleet 
Mortgage, regardless of the amount of the Secretary's Note or Notes 
issued and outstanding at the time of execution and delivery of the 
Fleet Mortgage or the number of Vessels covered by the Fleet Mortgage. 
The discharge date of the Fleet Mortgage shall be the maturity date of 
the Secretary's Note. The Secretary may require, as authorized by 
section 1104(c)(2) of the Act, such payments of principal prior to 
maturity (redemptions), with respect to all related Obligations, as 
deemed necessary to maintain adequate security for the Guarantees. Each 
Fleet Mortgage shall provide that in the event of constructive total 
loss, requisition of title or sale of any Vessel covered by the Fleet 
Mortgage, indebtedness represented by the Obligations shall be paid, 
unless the Secretary shall otherwise determine that there remains 
adequate security for the Guarantees, and the Vessel shall be 
discharged from the Mortgage lien.
    (c) Adequacy of collateral. Under normal circumstances, a First 
Preferred Mortgage on the Vessel(s) or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology will be adequate security for the Guarantees. If, however, 
the Secretary determines that the Mortgage on the Vessel(s) or Advanced 
or Modern Shipbuilding Technology is not sufficient to provide adequate 
security, the Secretary, as a condition to approving the Letter 
Commitment or processing the application may require additional 
collateral, such as a mortgage(s) on other vessel(s) or Advanced or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology or on other assets, special escrow 
funds, pledges of stock, charters, contracts, notes, letters of credit, 
accounts receivable assignments, and guarantees.

Sec. 298.32  Required provisions in documentation.

    (a) Performance under shipyard and related contracts. Generally, 
shipyard and related contracts shall contain provisions for:
    (1) Furnishing by the shipyard or manufacturer of the Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology of 
satisfactory insurance and a satisfactory performance bond where 
Obligations are issued during the construction period, except that if 
the shipyard or manufacturer of the Advanced Shipbuilding Technology or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology demonstrates to the satisfaction of the 
Secretary that it has sufficient financial resources and operational 
capacity to complete the project, posting of a bond will not be 
required;
    (2) Allowing access to the Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, as well as all related work projects being 
performed by the contractor and subcontractors, to a representative of 
the Secretary, at all reasonable times, to inspect performance of the 
work and to observe trials and other tests for the purpose of 
determining that the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology is being constructed, reconstructed or reconditioned in 
accordance with contract plans and specifications approved by the 
Secretary;
    (3) Submitting to the Secretary, upon request, one set of shipyard 
plans, in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary, for the 
Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology as built;
    (4) Making periodic payments for the work in accordance with an 
agreed schedule, submitted by the shipyard in a form acceptable to the 
Secretary, based on percentage of completion, after such percentage and 
satisfactory performance are certified by the Obligor, shipyard and a 
representative of the Secretary as to each payment;
    (5) Prohibiting the use of proceeds from the sale of Obligations 
for the payment of work performed outside the shipyard, unless the 
Secretary consents in writing to such use; and
    (6) Requiring that all components of the hull and superstructure of 
a U.S.-documented Vessel and an Eligible Export Vessel shall be 
assembled in the United States. If obligations will not be issued 
during the period of construction of a Vessel, shipyard-related 
contracts shall generally include the provisions specified in 
paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section and this paragraph (a)(6).
    (b) Assignments and general covenants from Obligor to Secretary. 
The Obligor shall assign rights and shall covenant with the Secretary, 
as required by the Secretary, including, but not limited to, the 
following:

[[Page 21328]]

    (1) Assignment of all or part of the right, title and interest 
under the construction contract and related contracts, except those 
rights expressly reserved therein by the Obligor relating to such 
things as patent infringement and liquidated damages;
    (2) Assignment of rights to receive all moneys which from time to 
time become due with respect to Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology construction;
    (3) Assignment, where applicable, of all or a part of the bareboat 
charter, time charter, contracts of affreightment or other agreements 
relating to the use of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology and all hire payable to the Obligor, and delivery to the 
Secretary of required consents by appropriate parties to any such 
assignments;
    (4) Covenants relating to the annual filing of satisfactory 
evidence of continuing United States citizenship, in accordance with 46 
CFR part 355, with the exception of Eligible Export Vessels and 
shipyards with Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology projects; 
warranty of Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology title 
free from all liens other than those specifically excepted; maintaining 
United States documentation of the Vessel or documentation under the 
laws of a country other than the United States with regard to an 
Eligible Export Vessel; compliance with the provisions of 46 U.S.C. 
31301-31343, except that Eligible Export Vessels shall comply with the 
definition of a ``preferred mortgage'' in 46 U.S.C. 31301(6)(B), 
requiring, among other things, that the Mortgage shall comply with the 
mortgage laws of the foreign country where the Vessel is documented and 
shall have been registered under those laws in a public register; 
Notice of Mortgage, payment of all taxes (except if being contested in 
good faith); annual financial statements audited by independent 
certified or independent licensed public accountant.
    (5) Covenants to keep records of construction costs paid by or for 
the Obligor's account and to furnish the Secretary with a detailed 
statement of those costs, distinguishing between:
    (i) Items paid or obligated to be paid, attested to by independent 
certified public accountants unless otherwise verified by the 
Secretary; and
    (ii) Costs of American and foreign materials (including services) 
in the hull and superstructure.
    (6) Covenants to maintain Marine and War Risk Hull and Machinery 
insurance on the Vessel or Eligible Export Vessel in an amount equal to 
110% of the outstanding Obligations or up to the full commercial value 
of the Vessel or Eligible Export Vessel, whichever is greater; Marine 
and War Risk Protection and Indemnity insurance; Interim War Risk 
Binders for Hull and Machinery, and Protection and Indemnity coverages 
underwritten by the Maritime Administration as authorized by Title XII 
of the Act; and such additional insurance as may be required by the 
Secretary. All insurance required to be maintained shall be placed with 
the United States Government and American and/or British (and/or other 
foreign, if permitted by the Secretary by prior written notice) 
insurance companies, underwriters' associations or underwriting funds 
approved by the Secretary through marine insurance brokers and/or 
underwriting agents approved by the Secretary. All insurance required 
to be maintained shall be placed under the latest (at the time of 
issue) forms of American Institute of Marine Underwriters policies 
approved by the Secretary and/or under such other forms of policies 
which the Secretary may approve in writing and/or policies issued by or 
for the Maritime Administration insuring the Vessel or Eligible Export 
Vessel against the usual risks provided for under such forms, including 
such amounts of increase value other forms of ``total loss only'' 
insurance permitted by the Hull and Machinery insurance policies;
    (7) Collateralize other debt due to the Secretary under other Title 
XI financings;
    (8) Covenants to maintain shipyard insurance on the Advanced 
Shipbuilding Technology or Modern Shipbuilding Technology in an amount 
equal to 110% of the outstanding Obligations or up to the full 
commercial value of the technology, whichever is greater, and such 
additional insurance as may be required by the Secretary; and
    (9) Covenants to maintain additional types of insurance as may be 
required by the Secretary with respect to Eligible Export Vessels, i.e. 
political risk insurance, to cover such items as the political, 
financial, and/or economic risk in a foreign country.

Sec. 298.33  Escrow fund.

    (a) Circumstances requiring deposits. The Obligor may be required 
to establish a fund with the Secretary (Escrow Fund) in accordance with 
section 1108(a) of the Act and the Security Agreement. The deposit with 
the Secretary shall be in cash or Federal Reserve Bank funds.
    (b) Principal Deposit-Single Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology. If a single Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology is security for the Guarantees, the deposit of 
principal shall be calculated by subtracting from the aggregate 
principal amount of the Obligations sold, 75 or 87\1/2\ percent 
(whichever is applicable under section 1104(b)(2) of the Act) of the 
amount of Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost determined by the 
Secretary to have been paid, as of the date of the deposit, by or for 
the account of the Obligor for construction, reconstruction or 
reconditioning of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology. In the event that Obligations are issued and sold on a date 
subsequent to the initial issuance and sale of Obligations, a deposit 
shall be calculated in the same manner as for the first sale of 
Obligations.
    (c) Principal deposit--multiple Vessels or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology. If multiple Vessels or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology are security for the Guarantees, with the 
Secretary's approval, the Obligor may calculate the aggregate deposit 
of principal amount in the Escrow Fund by computing on an individual 
Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology basis by prorating 
the proceeds of the sale of Obligations, within the meaning of the 
proviso in section 1108(a) of the Act, based on the ratio of the 
Vessel's Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost, to the total Actual 
Cost and Depreciated Actual Cost of all Vessels or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology which are security for the Guarantees less 75 
or 87\1/2\ percent (whichever is applicable under section 1104(b)(2) of 
the Act) of the amount of Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost 
determined by the Secretary to have been paid, as of the date of 
deposit, by or for the account of the Obligor for the construction, 
reconstruction or reconditioning of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology for which the deposit is being computed or by 
allocating portions of the proceeds (up to 75 or 87\1/2\ percent, 
whichever is applicable under section 1104(b) of the Act) from the sale 
of the Obligations to specific Vessels or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology and computing the deposit based on the Actual 
Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost of such Vessels or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology paid, as of the date of deposit, by or for the 
account of the Obligor. In the event that Obligations are issued and 
sold on a

[[Page 21329]]

date subsequent to the initial issuance and sale of Obligations, a 
deposit shall be calculated in the same manner as for the first sale of 
Obligations. The foregoing allocations are for the purpose of 
calculating the deposits only and are not applicable or controlling 
with respect to disbursements from the Escrow Fund.
    (d) Interest deposit. Interest on the aggregate principal amount 
deposited pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, shall be 
computed at the same rate borne by the Obligations, for one interest 
payment period, unless the Secretary shall find the existence of 
adequate consideration or accept other consideration in lieu of the 
interest deposit. If the Obligations issued and sold bear more than one 
rate of interest, the amount of interest required to be deposited shall 
be based upon the weighted average of such interest rates. The 
calculation of the amount of interest to be deposited shall take into 
account the principal and interest, if any, remaining on deposit in the 
Escrow Fund.
    (e) Disbursements prior to Termination Date. Unless the Guarantees 
shall become payable prior to the Termination Date (described in 
paragraph (h) of this section) of the Escrow Fund, the Secretary shall, 
subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions contained in 
the Security Agreement, and within a reasonable time after written 
request from the Obligor, make disbursements from the fund directly to 
the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment of interest 
on the Obligations, for periods prior to Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology delivery or redelivery, and to the shipbuilder, 
the Obligor or to any other Person entitled thereto, with respect to 
costs included in Actual Cost. Also, the Secretary may disburse to the 
Obligor, upon request made at least 10 business days prior to, and no 
later than 30 days after the date on which the payment of interest on 
the Obligations is due, any excess, as determined by the Secretary, of 
required interest on deposit in the Escrow Fund on the date of 
disbursement. However, no payment or reimbursement shall be made from 
the Escrow Fund to any Person until:
    (1) The Construction Fund (described in Sec. 298.34 of this part), 
where provided for in the Security Agreement, has been exhausted;
    (2) At least 12\1/2\ or 25 percent (whichever is applicable) of the 
Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost of the Vessel or Advanced or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology for which the disbursement is requested 
has been paid by or for the account of the Obligor from sources other 
than the proceeds of the Obligations, except that where the Obligor is 
required to pay in 25 percent of the Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual 
Cost, and demonstrates to the Secretary's satisfaction the ability to 
pay in such 25 percent, after the Obligor has paid the first 12\1/2\ 
percent of the Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost, the Obligor may 
be permitted to withdraw moneys from the Escrow Fund, for payment of 
the next 37\1/2\ percent of such Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual 
Cost, and withdraw the remainder of the Escrow Fund moneys after paying 
in the next 12\1/2\ percent of Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost; 
and
    (3) The Secretary has approved the Actual Cost items and has 
determined that the amounts for which reimbursement is requested have 
been paid and that there has been satisfactory certification as to the 
percentage of completion of the Vessel or Vessels or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, at least equal to that amount of Actual Cost 
paid, except where the Secretary has specifically consented to an 
alternative procedure.
    (f) Where Guarantees become payable. If, prior to the Termination 
Date of the Escrow Fund, the Guarantees shall become payable by the 
Secretary, all amounts in the Escrow Fund at such time (including 
interest and realized income which have not yet been paid to the 
Obligor) shall be paid into the Federal Ship Financing Fund, created by 
section 1102 of the Act, and be credited against any amounts due or to 
become due to the Secretary from the Obligor with respect to all 
Guarantees, and to the extent not so required, be paid to the Obligor.
    (g) Requisition of title, termination of construction contract or 
total loss of Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology. In 
the event of requisition of title to or seizure or forfeiture of the 
Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, termination of 
the construction contract (unless the Obligor and the Secretary elect 
to have the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
completed) or the construction-differential subsidy contract (where 
applicable), or the actual or constructive total loss of the Vessel or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, all moneys remaining on 
deposit in the Escrow Fund may be disbursed by the Secretary for any of 
the following purposes:
    (1) Redemption or payment of Obligations and accrued interest 
thereon to the date of redemption or payment, in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of the Documentation relating to such redemption 
or payment, where there is no existing default;
    (2) Payment to the Obligor, if all outstanding Obligations are 
retired and paid other than by payment of the Guarantees, and all 
amounts payable to the Secretary and secured by the Mortgage have been 
paid; and
    (3) Payment in accordance with the priorities set forth in 
Sec. 298.41 of this part, if a default has occurred and if the 
Secretary shall have paid the Guarantees.
    (h) Disbursement upon Termination Date. The Escrow Fund shall 
terminate on a date agreed upon by the Obligor and the Secretary as set 
forth in the Security Agreement (Termination Date). If on such 
Termination Date the full amount of Actual Cost of the Vessel or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology has not been paid by or for 
the account of the Obligor, or is not then due and payable, the Obligor 
and the Secretary may extend the Termination Date by agreement. When 
the Secretary makes a final determination of Actual Cost at the written 
request of the Obligor, or at the instance of the Secretary if the 
Termination Date has occurred without such a request, the Termination 
Date shall be deemed to be the date of such final determination of 
Actual Cost. If payments under the Guarantees have not become due prior 
to the Termination Date, then on or immediately after said Termination 
Date, any balance in the Escrow Fund shall be disbursed by the 
Secretary in the following manner:
    (1) Where the principal amount of the Obligations issued less the 
principal amount of Obligations which have been retired or paid on or 
before such Termination Date, and not availed of as a credit against 
any mandatory redemptions otherwise required to be made on or before 
such Termination Date, shall be in excess of 75 or 87\1/2\ percent 
(whichever is applicable) of the Actual Cost or Depreciated Actual Cost 
of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology as finally 
determined by the Secretary as of the Termination Date, the Secretary 
shall pay such excess to the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the 
provisions of the Documentation relating to such payment. A written 
notice from the Secretary and the Obligor shall accompany such payment, 
stating the Termination Date and directing the Indenture Trustee to 
redeem an equal amount of Obligations;
    (2) From the balance remaining after the deduction of the principal 
amount of the Obligations to be redeemed, an amount equal to interest 
accrued to the

[[Page 21330]]

date fixed for redemption of the principal amount of Obligations to be 
redeemed shall be simultaneously paid from the Escrow Fund by the 
Secretary to the Indenture Trustee to be applied to the payment of 
interest to the date to be fixed for redemption. In the event the 
balance remaining in the Escrow Fund, after giving effect to paragraph 
(h)(1) of this section, is insufficient to pay the interest accrued to 
the date fixed for redemption, such balance shall be paid from the 
Escrow Fund to the Indenture Trustee and the Obligor shall 
simultaneously deposit with the Indenture Trustee an amount equal to 
the difference between the balance being paid to the Indenture Trustee 
from the Escrow Fund and the total amount required for the payment of 
accrued interest; and
    (3) Any balance of the Escrow Fund shall be paid to the Obligor.
    (i) Investment and liquidation of the Escrow Fund. The Secretary 
may invest and reinvest deposits to the Escrow Fund in securities which 
are obligations of the United States and with maturities such that 
sufficient cash will be reasonably available to the Escrow Fund as 
required to make periodic authorized disbursements. The Secretary shall 
deposit the Escrow Fund into a special Treasury Department account with 
instructions, pursuant to an agreement with the Obligor, for the 
investment, reinvestment and liquidation of the Escrow Fund.
    (j) Income Earned on the Escrow Fund. If the Guarantees shall not 
have become due, after receiving notice that the Treasury Department 
has deposited income earned on the Escrow Fund into the special 
account, the Secretary shall direct the payment of such income to the 
Obligor. Income shall include the excess of the cash received from the 
sale of securities or the payment of securities at maturity (less any 
losses from the sale of securities not made up by payments by the 
Obligor pursuant to provisions of the Security Agreement) over the cost 
thereof, and interest received with respect to the securities.
    (k) Redeposit. If, at any time, the Secretary shall have determined 
that there has been an improper disbursement from the Escrow Fund, the 
Secretary shall give written notice to the Obligor of the amount 
improperly disbursed, the amount to be redeposited into the Escrow Fund 
on account thereof and the reasons for such determination. The Obligor 
shall thereafter promptly redeposit such amount into the Escrow Fund.

Sec. 298.34  Construction fund.

    (a) Deposit. Where the Security Agreement provides for an Escrow 
Fund deposit, usually a provision shall also be included therein for 
establishing Construction Fund deposits. Under the terms of this 
provision, at the time of each sale of Obligations the Obligor shall 
deposit with a Depository, in a special account subject to the joint 
control of the Obligor and the Secretary, cash equal to the principal 
amount of the Obligations issued at such time less the sum of the 
aggregate principal amount then required to be in the Escrow Fund and 
the amount in excess of 12\1/2\ or 25 percent of Actual Cost or 
Depreciated Actual Cost, as applicable (whichever is payable under 
Sec. 298.33(e) of this part) which the Secretary determines has been 
paid by or for the account of the Obligor. The balance of the proceeds 
from the sale of the Obligations, after depositing the amounts required 
to be deposited in the Escrow Fund and/or the Construction Fund, shall 
be retained by the Obligor.
    (b) Withdrawals. The Secretary shall, subject to the satisfaction 
of any applicable conditions contained in the Security Agreement, 
periodically approve disbursements from the Construction Fund directly 
to the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment of 
interest on the Obligations, for periods prior to Vessel or Advanced or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology delivery, and to the shipbuilder, the 
Obligor, or to any other Person entitled thereto with respect to costs 
included in Actual Cost. The Secretary shall not authorize any 
disbursement from the Construction Fund unless payments have been made 
by or for the account of the Obligor from sources other than the 
Obligations, in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (e) (2) 
and (3) of Sec. 298.33.
    (c) Redeposit. If, at any time, the Secretary shall have determined 
that there has been an improper disbursement from the Construction 
Fund, the Secretary shall give written notice to the Obligor of the 
amount improperly disbursed, the amount to be redeposited into the 
Construction Fund on account thereof and the reasons for such 
determination. The Obligor shall thereafter promptly redeposit such 
amount into the Construction Fund.

Sec. 298.35  Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement.

    (a) Purpose. In order to provide further security to the Secretary 
and to insure payment of the interest and principal due on the 
Obligations, the Company shall be required to enter into a Title XI 
Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement (Agreement) at the first Closing 
at which Obligations are issued. The Secretary may waive or modify 
provisions of the Agreement based on an evaluation of the aggregate 
security for the Guarantees.
    (b) Financial Covenants for Companies meeting primary financial 
requirements. Covenants shall be imposed on the Company which is 
subject to compliance with the primary financial requirements at 
Closing, set forth in Sec. 298.13(d), as follows:
    (1) Continuous covenants. So long as Guarantees are in effect the 
Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Secretary, 
undertake any actions prohibited by the Documentation, which actions 
include but are not limited to those of the following nature:
    (i) Enter into a service, management or operating agreement with 
respect to a Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology 
financed with the assistance of Title XI Guarantees;
    (ii) Sell, transfer or demise charter the Vessel or transfer the 
Vessel to a Related Party under any form of charter or contract,
    (iii) Sell or transfer a substantial part of its assets, enter into 
a merger or consolidation, engage in new business activities not 
directly connected with marine operations or guarantee (or otherwise be 
liable for) debts of other Persons.
    (iv) Pay any dividend except as may be permitted by paragraph 
(b)(1)(iv) (A) or (B) of this section. If the Company is party to an 
operating-differential subsidy contract, the payment of dividends is 
subject to the provisions of Sec. 298.35(g).
    (v) Sell, transfer, or lease any Modern or Advanced Shipbuilding 
Technology financed with the assistance of Title XI guarantees or 
transfer such technology to a Related Party under any form of contract.
    (A) From retained earnings in an amount specified in paragraph 
(b)(1)(iv)(C) of this section providing that the year in which the 
dividend is paid there is no operating loss in the current fiscal year 
to the date of the payment of the dividend and
    (1) There was no operating loss in the immediate preceding three 
fiscal years, or
    (2) There was a one year operating loss during the immediate 
preceding three fiscal years and
    (i) Such loss was not in the immediate preceding fiscal year, and
    (ii) There was positive net income for the three year period.
    (B) If dividends are not payable under paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(A) of 
this section, a

[[Page 21331]]

dividend can be paid in an amount equal to the total operating net 
income for the immediate preceding three fiscal year period provided 
that
    (1) There were no two successive years of losses,
    (2) In the year in which the dividend is paid there is no operating 
loss in such fiscal year to the date of payment of the dividend, and
    (3) The dividend paid would not exceed an amount specified in 
paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(C) of this section.
    (C) Dividends may be paid from earnings of prior years in an 
aggregate amount equal to:
    (1) 40 percent of the Company's total net income after tax for each 
of the prior years, less any dividends that were paid in such years; or
    (2) The aggregate of the Company's total net income after tax for 
such prior years, providing that after the payment of such dividend, 
the Company's long term debt does not exceed its net worth. In 
computing net income extraordinary gains, such as gains from the sale 
of assets, etc., shall be excluded.
    (2) Additional Covenants which may become applicable. If the 
Company shall at any time no longer satisfy the primary financial 
requirements, or such condition would occur after giving effect to any 
of the proposed transactions set forth below, the Company shall not, 
without the prior written consent of the Secretary, undertake any 
actions prohibited by the Documentation, which actions include but are 
not limited to those of the following nature:
    (i) Withdraw or redeem capital, covert capital into debt, make 
distributions, or pay any dividends, provided, however, if the Company 
is subject to an operating-differential subsidy contract, the dividend 
restriction shall be governed by Sec. 298.35(g);
    (ii) Make loans, advances, investments in or repayments of existing 
debts to a Related Party, stockholders, officers or directors;
    (iii) Incur indebtedness or become subject to any liens (except if 
necessary in the ordinary course of existing business); acquire fixed 
assets or become liable (directly or indirectly) under charters or 
leases (having a term of six months or more) for the payment of charter 
hire or rent on all such charters or leases which have annual payments 
aggregating in excess of an amount specified by the Secretary in the 
Agreement;
    (iv) Pay salaries in excess of amounts specified in the Agreement, 
pay subordinated indebtedness or make loans; or
    (v) Invest in securities other than those that qualify as eligible 
investments under the Agreement.
    (c) Financial Covenants for Companies meeting the special financial 
requirements. Covenants shall be imposed on the Company which is 
subject to the special financial requirements at Closing, set forth in 
Sec. 298.13(e), as follows:
    (1) Continuous covenants. So long as the Guarantees are in effect 
the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the 
Secretary, undertake any actions, prohibited by the Documentation, 
which actions include but are not limited to those of the following 
nature.
    (i) Enter into a service, management or operating agreement for a 
Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology financed with the 
assistance of Title XI Guarantees;
    (ii) Sell, transfer or demise charter the Vessel or transfer the 
Vessel to a Related Party under any form of Charter or Contract.
    (iii) Sell or transfer a substantial part of its assets, enter into 
a merger or consolidation, engage in any new business activities not 
directly connected with marine operations or guarantee (or otherwise 
become liable for) debts of other Persons;
    (iv) Incur indebtedness or become subject to any liens (except if 
necessary in the ordinary course of existing business); acquire fixed 
assets or become liable (directly or indirectly) under charters or 
leases (having a term of six months or more) for the payment of charter 
hire or rent on all such charters or leases which have annual payments 
aggregating in excess of an amount specified for the Secretary in the 
Agreement;
    (v) Make any loans or invest in any securities other than Eligible 
Investments for Title XI Reserve Fund;
    (vi) Pay any subordinated indebtedness other than in accordance 
with a subordination agreement approved by the Secretary; or
    (vii) Sell, transfer, or lease any Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology financed with the assistance of Title XI guarantees or 
transfer such technology to a Related Party under any form of contract.
    (2) Additional covenants which may become applicable. If the 
Company shall at any time no longer satisfy the special financial 
requirement (after including the annual financial liability relating to 
the Obligations as a current liability in computing Working Capital), 
or such condition would occur after giving effect to any proposed 
transaction set forth below, the Company shall not, without the prior 
written consent of the Secretary, undertake any actions prohibited by 
the Documentation, which actions include but are not limited to those 
of the following nature:
    (i) Withdraw or redeem capital, convert capital into debt, make 
distributions, or pay any dividend, provided however, if the Company is 
subject to an operating-differential subsidy contract, the dividend 
restriction shall be governed by Sec. 298.35(g);
    (ii) Make loans, advances, investments or prepayments of existing 
debts to a Related Party, stockholders, officers or directors, or 
invest in the securities of any Related Party; or
    (iii) Pay salaries in excess of amounts specified in the Agreement.
    (3) Covenants where Company's financial condition improves to meet 
primary financial requirements. Whenever the Company, based on a review 
of its financial position, determines that it meets the primary 
financial requirements set forth in Sec. 298.13(d), it may inform the 
Secretary of this fact, and submit such financial statements and all 
additional information which the Secretary shall consider necessary to 
verify compliance with such financial requirements. With the consent of 
the Secretary, the Company may elect thereafter to be subject to 
covenants applicable to a Company which had satisfied the primary 
financial requirements at Closing.
    (d) Title XI Reserve Fund Net Income. The Agreement shall provide 
that within 105 days after the end of its accounting year, the Company 
shall compute its net income attributable to the operation of one or 
more Vessels that were constructed, reconstructed, reconditioned or 
refinanced with Title XI financing assistance (Title XI Reserve Fund 
Net Income). The computation utilizes a ratio expressed as a 
percentage, and applies this percentage to the Company's total net 
income after taxes. The numerator of the ratio shall be the total 
original capitalized cost of all Company Vessels (whether leased or 
owned) which were constructed, reconstructed, reconditioned or 
refinanced with the assistance of Guarantees. The denominator shall be 
the total original capitalized cost of all the Company's fixed assets. 
In the case of Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, the 
Agreement shall provide that within 105 days after the end of its 
accounting year, the Company shall submit its audited financial 
statements showing its net cash flow in a manner acceptable to the 
Secretary, in lieu of any other computation of Reserve

[[Page 21332]]

Fund Net Income specified herein for Vessels. The net income after 
taxes, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, shall be adjusted as follows:
    (1) The depreciation expense applicable to the accounting year 
shall be added back.
    (2) There shall be subtracted:
    (i) An amount equal to the principal amount of debt required to be 
paid or redeemed, and actually paid or redeemed by the Company (other 
than from the Title XI Reserve Fund) during the year; and
    (ii) The principal amount of Obligations retired or paid (as 
defined in the Security Agreement), prepaid or redeemed, in excess of 
the required redemptions or payments which may be used by the Company 
as a credit against future required redemptions or other required 
payments w
FR Doc. 96-11289 Obligation GuaranteesProgram Administration
ith respect to the Obligations.
    (e) Deposits. Unless the Company, as of the close of its accounting 
year, was subject to and in compliance with the primary financial 
requirements set forth in Sec. 298.13(d), the Company shall make one or 
more deposits to a special joint depository account with the Secretary 
(the Title XI Reserve Fund) to be established pursuant to an agreement 
in writing (Depository Agreement) at the time the first deposit is 
required to be made. The amount of deposit as to any year, or period 
less than a full year, where applicable, shall be determined as 
follows:
    (1) If the Company is the owner of the Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, an amount (pro rated for a period of less than 
a full year) that is equal to 10 percent of the Company's aggregate 
original equity investment in the Vessel or Vessels or Advanced or 
Modern Shipbuilding Technology shall be deducted from Title XI Reserve 
Fund Net Income.
    (2) Fifty percent of the Title XI Reserve Fund Net Income adjusted 
where applicable, in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section 
shall be deposited into the Title XI Reserve Fund.
    (3) There shall also be deposited any additional amounts that may 
be required, pursuant to provisions of the Security Agreement or any 
other agreement in the documentation to which the Company is a party.
    (4) Irrespective of the Company's deposit requirement, as stated in 
preceding paragraphs (e) (1) through (3) of this section, the Company 
shall not be required to make any deposits into the Title XI Reserve 
Fund if any of the following events shall have occurred:
    (i) The Company shall have discharged the Obligations and related 
Secretary's Note and shall have paid other sums secured under the 
Security Agreement and Preferred Mortgage;
    (ii) All Guarantees with respect to outstanding Obligations shall 
have terminated pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreements, 
other than by reason of payment of the Guarantees; or
    (iii) The amount in the Title XI Reserve Fund, (including any 
securities at market value), is equal to, or in excess of 50 percent of 
the principal amount of outstanding Obligations.
    (5) In the case of Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, 
unless the shipyard as of the close of its accounting year was subject 
to and in compliance with the primary financial requirements, the 
shipyard shall make a deposit at two percent of its net cash flow, as 
defined by GAAP, and as shown on its audited financial statements.
    (f) Fund in lieu of Title XI Reserve Fund. If the Company has 
established a Capital Construction Fund (CCF), pursuant to section 607 
of the Act, whether interim or permanent, at any time when a deposit 
would otherwise be required to be made into the Title XI Reserve Fund, 
and the Company elects to make such deposits to the CCF, the Company 
shall enter into an agreement, satisfactory to the Secretary, providing 
that all such deposits of assets therein shall be security (CCF 
Security Amount) to the United States in lieu of the Title XI Reserve 
Fund. The deposit requirements of the Title XI Reserve Fund and 
Financial Agreement shall be deemed satisfied by deposits of equal 
amounts in the CCF, and withdrawal of the CCF Security Amount shall be 
subject to the Secretary's prior written consent. If, for any reason, 
the CCF terminates prior to the payment of the Obligations, the 
Secretary's Note and all other amounts due under or secured by the 
Security Agreement or Mortgage, the CCF Security Amount shall be 
deposited or redeposited in the Title XI Reserve Fund.
    (g) Dividend restrictions applicable to companies who are parties 
to an operating-differential subsidy contract. [Reserved]

Sec. 298.36  Annual Guarantee Fee.

    (a) Rates in general. For annual periods, beginning with the date 
of the Security Agreement and prior to the delivery date of a Vessel or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, the Secretary shall charge 
the Obligor an annual fee (Guarantee Fee) at a rate of not less than 
\1/4\ of 1 percent and not more than \1/2\ of 1 percent of the excess 
of the average principal amount of the Obligations estimated to be 
outstanding during the annual period covered by said Guarantee Fee over 
the average principal amount, if any, on deposit in the Escrow Fund 
during said annual period (Average Principal Amount of Obligations 
Outstanding). For annual periods beginning with the delivery date of a 
Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, the Guarantee Fee 
shall be imposed at an annual rate of not less than \1/2\ of 1 percent 
and not more than 1 percent of the Average Principal Amount of 
Obligations Outstanding during the annual period covered by the 
Guarantee Fee. The Obligor shall be responsible for payment of the 
Guarantee Fee.
    (b) Rate calculation. The Guarantee Fee rate generally shall vary 
inversely with the ratio of Equity to Long Term Debt of the Person 
considered by the Secretary to be the primary source of credit in the 
transaction (Credit Source), e.g., the long term time charterer (where 
the charter hire represents the source of payment of interest and 
principal with respect to the Obligations), the guarantor of the 
Obligations, Obligor or the bareboat charterer. Where the ratio of 
Equity to Long Term Debt (Variable Rate) is used, the Secretary may 
make such adjustments to the computation of Equity and Long Term Debt 
considered necessary to reflect more accurately the financial condition 
of the Credit Source. The determination of Equity and Long Term Debt 
shall be based on information contained in forms or statements on file 
with the Secretary prior to the date on which the Guarantee Fee is to 
be paid. With the consent of the Secretary, there shall be included in 
equity, but excluded from Long Term Debt, any subordinated indebtedness 
representing loans to the credit source, evidence of which has been 
delivered to the Secretary. The Secretary may establish a fixed rate or 
other method of calculation of the Guarantee Fee, upon an evaluation of 
the aggregate security for the Guarantees.
    (c) Variable Rate prior to Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology delivery. For annual periods beginning prior to 
the delivery date of a Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology being constructed, reconstructed, or reconditioned, the 
Guarantee Fee shall be determined as follows:
    (1) If the Equity is less than 15 percent of the Long Term Debt, 
the annual Guarantee Fee rate shall be \1/2\ of 1 percent of the 
Average Principal Amount of Obligations Outstanding during the annual 
period covered by the Guarantee Fee.

[[Page 21333]]

    (2) If the Equity is at least 15 percent of the Long Term Debt, but 
less than the Long Term Debt, the annual Guarantee Fee rate shall be 
\3/8\ of 1 percent of the Average Principal Amount of Obligations 
Outstanding during the annual period covered by the Guarantee Fee.
    (3) If the Equity is equal to or exceeds the Long Term Debt, the 
annual Guarantee Fee rate shall be \1/4\ of 1 percent of the Average 
Principal Amount of Obligations Outstanding during the annual period 
covered by the Guarantee Fee.
    (d) Variable Rate after Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology delivery. For annual periods beginning on or after the 
Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology delivery date, the 
Guarantee Fee shall be determined as follows:
    (1) If the Equity is less than 15 percent of the Long Term Debt, 
the annual Guarantee Fee rate shall be 1 percent of the Average 
Principal Amount of Obligations Outstanding during the annual period 
covered by the Guarantee Fee.
    (2) If the Equity is at least 15 percent of the Long Term Debt but 
less than 60 percent of the Long Term Debt, the annual Guarantee Fee 
rate shall be \3/4\ of 1 percent of the Average Principal Amount of 
Obligations Outstanding during the annual period covered by the 
Guarantee Fee.
    (3) If the Equity is at least 60 percent of the Long Term Debt, but 
less than the Long Term Debt, the annual Guarantee Fee rate shall be 
\5/8\ of 1 percent of the Average Principal Amount of Obligations 
Outstanding during the annual period covered by the Guarantee Fee.
    (4) If the Equity shall equal or exceed the Long Term Debt, the 
Guarantee Fee rate shall be \1/2\ of 1 percent of the Average Principal 
Amount of Obligations Outstanding during the annual period covered by 
the Guarantee Fee.
    (e) Payment of Guarantee Fee. The Guarantee Fee covering the full 
period of the stated maturity of the Obligations commencing with the 
date of the Security Agreement shall be paid to the Secretary 
concurrently with the execution and delivery of said Agreement. The 
project's entire Guarantee Fee payment shall be made by the Obligor to 
the Secretary in an amount equal to the sum of the present value of the 
separate products obtained by applying the Guarantee Fee rate to the 
projected amount of the Obligations Outstanding for each year of the 
stated maturity of the Obligations. In calculating the present value 
used in determining the amount of the Guarantee Fee to be paid, MARAD 
will use a discount rate based on information contained in the 
Department of Commerce's Economic Bulletin Board quarterly rates. Under 
no circumstances will the Secretary refund the Guarantee Fee to the 
Obligor. A Guarantee Fee paid pursuant to this section may be included 
in Actual Cost and is eligible to be financed.
    (f) Proration of Guarantee Fee. The Guarantee Fee shall be prorated 
where a Vessel delivery is scheduled to occur during the annual period 
with respect to which payment of said Guarantee Fee is being made, as 
follows:
    (1) Undelivered Vessel. If the Guarantee Fee relates to an 
undelivered Vessel, the predelivery rate is applicable to the Average 
Principal Amount of Obligations Outstanding for the period from the 
date of the Security Agreement to the delivery date, and the delivered 
Vessel rate is applicable for the balance of the annual period in which 
the delivery occurs.
    (2) Multiple Vessels. If the Guarantee Fee relates to more than one 
Vessel, the amount of outstanding Obligations shall be allocated to 
each Vessel in the manner prescribed in Sec. 298.33(d), and an amount 
shall be determined for each Vessel by using the rate that is 
applicable under paragraph (c) or (d) of this section and the proration 
as set forth above. The Guarantee Fee shall be the aggregate of the 
amounts calculated for each Vessel.

Sec. 298.37  Examination and audit.

    The Secretary shall have the right to examine and audit the books, 
records (including original logs, cargo manifests and similar records) 
and books of account, which pertain directly to the project, of the 
Obligor, bareboat charterer, time charterer or any other Person who has 
control of or a financial interest in a Vessel or Advanced or Modern 
Shipbuilding Technology, as well as records of a Related Party and 
domestic agents connected with such Persons, and shall have full, free 
and complete access thereto at all reasonable times. Also, the 
Secretary shall have full, free and complete access at all reasonable 
times to each Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology with 
respect to which Guarantees or an insurance contract is in force. When 
a Vessel is in port or undergoing repairs, the Secretary may make 
photostatic or other copies of any books, records and other relevant 
documents or papers being examined or audited. Adequate office space 
and other facilities reasonably required by any representatives of the 
Secretary engaged in an examination, audit or inspection shall be 
furnished without charge by the Person in control of the premises where 
the examination or audit is being conducted.

Sec. 298.38  Partnership agreements.

    Partnership agreements shall be in form and substance satisfactory 
to the Secretary prior to any Guarantee closing, especially relating, 
but not limited to, four basis areas:
    (a) Duration of the partnership,
    (b) adequate partnership funding requirements and mechanisms,
    (c) dissolution of the partnership and the withdrawal of a general 
partner and
    (d) the termination, amendment, or other modification of the 
partnership agreement without the prior written consent of the 
Secretary.

Sec. 298.39  Exemptions.

    The Secretary may exempt an applicant from any requirement of this 
Part not required by law, in exceptional cases, on written findings 
that:
    (a) The case materially involves factors not considered in the 
promulgation of this part;
    (b) (1) a national emergency makes it necessary to approve the 
exemption or
    (2) the financial liability of the United States will be 
substantially relieved;
    (c) the exemption will not substantially affect effective 
regulation of the Title XI program, consistent with the objectives of 
this part; and
    (d) exemption will not be unjustly discriminatory. In the case of 
Eligible Export Vessels, the Secretary may also exempt an applicant 
from any requirement of this part not required by law if the Secretary 
makes a written determination that such exemption would assist in 
creating financing terms that would be compatible with export credit 
terms for the sale of vessels built in shipyards other than those in 
the United States.

Subpart E--Defaults and Remedies, Reporting Requirements, 
Applicability of Regulations

Sec. 298.40  Defaults.

    (a) In General. Provisions concerning the existence and declaration 
of a default and demand for payment of the Obligations (described in 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section) shall be included in the 
Security Agreement and in other parts of the Documentation.
    (b) Payment Default. In the case of any default in the payment of 
principal or interest with respect to the Obligations (provided that 
the Secretary shall not have, upon such terms as may be provided in the 
Obligation or related

[[Page 21334]]

agreements, prior to that demand, assumed the obligor's rights and 
duties under the Obligation and agreements and shall have made any 
payments in default), the following procedures shall be applicable:
    (1) No demand shall be made for payment under the Guarantees unless 
the default shall have continued for 30 days (Payment Default).
    (2) After the expiration of said 30-day period, demand for payment 
of all amounts due under the Guarantees must be made no later than 60 
days thereafter.
    (3) After demand for payment is made by or on behalf of the 
Obligees, the Secretary shall make payment under the Guarantees, except 
if the Secretary determines that a Payment Default has not occurred or 
that such Payment Default has been remedied prior to demand being made.
    (c) Security Default. If a default occurs under the Security 
Agreement which is other than a Payment Default (Security Default), the 
Secretary, as provided in section 1105(b) of the Act, shall have the 
sole discretion to declare such default a Security Default and may 
notify the Obligee or agent of the Obligee of such Security Default, 
stating that demand for payment under the Guarantees must be made no 
later than 60 days after the date of such notification.
    (d) Payment of Guarantees. If demand for payment of the Guarantees 
is made, the Secretary shall, no later than 30 days after the date of 
such demand (provided that the Secretary shall not have, upon such 
terms as may be provided in the Obligations or related agreements, 
prior to that demand, assumed the Obligor's rights and duties under the 
Obligation and agreements and shall have made any payments in default), 
make payment to the Obligees, Indenture Trustee or any other agent of 
the unpaid principal amount of Obligations and unpaid interest accrued 
and accruing thereon up to, but not including, the date of payment.

Sec. 298.41  Remedies after default.

    (a) In general. Provisions governing remedies after a default, 
which relate to rights and duties of the Obligor, the Secretary and 
other Persons (where appropriate), shall be included in the Security 
Agreement or in other parts of the Documentation.
    (b) Action by Secretary. After a default has occurred and is 
continuing and before making payment required under the Guarantees, the 
Secretary may take the Vessel or Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding 
Technology and hold, lease, charter, operate or use the Vessel or 
Advanced or Modern Shipbuilding Technology, accounting only for the net 
profits to the Obligor. After making payment required under the 
Guarantees, the Secretary may initiate or otherwise participate in 
legal proceedings of every type, or take any other action considered 
appropriate, to protect rights and interests granted to the Secretary 
by sections 1105(c), 1105(e) and 1108(b) of the Act, the Security 
Agreement or other applicable provisions of law and of the 
Documentation.
    (c) Security proceeds to Secretary. The Secretary's interest in 
proceeds realized from the disposition of or collection with respect to 
security granted to the Secretary in consideration for the Guarantees 
(except all proceeds from the sale, requisition, charter or other 
disposition of property purchased by the Secretary at a foreclosure or 
other public sale, which proceeds shall belong to and vest exclusively 
in the Secretary), shall be an amount equal to, but not in excess of, 
the sum of (in order of priority of application of the proceeds):
    (1) Guarantee Fees, if any, due the Secretary under the Security 
Agreements;
    (2) All moneys due and unpaid and secured by the Mortgage or 
Security Agreement;
    (3) All advances, including interest thereon, by the Secretary, 
pursuant to the Security Agreement and all reasonable charges and 
expenses of the Secretary;
    (4) The accrued and unpaid interest on the Secretary's Note;
    (5) The accrued and unpaid balance of the principal of the 
Secretary's Note; and
    (6) To the extent of any collaterization by the Obligor of other 
debt due to the Secretary from the Obligor under other Title XI 
financings, such other Title XI debt.
    (d) Security proceeds to Obligor. The Obligor shall be entitled to 
the proceeds from the sale or other disposition of security, described 
in paragraph (c) of this section, if and to the extent that the 
proceeds realized are in excess of the amounts described in paragraphs 
(c) (1) through (6) of this section.

Sec. 298.42  Reporting requirements--financial statements.

    The financial statements of the Company shall be audited at least 
annually, in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, by 
independent certified public accountants licensed to practice by the 
regulatory authority of a State or other political subdivision of the 
United States or, licensed public accountants licensed to practice by 
the regulatory authority or other political subdivision of the United 
States on or before December 31, 1970. In the case of Eligible Export 
Vessels, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least 
annually, and the Secretary may require that the financial statements 
be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, by 
accountants as described in the first sentence of this section or by 
independent public accountants licensed to practice by the regulatory 
authority or other political subdivision of a foreign country, provided 
such accountants are satisfactory to the Secretary. The accountants 
performing such audits may be the regular auditors of the Company.
    (a) Reports of Company and other Persons. Except as otherwise 
required by the Secretary, the Company shall file a semiannual 
financial report and an annual financial report, prepared in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, with the Maritime 
Administration as specified in the Documentation. Included shall be the 
balance sheet and a statement of paid-in-capital and retained earnings 
at the close of the required reporting period, a statement of income 
for the period and any other statement that the Secretary shall 
consider necessary to accurately reflect the Company's financial 
condition and the results of its operations. By letter to the Company, 
the Secretary shall specify the form required for reporting and the 
number of copies to be submitted. The Secretary may, by notice to the 
Company, also require the Company to submit financial statements of any 
other Person, directly or indirectly participating in the project, if 
the financial condition of that Person affects the Secretary's security 
for the Guarantees. The required financial report for the annual period 
shall be due within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the 
Company, commencing with the first fiscal year ending after the date of 
the Security Agreement. The required semiannual report shall be due 
within 105 days after each semiannual period, commencing with the first 
semiannual period ending after the date of the Security Agreement. The 
annual report shall be accompanied by the public accountant's report 
based on an audit of the company's financial statements. An audit by 
the public accountants of the financial statements contained in the 
company's semiannual report may be required by the Secretary. 
Certification of the semiannual report by the accountants may be 
required by the Secretary. Where independent certification is not 
required, a responsible corporate officer shall attach a certification 
that such report is based

[[Page 21335]]

on the accounting records and, to the best of that officer's knowledge 
and belief, is accurate and complete.
    (b) Leveraged lease financing. If the method of financing involved 
is a leveraged lease financing, or a trust is the owner of the Vessels, 
the requirements for annual and semiannual accounting reports of the 
Obligor may be modified accordingly by the Secretary.
    (c) The Company shall furnish, along with its semi-annual report, a 
letter of confirmation issued by its insurance underwriter(s) or 
broker(s) that the Company has paid premiums on insurance applicable to 
the preservation, protection and operation of the asset, which 
information shall state the term for which the insurance is in force.

Sec. 298.43  Applicability of the regulations.

    The regulations in this part shall be in effect as to all Letter 
Commitments, commitments to guarantee Obligations and Guarantees of 
Obligations made, issued or entered into after the effective date 
hereof pursuant to section 1104(a) of the Act, and all mortgages and 
loans covered thereby. These regulations supersede those issued under 
part 298 of this title (43 FR 60912) as of the effective date hereof, 
but shall not affect any Letter Commitments, commitment for Guarantees, 
Guarantees or contracts of insurance in existence on the effective date 
of these regulations. The regulations in this part may be amended, but 
said amendments shall have no effect upon any existing Letter 
Commitments, guarantees, insurance contracts, commitments for 
Guarantees or Documentation.

Subpart F--Administration [Reserved]

    Dated: May 2, 1996.

    By order of the Maritime Administrator.
Joel C. Richard,
Secretary, Maritime Administration.
[FR Doc. 96-11289 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-81-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11258 Airworthiness Directives; AlliedSignal, Inc. LTS101-600 Series Turboshaft Engines
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21070-21071]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11258]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-ANE-12; Amendment 39-9609; AD 96-10-04]

Airworthiness Directives; AlliedSignal, Inc. LTS101-600 Series 
Turboshaft Engines

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment adopts a new airworthiness directive (AD), 
applicable to AlliedSignal, Inc. LTS101-600 series turboshaft engines, 
that requires installation of an improved design fuel control. This 
amendment is prompted by reports of fuel control bearings failing prior 
to the recommended overhaul period. The actions specified by this AD 
are intended to prevent a fuel control failure, which could result in 
an uncommanded increase or decrease in engine power.

DATES: Effective June 13, 1996.
    The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in 
the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as 
of June 13, 1996.

ADDRESSES: The service information referenced in this AD may be 
obtained from AlliedSignal Engines, 111 South 34th Street, Phoenix, AZ 
85072; telephone (602) 365-2493, fax (602) 365-2210. This information 
may be examined at the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), New 
England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 12 New England 
Executive Park, Burlington, MA; or at the Office of the Federal 
Register, 800 North Capitol Street NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dave Keenan, Aerospace Engineer, 
Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine and Propeller Directorate, 12 
New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299; telephone (617) 
238-7139, fax (617) 238-7199.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: A proposal to amend part 39 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) to include an airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to AlliedSignal, Inc. Models LTS101-
600A-2/A-3 turboshaft engines was published in the Federal Register on 
August 21, 1995 (60 FR 43413). That action proposed to require the 
installation of an improved fuel control in accordance with 
AlliedSignal Engines Service Bulletin (SB) No. LTS101A-73-20-0166, 
Revision 1, dated November 21, 1994.
    Interested persons have been afforded an opportunity to participate 
in the making of this amendment. Due consideration has been given to 
the comments received.
    One commenter, the manufacturer, states that since the issuance of 
the NPRM, AlliedSignal, Inc. has revised AlliedSignal Engines SB No. 
LTS101A-73-20-0166 to recommend the installation of a screened 
pneumatic fitting on the main fuel control (MFC). The FAA concurs in 
part. Both revisions of the SB address the incorporation of fuel 
control drive (Meldin) bearings in the MFC in the same manner, which is 
the primary focus of this AD. The FAA has determined that installation 
of a screened pneumatic fitting is not necessary to prevent a MFC 
failure due to lack of bearing lubrication. Therefore, this final rule 
references both AlliedSignal Engines SB No. LTS101A-73-20-0166, 
Revision 1, dated November 21, 1994, and Revision 2, dated August 1, 
1995, but does not require installation of a screened pneumatic 
fitting.
    The manufacturer also states that due to the time required to 
publish the NPRM and receive comments, the AD will not be published 
prior to compliance end-date specified in the NPRM. The FAA concurs and 
has extended the compliance end-date in this final rule to September 1, 
1996.
    In addition, the FAA is considering future rulemaking to address 
other aircraft installations of the AlliedSignal, Inc. LT101 series 
engines.
    After careful review of the available data, including the comments 
noted above, the FAA has determined that air safety and the public 
interest require the adoption of the rule with the changes described 
previously. The FAA has determined that these changes will neither 
increase the economic burden on any operator nor increase the scope of 
the AD.
    The FAA estimates that 216 engines installed on aircraft of U.S. 
registry will be affected by this AD, that it will take approximately 
2.5 work hours per engine to accomplish the required actions, and that 
the average labor rate is $60 per work hour. Required parts will cost 
approximately $1,000 per engine. Based on these figures, the total cost 
impact of the AD on U.S. operators is estimated to be $248,400.
    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this action (1) is 
not a ``significant regulatory action'' under Executive Order 12866; 
(2) is not a ``significant rule'' under DOT Regulatory Policies and 
Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and (3) will not have a 
significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial 
number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act. A final evaluation has been prepared for this action 
and it is contained in the Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained 
from the Rules Docket at the location provided under the caption 
ADDRESSES.

[[Page 21071]]

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air Transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by 
reference, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 USC 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

96-10-04 AlliedSignal, Inc.: Amendment 39-9609. Docket 95-ANE-12.

    Applicability: AlliedSignal, Inc. Models LTS101-600A-2 and A-3 
turboshaft engines, installed on but not limited to Eurocopter AS350 
series aircraft.

    Note: This airworthiness directive (AD) applies to each engine 
identified in the preceding applicability provision, regardless of 
whether it has been modified, altered, or repaired in the area 
subject to the requirements of this AD. For engines that have been 
modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the 
requirements of this AD is affected, the owner/operator must use the 
authority provided in paragraph (b) to request approval from the 
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). This approval may address 
either no action, if the current configuration eliminates the unsafe 
condition, or different actions necessary to address the unsafe 
condition described in this AD. Such a request should include an 
assessment of the effect of the changed configuration on the unsafe 
condition addressed by this AD. In no case does the presence of any 
modification, alteration, or repair remove any engine from the 
applicability of this AD.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent a fuel control failure, which could result in an 
uncommanded increase or decrease in available engine power, 
accomplish the following:
    (a) At the next replacement of an affected fuel control, prior 
to accumulating 300 hours time in service (TIS) after the effective 
date of this AD, or September 1, 1996, whichever occurs first, 
accomplish the following in accordance with AlliedSignal Engines 
Service Bulletin (SB) No. LTS101A-73-20-0166, Revision 1, dated 
November 21, 1994, or Revision 2, dated August 1, 1995:
    (1) For AlliedSignal, Inc. Model LTS101-600A-2 engines, install 
an improved fuel control, P/N 4-301-098-04 with ``B'' or ``BF'' 
stamped on the data plate after the dash number of the AlliedSignal 
Aerospace Equipment Division (formerly AlliedSignal Controls and 
Accessories/Bendix) part number, or P/N 4-301-098-15. These improved 
fuel controls incorporate fuel control drive (Meldin) bearings.
    (2) For AlliedSignal, Inc. Model LTS101-600A-3 engines, install 
an improved fuel control, P/N 4-301-288-02 with ``B'' or ``BF'' 
stamped on the data plate after the dash number of the AlliedSignal 
Aerospace Equipment Division (formerly AlliedSignal Controls and 
Accessories/Bendix)
 P/N, or P/N 4-301-288-04. These improved fuel controls incorporate 
fuel control drive (Meldin) bearings.
    (b) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Engine Certification Office. The 
request should be forwarded through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Engine Certification Office.

    Note: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this airworthiness directive, 
if any, may be obtained from the Engine Certification Office.

    (c) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the aircraft to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (d) The actions required by this AD shall be done in accordance 
with the following AlliedSignal Engines SB's:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Document No.             Pages  Revision          Date       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LTS101A-73-20-0166...............     1-3        1   November 21, 1994. 
Total Pages: 3.                                                         
LTS101A-73-20-0166...............     1-6        2   August 1, 1995.    
Total Pages: 6.                                                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of 
the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR 
part 51. Copies may be obtained from AlliedSignal Engines, 111 South 
34th Street, Phoenix, AZ 85072; telephone (602) 365-2493, fax (602) 
365-2210. Copies may be inspected at the FAA, New England Region, 
Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 12 New England Executive 
Park, Burlington, MA; or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (e) This amendment becomes effective on June 13, 1996.

    Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on April 24, 1996.
Jay J. Pardee,
Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11258 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-11257 Airworthiness Directives; Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing Company Inc. Models M76EMM, M76EMMS, 76EM8, and 76EM8S() Metal Propellers
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 91 (Thursday, May 9, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 21071-21073]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-11257]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-ANE-03; Amendment 39-9583; AD 69-09-03 R3]

Airworthiness Directives; Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing 
Company Inc. Models M76EMM, M76EMMS, 76EM8, and 76EM8S() Metal 
Propellers

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment revises an existing airworthiness directive 
(AD), applicable to Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing Company Inc. 
Models M76EMM, M76EMMS, 76EM8, and 76EM8S() metal propellers, that 
currently restricts operators from continuously operating the propeller 
at engine speeds from 2,150 to 2,350 revolutions per minute (RPM) and 
specifies propeller inspection and rework or replacement. This 
amendment eliminates the requirement to add tachometer markings on 
aircraft with certain additional Textron Lycoming O-360 series 
reciprocating engines with solid crankshafts installed, and updates the 
referenced Sensenich Propeller Company Inc. service bulletin to the 
latest revision. Reworking of all affected propeller models remains a 
requirement of the AD, regardless of engine installation. This 
amendment is prompted by inquiries concerning tachometer red arc 
restrictions on certain Textron Lycoming O-360 series reciprocating 
engines with solid crankshafts. The actions specified by this AD are 
intended to prevent propeller blade tip fatigue failure, which can 
result in loss of control of the aircraft.

DATES: Effective June 13, 1996.
    The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in 
the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as 
of June 13, 1996.

ADDRESSES: The service information referenced in this AD may be 
obtained from Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing Company Inc., 519 
Airport Road, Lititz, PA 17543; telephone (717) 569-0435, fax (717) 
560-3725. This information may be examined at the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief 
Counsel, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA; or at the 
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., 7th 
Floor, suite 700, Washington, DC.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Raymond J. O'Neill, Aerospace

[[Page 21072]]

Engineer, New York Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, Engine and 
Propeller Directorate, 10 Fifth St., Valley Stream, NY 11581; telephone 
(516) 256-7505, fax (516) 568-2716.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: A proposal to amend part 39 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) by revising AD 69-09-03, 
Amendment 39-761 (34 FR 7371, May 7, 1969); Revision 1, Amendment 39-
808 (34 FR 12563, August 1, 1969); Revision 2, Amendment 39-1102 (35 FR 
17030, November 5, 1970), was published in the Federal Register on 
December 7, 1995 (60 FR 62772). The action, applicable to Sensenich 
Propeller Manufacturing Company Inc. Models M76EMM, M76EMMS, 76EM8, and 
76EM8S() metal propellers, proposed to eliminate the requirement to add 
tachometer markings on aircraft with certain additional Textron 
Lycoming O-360 series reciprocating engines with solid crankshafts 
installed that restrict continuous operation between engine speeds from 
2,150 to 2,350 revolutions per minute (RPM). In addition, that action 
proposed to update the referenced Sensenich Propeller Company Inc. 
service bulletin (SB) to the latest revision.
    Interested persons have been afforded an opportunity to participate 
in the making of this amendment. No comments were received on the 
proposal or the FAA's determination of the cost to the public.
    In the NPRM, propeller model M76EMMS was erroneously listed as 
M7EMMS. This final rule lists the correct propeller model, M76EMMS.
    In addition, since issuance of the NPRM, the manufacturer has 
advised the FAA that correct date of SB No. R-14A is July 28, 1995. 
This final rule shows the correct revision date.
    The FAA has determined that air safety and the public interest 
require the adoption of the rule with the changes described previously. 
The FAA has determined that these changes will neither increase the 
economic burden on any operator nor increase the scope of the AD.
    There are approximately 100 propellers of the affected design that 
may not have been modified to the ``K'' standard in the worldwide 
fleet. The FAA estimates that 50 propellers installed on aircraft of 
U.S. registry will be affected by this AD, that it will take 
approximately 2.5 work hours per propeller to accomplish the required 
actions, and that the average labor rate is $60 per work hour. Based on 
these figures, the total cost impact of the AD on U.S. operators is 
estimated to be $7,500. However, since this rule further restricts the 
applicability by exempting propellers installed on certain Textron 
Lycoming engine models from the tachometer restriction, there is a 
potential overall cost savings of $4,395,000, if all the affected 
Sensenich propellers are installed on the newly exempted engines.
    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this action (1) is 
not a ``significant regulatory action'' under Executive Order 12866; 
(2) is not a ``significant rule'' under DOT Regulatory Policies and 
Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and (3) will not have a 
significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial 
number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act. A final evaluation has been prepared for this action 
and it is contained in the Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained 
from the Rules Docket at the location provided under the caption 
ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air Transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by 
reference, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by removing Amendment 39-1102 (35 FR 
17030, November 5, 1970) and by adding a new airworthiness directive, 
Amendment 39-9583, to read as follows:

69-09-03 R3  Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing Company Inc.: 
Amendment 39-9583. Docket 95-ANE-03. Revises AD 69-09-03 R2, 
Amendment 39-1102.

    Applicability: Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing Company Inc. 
Models M76EMM, M76EMMS, 76EM8, and 76EM8S() metal propellers. 
Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this airworthiness directive (AD) do not 
apply to those propellers installed on the following solid 
crankshaft Textron Lycoming O-360 series reciprocating engines: O-
360-A4A, -A4D, -A4G, -A4J, -A4K, -A4M, -A4N, -A4P, and -A5AD, or 
additional engines identified by suffixes having a digit ``4'' or 
higher in the second position. These propellers are installed on but 
not limited to the following aircraft: Piper PA-28-180, PA-28-181, 
American General Aircraft Holding Co. Inc. (formerly Gulfstream 
American) AA-5 series, Beech B23 and C23, Cessna 172Q, Avions Pierre 
Robin R-3000/160, and aircraft modified under various Supplemental 
Type Certificates (STC's).

    Note: This AD applies to each propeller identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For propellers that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must use the authority 
provided in paragraph (f) to request approval from the Federal 
Aviation Administration (FAA). This approval may address either no 
action, if the current configuration eliminates the unsafe 
condition, or different actions necessary to address the unsafe 
condition described in this AD. Such a request should include an 
assessment of the effect of the changed configuration on the unsafe 
condition addressed by this AD.In no case does the presence of any 
modification, alteration, or repair remove any propeller from the 
applicability of this AD.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously. To prevent propeller blade tip fatigue failure, which 
can result in loss of control of the aircraft, accomplish the 
following:
    (a) Commencing with the next flight after the effective date of 
this AD, do not operate the engine in continuous operation between 
2,150 and 2,350 RPM.
    (b) Within the next 25 hours time in service (TIS) after the 
effective date of this AD, mark engine tachometer with a red arc 
from 2150 RPM to 2350 RPM.
    (c) For propellers with 500 or more total hours TIS, or unknown 
TIS on the effective date of this AD, inspect and rework, within the 
next 50 hours TIS after the effective date of this AD, in accordance 
with Sensenich Propeller SB No. R-14A, dated July 28, 1995. Remove 
from service those propellers that do not meet the inspection and 
rework requirements of Sensenich Propeller SB No. R-14A, dated July 
28, 1995.
    (d) For propellers with less than 500 total hours TIS on the 
effective date of this AD,

[[Page 21073]]

inspect, and rework or replace, as necessary, prior to accumulating 
550 total hours TIS, in accordance with Sensenich Propeller SB No. 
R-14A, dated July 28, 1995. Remove from service those propellers 
that do not meet the inspection and rework requirements of Sensenich 
Propeller SB No. R-14A, dated July 28, 1995.
    (e) Mark with a suffix letter ``K'' propellers that have been 
inspected and, reworked in accordance with Sensenich Propeller SB 
No. R-14A, dated July 28, 1995, and found satisfactory.
    (f) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
initial compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety 
may be used if approved by the Manager, New York Aircraft 
Certification Office. The request should be forwarded through an 
appropriate FAA Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then 
send it to the Manager, New York Aircraft Certification Office.

    Note: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the New York Aircraft Certification Office.

    (g) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the aircraft to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (h) The actions required by this AD shall be done in accordance 
with the following Sensenich Propeller SB's:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Document No.                    Pages               Revision                       Date            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. R-13..............................  A7               Original................  April 11, 1969.              
  Total pages: 1                                                                                                
No. R-14A.............................  1                Original................  July 28, 1995.               
  Total pages: 1.                                                                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the 
Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 
51. Copies may be obtained from Sensenich Propeller Manufacturing 
Company Inc., 519 Airport Road, Lititz, PA 17543; telephone (717) 
569-0435, fax (717) 560- 3725. Copies may be inspected at the FAA, 
New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 12 New 
England Executive Park, Burlington, MA; or at the Office of the 
Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, 
Washington, DC.
    (i) This amendment becomes effective on June 13, 1996.

    Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on April 22, 1996.
Jay J. Pardee,
Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-11257 Filed 5-8-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

Continue your research in ChatGPT or Claude

Connect Omnilex to search the legal corpus from your AI assistant.